0% found this document useful (0 votes)

89 views598 pages

Alcatel-Lucent Long Term Evolution (LTE) : Title Page

LTE basics in a simplified language

Uploaded by

Manu Katyal

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

89 views598 pages

Alcatel-Lucent Long Term Evolution (LTE) : Title Page

LTE basics in a simplified language

Uploaded by

Manu Katyal

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 598

Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Title page

Alcatel-Lucent Long Term Evolution (LTE)

End-to-End Solution | Release LE3.0
LE3.0
Solution Overview

LTE Solution Overview

418-111-000LE3.0
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1
July 2011
Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.

The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2010–2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.

Notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners. The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.

Sun Solaris is a trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.

YouTube is a registered trademark of Google.
Oracle and Sun Microsystems are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Limited warranty

This system is a single homogenous system consisting of component parts designed to operate in the manner that the switch is configured when provided to
the customer. Changes to system level configurations set "at the factory" can affect the availability, throughput, standards compliance, and stability of the
product and result in expanded unplanned downtimes as unforeseen issues arise with untested configuration settings. Changes from factory settings can result
in violation of warranty and maintenance agreements with Alcatel-Lucent and should not be performed without the expressed written consent of
Alcatel-Lucent.

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Contents

About this document

Purpose ....................................................................................................................................................................................... xxxv
xxxv

Reason for reissue .................................................................................................................................................................. xxxv

xxxv

Scope ................................................................................................................................................................................................ xli

xli

Intended audience ....................................................................................................................................................................... xli

xli

Related information ................................................................................................................................................................... xlii

xlii

How to comment ........................................................................................................................................................................ xlii

xlii

1 Long Term Evolution (LTE)

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1

1-1

Aids to using this document

What has changed in this document? ............................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-3

Glossary ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-3

Specialized meaning for key terms .................................................................................................................................... 1-3

1-3

How to read this document .................................................................................................................................................... 1-5

1-5

The need for LTE

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6

1-6

Increasing demand .................................................................................................................................................................... 1-7

1-7

Flattening revenue per user ................................................................................................................................................... 1-7

1-7

The need for high leverage networks ................................................................................................................................ 1-8

1-8

Need to scale and converge older networks .................................................................................................................... 1-9

1-9

Summary .................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-10

1-10

LTE defined

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12

1-12

Applicable to all major wireless standards .................................................................................................................... 1-14

1-14

How LTE works

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-16

1-16

Increasing throughput between the UE and the Core Network ............................................................................. 1-18
1-18

All IP packet-based network .............................................................................................................................................. 1-25

1-25

Use of new radio spectrum ................................................................................................................................................. 1-25

1-25

Quality improvements .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-26

1-26

Comparing the LTE architecture with pre-existing architectures ......................................................................... 1-26

1-26

New network components defined by LTE

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-29

1-29

Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN) ........................................................................................................................................... 1-31

1-31

Evolved Packet Core (EPC) ............................................................................................................................................... 1-32

1-32

A sample LTE network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-36

1-36

Sample LTE network ............................................................................................................................................................. 1-36

1-36

Benefits of LTE

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-39

1-39

High capacity and low latency ........................................................................................................................................... 1-39

1-39

High leverage networks - new revenue opportunities ............................................................................................... 1-40

1-40

Efficiency and reduced operating costs .......................................................................................................................... 1-41

1-41

Provides “Efficient Always-On support” ....................................................................................................................... 1-42

1-42

Increased flexibility in use of spectrum ........................................................................................................................ 1-43

1-43

Increased spectral efficiency .............................................................................................................................................. 1-43

1-43

Easy convergence and interworking with other wireless networks ..................................................................... 1-44
1-44

User-visible benefits .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-44

1-44

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1

2-1

About the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

What is the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution? .............................................................................................. 2-3

2-3

Parts of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution ................................................................................................ 2-5

2-5

LTE network

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-6

2-6

Components of the LTE Network ....................................................................................................................................... 2-6

2-6

About the Radio Access Network ....................................................................................................................................... 2-8

2-8

About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network ..................................................................................................... 2-8

2-8

About the Core Network ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-9

2-9

About the Common Core Network .................................................................................................................................. 2-10

2-10

About the IMS and Applications Area ............................................................................................................................ 2-10

2-10

About the OAM&P products .............................................................................................................................................. 2-11

2-11

LTE Services

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-13

2-13

Summary of services ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-13

2-13

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-15

2-15

The ng Connect program

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-16

2-16

About the ng Connect program ......................................................................................................................................... 2-16

2-16

How the ng Connect program works .............................................................................................................................. 2-17

2-17

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-18

2-18

Benefits of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-19

2-19

All the benefits of LTE ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-20

2-20

Benefits of not having a multivendor solution ............................................................................................................ 2-21

2-21

Ease of evolution .................................................................................................................................................................... 2-22

2-22

Preservation of capital .......................................................................................................................................................... 2-23

2-23

Use of ng Connect .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-23

2-23

Significant cost reductions in Mobile Backhaul ......................................................................................................... 2-24

2-24

Use of Self-Organizing Networks (SONs) .................................................................................................................... 2-24

2-24

Alcatel-Lucent's “Green Touch” initiative .................................................................................................................... 2-25

2-25

Converged RAN approaches .............................................................................................................................................. 2-26

2-26

Converged RAN ..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-26

2-26

liteRadio ™ ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-28

2-28

Summary table ......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-30

2-30

3 LTE Services

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1

3-1

Services Portfolio

About the Services Portfolio ................................................................................................................................................. 3-3

3-3

Advanced Integration Methodology (AIM)

About AIM .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-5

3-5

Consulting

About Consulting Services .................................................................................................................................................... 3-6

3-6

Consulting Services offered .................................................................................................................................................. 3-7

3-7

Analysis

Analysis Services offered ...................................................................................................................................................... 3-9

3-9

Design

Design Services offered ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-13

3-13

About Deployment Services ............................................................................................................................................... 3-14

3-14

Project Management Services ............................................................................................................................................ 3-14

3-14

Installation Services .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-15

3-15

Integration Services ............................................................................................................................................................... 3-16

3-16

Field Integration ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-16

3-16

Application Integration Solution ...................................................................................................................................... 3-17

3-17

Solution Integration and Validation Service ................................................................................................................. 3-18

3-18

OSS/BSS Transformation and Integration .................................................................................................................... 3-18

3-18

Security Enabler Integration ............................................................................................................................................... 3-19

3-19

Migration Services ................................................................................................................................................................. 3-19

3-19

IP Transformation Centers .................................................................................................................................................. 3-21

3-21

Operation

About Operation Services ................................................................................................................................................... 3-23

3-23

Maintain ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23

3-23

Optimize .................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-24

3-24

Operate and manage .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-24

3-24

4 Deployment options

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4-1

Before you begin

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3

4-3

Terminology ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-3

4-3

LTE Network Deployment Option

About the option ........................................................................................................................................................................ 4-5

4-5

Diagrams ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-5

4-5

How it works .............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-8

4-8

LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option: eHRPD 1xEVDO

About the Option ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4-9

4-9

Diagrams .................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-10

4-10

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-12

4-12

Interfaces .................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-13

4-13

LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option: GSM and W-CDMA

About the Option .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-14

4-14

Diagrams .................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-15

4-15

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-17

4-17

Interfaces .................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-17

4-17

5 High-level migration strategy

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1

5-1

Migration options ...................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1

5-1

3GPP2 to LTE evolution high-level summary ............................................................................................................... 5-4

5-4

3GPP to LTE evolution high-level summary .................................................................................................................. 5-5

5-5

Basic principles .......................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6

5-6

LTE designed for easy migration ........................................................................................................................................ 5-7

5-7

Migration planning resources ............................................................................................................................................... 5-8

5-8

6 UEs and Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1

6-1

About UEs ................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-2

6-2

Explosive growth in LTE ...................................................................................................................................................... 6-3

6-3

About InterOperability Testing (IOT) ............................................................................................................................... 6-4

6-4

Alcatel-Lucent's support for LTE and for IOT ............................................................................................................... 6-4

6-4

About the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team ........................................................................................................ 6-5

6-5

IOT Process ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-7

6-7

Achievements of Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team ...................................................................................... 6-8

6-8

7 Approaches for voice with LTE

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7-1

About voice with LTE

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-3

7-3

Voice with LTE defined .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-3

7-3

Approaches for voice with LTE ......................................................................................................................................... 7-3

7-3

The CSFB approach

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5

7-5

About CSFB ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-5

7-5

How it works .............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-6

7-6

Benefits ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6

7-6

Limitations .................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-7

7-7

Network and UE impacts ....................................................................................................................................................... 7-8

7-8

Current implementation .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-8

7-8

The VoLTE approach

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9

7-9

About VoLTE ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-9

7-9

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-10

7-10

Use of IMS network elements ............................................................................................................................................ 7-11

7-11

Use of common core network elements ......................................................................................................................... 7-15

7-15

Network and UE impacts ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-16

7-16

Current implementation ....................................................................................................................................................... 7-16

7-16

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-17

7-17

About the SVLTE approach ............................................................................................................................................... 7-17

7-17

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-18

7-18

Benefits ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-18

7-18

Limitations ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-19

7-19

Network and UE impacts ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-19

7-19

Current implementation ....................................................................................................................................................... 7-20

7-20

The SR-VCC approach

Use of Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) ............................................................................................ 7-21

7-21

The Service Centralization approach

Service Centralization ......................................................................................................................................................... 7-22

7-22

Migration

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-24

7-24

Considerations ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-24

7-24

Migration path ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-25

7-25

Comparison of approaches for voice with LTE

Summary of approaches ....................................................................................................................................................... 7-27

7-27

8 SMS with LTE

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1

8-1

About SMS .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-1

8-1

The need for SMS ..................................................................................................................................................................... 8-3

8-3

Ways to deliver SMS in the Solution ................................................................................................................................. 8-3

8-3

SMS over the SGs/S102 interface ...................................................................................................................................... 8-4

8-4

SMS over IP (IMS-hosted SMS) ......................................................................................................................................... 8-6

8-6

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-1

9-1

About video over LTE

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-2

9-2

Basic definitions ........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-2

9-2

About video over LTE ............................................................................................................................................................. 9-4

9-4

Standards for video over LTE ............................................................................................................................................... 9-5

9-5

Summary of approaches for video with Video Communications Service ............................................................ 9-6
9-6

The Video Communications Service approach

Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-7

9-7

About Video Communications Service ............................................................................................................................. 9-7

9-7

Current capabilities .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-8

9-8

Video Communications Service architecture ............................................................................................................... 9-11

9-11

SVLTE UEs .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-12

9-12

New network elements to host new applications ........................................................................................................ 9-13

9-13

Use of IMS core ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9-14

9-14

How it works ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-16

9-16

Limitations ................................................................................................................................................................................ 9-17

9-17

Network and UE impacts ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-18

9-18

10 Government-mandated services

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-1

10-1

1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (ULIS)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-2

10-2

About the 1357 ULIS ............................................................................................................................................................ 10-2

10-2

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-3

10-3

Lawful interception within different parts of the Solution ...................................................................................... 10-5

10-5

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 10-6

10-6

Emergency Services

About Emergency Services ................................................................................................................................................. 10-8

10-8

Number Portability

About Number Portability ................................................................................................................................................... 10-9

10-9

About TTY/TTD Support

TTY/TTD Support ............................................................................................................................................................... 10-10

10-10

11 LTE End-to-End Security

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1

11-1

Air Interface Security

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-2

11-2

About Air Interface Security .............................................................................................................................................. 11-2

11-2

Common security threats to the air interface ................................................................................................................ 11-4

11-4

Control plane security ........................................................................................................................................................... 11-4

11-4

User plane security ................................................................................................................................................................. 11-6

11-6

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 11-7

11-7

Network Access Security

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-8

11-8

About network security ........................................................................................................................................................ 11-8

11-8

Common security threats to the network .................................................................................................................... 11-10

11-10

Recommendations for providing network security .................................................................................................. 11-11

11-11

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 11-12

11-12

12 About the network element descriptions

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-1

12-1

Complete list of Network Elements in the Solution .................................................................................................. 12-1

12-1

How the network element descriptions are organized .............................................................................................. 12-4

12-4

13 Network elements used in the Radio Access Network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1

13-1

9100 MBI/O (BTS)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-4

13-4

About the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) ......................................................................................................................................... 13-4

13-4

Changes in the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support LTE .................................................................................................. 13-5

13-5

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-6

13-6

9125 TC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-7

13-7

About the 9125 TC ............................................................................................................................................................... 13-7

13-7

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-9

13-9

9130 BSC/MFS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-10

13-10

About the 9130 BSC/MFS ................................................................................................................................................ 13-10

13-10

Changes in the 9130 BSC/MFS to support LTE ....................................................................................................... 13-11

13-11

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-11

13-11

922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-13

13-13

About the 922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS) ............................................................................................................. 13-13

13-13

Changes in the 922x 1xEVDO BS to support LTE ................................................................................................. 13-14

13-14

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-15

13-15

9326 NodeB

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-16

13-16

About the 9326 NodeB ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-16

13-16

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-18

13-18

9370 RNC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-19

13-19

About the 9370 RNC ......................................................................................................................................................... 13-19

13-19

Changes in the 9370 RNC to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 13-21

13-21

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-21

13-21

9412 eNodeB

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-22

13-22

About the eNodeB ............................................................................................................................................................... 13-22

13-22

About the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB ..................................................................................................................... 13-23

13-23

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 13-23

13-23

Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB ..................................................................................................... 13-23

13-23

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 13-24

13-24

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-26

13-26

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 13-26

13-26

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 13-27

13-27

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-27

13-27

LTE RRH 2x Product Family

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-28

13-28

About the LTE RRH 2x Product Family ..................................................................................................................... 13-28

13-28

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 13-30

13-30

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-32

13-32

Support of both FDD and TDD ...................................................................................................................................... 13-33

13-33

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-34

13-34

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-34

13-34

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-36

13-36

About the Distributed eNodeB Solution .................................................................................................................... 13-37

13-37

About the 9926 eNodeB BBU ......................................................................................................................................... 13-40

13-40

Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU ......................................................................................... 13-40

13-40

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-41

13-41

Support of both FDD and TDD ...................................................................................................................................... 13-42

13-42

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 13-43

13-43

Support for the R-OCM ..................................................................................................................................................... 13-43

13-43

User interface ........................................................................................................................................................................ 13-45

13-45

Changes to support LTE .................................................................................................................................................... 13-45

13-45

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 13-45

13-45

14 Network elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-1

14-1

About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-3

14-3

Segments of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network ...................................................................................... 14-3

14-3

Connectivity models .............................................................................................................................................................. 14-5

14-5

Security ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-5

14-5

Changes caused by LTE ....................................................................................................................................................... 14-6

14-6

Challenges for the customer ............................................................................................................................................... 14-6

14-6

Solution ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-7

14-7

7705 SAR

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-9

14-9

About the 7705 SAR ............................................................................................................................................................. 14-9

14-9

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14-10

14-10

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-12

14-12

User Interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 14-12

14-12

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 14-12

14-12

7750 SR

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-14

14-14

About the 7750 SR .............................................................................................................................................................. 14-14

14-14

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14-15

14-15

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 14-15

14-15

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-17

14-17

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 14-18

14-18

Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network ............................................................................................................................ 14-18

14-18

Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE ..................................................................................................................... 14-20

14-20

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 14-20

14-20

15 Network elements used in the Core Network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-1

15-1

5780 DSC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-4

15-4

About the 5780 DSC ............................................................................................................................................................. 15-4

15-4

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 15-5

15-5

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................... 15-6

15-6

Benefits ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-6

15-6

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-7

15-7

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-10

15-10

Connections to the network .............................................................................................................................................. 15-11

15-11

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-12

15-12

7500 SGSN

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-13

15-13

About the 7500 SGSN ........................................................................................................................................................ 15-13

15-13

Changes in the 7500 SGSN to support LTE ............................................................................................................... 15-16

15-16

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-16

15-16

7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-18

15-18

About the 7750 SR PGW and GGSN functions ....................................................................................................... 15-19

15-19

How the functions work .................................................................................................................................................... 15-20

15-20

Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE ..................................................................................................................... 15-21

15-21

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 15-22

15-22

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-23

15-23

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-27

15-27

Connections to the network .............................................................................................................................................. 15-28

15-28

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-28

15-28

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-29

15-29

7750 SR (SGW)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-30

15-30

About the 7750 SR (SGW) ............................................................................................................................................... 15-30

15-30

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15-31

15-31

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 15-31

15-31

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-32

15-32

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-36

15-36

Connections to the network .............................................................................................................................................. 15-37

15-37

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-39

15-39

9380 3G MSC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-41

15-41

About the 9380 3G MSC .................................................................................................................................................. 15-41

15-41

User interface ........................................................................................................................................................................ 15-46

15-46

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-46

15-46

9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-47

15-47

About the 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) .......................................................................................... 15-47

15-47

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 15-48

15-48

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-49

15-49

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-52

15-52

Connections to the network .............................................................................................................................................. 15-52

15-52

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-53

15-53

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-54

15-54

9471 Wireless Mobility Manager

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-55

15-55

About the 9471 WMM ....................................................................................................................................................... 15-55

15-55

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15-56

15-56

Advantages of the 9471 WMM ...................................................................................................................................... 15-56

15-56

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-56

15-56

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 15-57

15-57

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-58

15-58

Changes in the 9471 WMM to support LTE .............................................................................................................. 15-58

15-58

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-58

15-58

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-59

15-59

About the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) .......................................................................................................... 15-59

15-59

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-60

15-60

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-60

15-60

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 15-60

15-60

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15-61

15-61

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-61

15-61

16 Radio/core (hybrid) network elements

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-1

16-1

9271 eRNC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-3

16-3

About the 9271 Evolved Radio Network Controller (eRNC) ................................................................................ 16-3
16-3

How it works ............................................................................................................................................................................ 16-4

16-4

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-4

16-4

Software ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-5

16-5

Connections to other network elements ......................................................................................................................... 16-5

16-5

User interfaces ......................................................................................................................................................................... 16-6

16-6

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 16-6

16-6

17 Network elements used in the Common Core Network

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-1

17-1

1357 LIG

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-3

17-3

About the 1357 LIG .............................................................................................................................................................. 17-3

17-3

Advantages of the 1357 LIG .............................................................................................................................................. 17-4

17-4

Hardware .................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-4

17-4

Connections to other network elements ......................................................................................................................... 17-5

17-5

User interfaces ......................................................................................................................................................................... 17-5

17-5

Changes in the 1357 LIG to support LTE ...................................................................................................................... 17-6

17-6

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 17-6

17-6

8615 IeCCF (OFCS)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-7

17-7

About the 8615 IeCCF ........................................................................................................................................................ 17-7

17-7

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 17-8

17-8

8620 SurePay®

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-9

17-9

About 8620 SurePay® ........................................................................................................................................................... 17-9

17-9

Changes in 8620 SurePay® to support LTE ................................................................................................................ 17-11

17-11

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 17-11

17-11

8650 SDM HSS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-12

17-12

The 8650 SDM HSS ........................................................................................................................................................... 17-12

17-12

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 17-13

17-13

Advantages of the 8650 SDM HSS ............................................................................................................................... 17-13

17-13

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-14

17-14

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-16

17-16

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 17-16

17-16

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 17-17

17-17

8965 C3S

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-18

17-18

About the 8965 C3S ............................................................................................................................................................ 17-18

17-18

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 17-19

17-19

18 Network elements used for IMS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-1

18-1

About IMS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-4

18-4

What is IMS? ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18-4

18-4

What does IMS do? ............................................................................................................................................................... 18-5

18-5

The Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution .................................................................................................................................... 18-6

18-6

IMS functions implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution ................................................ 18-7
18-7

5060 MGC-8

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-9

18-9

About the 5060 MGC-8 ....................................................................................................................................................... 18-9

18-9

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-10

18-10

5100 CMS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-11

18-11

About the 5100 Converged Messaging System ....................................................................................................... 18-11

18-11

Changes in the 5100 CMS to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 18-12

18-12

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-12

18-12

5110 SMSC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-13

18-13

About the 5110 SMSC ....................................................................................................................................................... 18-13

18-13

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-15

18-15

5410 PS/XDMS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-16

18-16

About the 5410 PS/XDMS ............................................................................................................................................... 18-16

18-16

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-18

18-18

5420 CTS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-19

18-19

The 5420 CTS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 18-19

18-19

Changes in the 5420 CTS to support LTE .................................................................................................................. 18-20

18-20

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-21

18-21

5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-22

18-22

About the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) ................................................................................................................................ 18-22

18-22

Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions ............................................................................... 18-23

18-23

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-25

18-25

5900 MRF

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-26

18-26

The 5900 MRF ...................................................................................................................................................................... 18-26

18-26

Changes in the 5900 MRF to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 18-27

18-27

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-27

18-27

7510 MGW

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-29

18-29

About the 7510 MGW ........................................................................................................................................................ 18-29

18-29

Type of LTE/IMS function ............................................................................................................................................... 18-30

18-30

Advantages of the 7510 MGW ....................................................................................................................................... 18-31

18-31

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-31

18-31

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-34

18-34

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 18-34

18-34

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 18-36

18-36

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-37

18-37

7520 MGW

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-38

18-38

The 7520 MGW .................................................................................................................................................................... 18-38

18-38

Advantages of the 7520 MGW ....................................................................................................................................... 18-39

18-39

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-39

18-39

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-40

18-40

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 18-40

18-40

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-40

18-40

8950 AAA

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-41

18-41

About the 8950 AAA .......................................................................................................................................................... 18-41

18-41

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-44

18-44

VitalQIP ENUM/DNS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18-45

18-45

About the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS ................................................................................................................................... 18-45

18-45

Changes in the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS to support LTE .......................................................................................... 18-48

18-48

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 18-48

18-48

19 OAM&P products

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-1

19-1

Layers of OAM&P support

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-4

19-4

About the Network Management Layer (NML) ......................................................................................................... 19-4

19-4

About the Element Management Layer ......................................................................................................................... 19-5

19-5

About the Network Element Layer ................................................................................................................................. 19-5

19-5

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-6

19-6

About the 1300 XMC ........................................................................................................................................................... 19-6

19-6

Changes in the 1300 XMC to support LTE ................................................................................................................... 19-7

19-7

For further information ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-8

19-8

1310 OMC-P

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-9

19-9

About the 1310 OMC-P ....................................................................................................................................................... 19-9

19-9

Changes in the 1310 OMC-P to support LTE ............................................................................................................ 19-11

19-11

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-11

19-11

1357 IMC

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-12

19-12

About the 1357 IMC ........................................................................................................................................................... 19-12

19-12

Advantages of the 1357 IMC .......................................................................................................................................... 19-13

19-13

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 19-13

19-13

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-13

19-13

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 19-14

19-14

Changes in the 1357 IMC to support LTE .................................................................................................................. 19-14

19-14

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-15

19-15

5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-16

19-16

5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) .......................................................................................................................... 19-16

19-16

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-17

19-17

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-18

19-18

8950 SAM

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-19

19-19

Changes in the 8950 SAM to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 19-21

19-21

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-22

19-22

9153 Operations and Maintenance Center For Radio (OMC-R)

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-23

19-23

About the OMC-R ............................................................................................................................................................... 19-23

19-23

Advantages ............................................................................................................................................................................. 19-24

19-24

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-25

19-25

9253/9254 OMC-RAN

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-26

19-26

About the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN .................................................................................................................................. 19-27

19-27

Hardware description .......................................................................................................................................................... 19-27

19-27

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-28

19-28

Connections to other network elements ....................................................................................................................... 19-28

19-28

User interfaces ...................................................................................................................................................................... 19-28

19-28

For more information ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-28

19-28

9256 OMP

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-30

19-30

About the 9256 OMP ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-30

19-30

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-32

19-32

9353 WMS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-33

19-33

About the 9353 WMS ........................................................................................................................................................ 19-33

19-33

Changes in the 9353 WMS to support LTE ................................................................................................................ 19-34

19-34

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-35

19-35

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-36

19-36

About the 9452 WPS .......................................................................................................................................................... 19-36

19-36

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-38

19-38

9958 WTA

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-39

19-39

About the 9958 WTA ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-39

19-39

Changes in the 9958 WTA to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 19-41

19-41

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-41

19-41

9959 NPO

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-42

19-42

About the 9959 NPO ......................................................................................................................................................... 19-42

19-42

Hardware ................................................................................................................................................................................ 19-44

19-44

Software .................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-44

19-44

Changes in the 9959 NPO to support LTE ................................................................................................................. 19-44

19-44

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-44

19-44

NEM

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-46

19-46

About the NEM .................................................................................................................................................................... 19-46

19-46

Changes in the NEM to support LTE ............................................................................................................................ 19-47

19-47

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-47

19-47

OMC-CN

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-48

19-48

About the OMC-CN ............................................................................................................................................................ 19-48

19-48

Changes in OMC-CN to support LTE .......................................................................................................................... 19-50

19-50

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-50

19-50

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-51

19-51

The SMT ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-51

19-51

How it works ......................................................................................................................................................................... 19-51

19-51

Changes in the SMT to support LTE ............................................................................................................................ 19-52

19-52

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-52

19-52

TSIS

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. 19-53

19-53

About TSIS ............................................................................................................................................................................. 19-53

19-53

Changes in the TSIS to support LTE ............................................................................................................................ 19-55

19-55

For further information ...................................................................................................................................................... 19-56

19-56

20 LTE interfaces

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-1

20-1

IP connectivity ......................................................................................................................................................................... 20-1

20-1

Reference table of interfaces .............................................................................................................................................. 20-2

20-2

21 Resources

Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-1

21-1

Release Notes ........................................................................................................................................................................... 21-2

21-2

Planning Hub site ................................................................................................................................................................... 21-2

21-2

Technical reading on LTE ................................................................................................................................................... 21-3

21-3

Accessing and navigating the LTE Library ................................................................................................................. 21-3

21-3

More about the LTE Library on OLCS .......................................................................................................................... 21-6

21-6

Accessing and navigating the OLCS web site ............................................................................................................. 21-9

21-9

Accessing network element documentation through the Product Index .......................................................... 21-11
21-11

Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site ............................................................ 21-11
21-11

List of LTE customer documentation .......................................................................................................................... 21-13

21-13

Alcatel-Lucent training on LTE ...................................................................................................................................... 21-20

21-20

Alcatel-Lucent LTE Services support for LTE .......................................................................................................... 21-21

21-21

Tips for getting started with LTE Specifications ...................................................................................................... 21-22

21-22

Glossary ................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-26

21-26

A Alcatel-Lucent LTE project release naming convention

Project release naming conventions .................................................................................................................................. A-1

A-1

B Mobile Backhaul Solution

Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1

B-1

Need for the Mobile Backhaul Solution .......................................................................................................................... B-2

B-2

About the Mobile Backhaul Solution ............................................................................................................................... B-2

B-2

Mobile Backhaul Solution architecture ............................................................................................................................ B-4

B-4

For help with your Mobile Backhaul Solution .............................................................................................................. B-6

B-6

Training ........................................................................................................................................................................................ B-7

B-7

For further information .......................................................................................................................................................... B-7

B-7

C Defining and displaying the user and control plane

Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-1

C-1

User plane and control plane defined ............................................................................................................................... C-1

C-1

D History of revisions

Revisions to this document .................................................................................................................................................. D-1

D-1

Index

1-1 Terms used in this document and their meanings .......................................................................................... 1-3

2-1 Solutions for customer issues and problems ................................................................................................. 2-30

5-1 1xEV-DO to LTE evolution summary ............................................................................................................... 5-4

5-2 3GPP to LTE evolution summary ........................................................................................................................ 5-5

7-1 IMS functional entities added or modified for VoLTE .............................................................................. 7-12

7-2 Previously-existing functional entities and network elements used by LTE and by VoLTE ....... 7-15

7-3 Comparison of approaches for voice with LTE in the Solution ............................................................. 7-27

13-1 Documentation on the BTS and eBTS .......................................................................................................... 13-15

13-2 9412 eNodeB connections to other network elements ............................................................................ 13-26

13-3 Partial list of documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB ............................................................... 13-27

13-4 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB ...................................................................................................... 13-27

13-5 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent LTE RRH 2x Product Family ............................................................. 13-35

13-6 9926 eNodeB BBU sub-racks that support FDD vs TDD in LE3.0 .................................................. 13-42

13-7 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU ................................................................................ 13-46

14-1 Training on the 7705 SAR ................................................................................................................................. 14-13

14-2 Documentation on the 7750 SR ....................................................................................................................... 14-20

15-1 Documentation for the 7500 SGSN ............................................................................................................... 15-16

15-2 Training on the 7750 SR (PGW) ..................................................................................................................... 15-29

15-3 7750 SR (SGW) connections to other network elements ...................................................................... 15-38

15-4 Training on the 7750 SR (SGW) ..................................................................................................................... 15-40

15-5 Training on the 9471 MME .............................................................................................................................. 15-54

15-6 HSGW Interconnections .................................................................................................................................... 15-60

16-1 9271 eRNC connections to other network elements .................................................................................. 16-5

16-3 Training on the 9271 eRNC ................................................................................................................................ 16-6

19-1 Documentation on the 5620 SAM .................................................................................................................. 19-18

19-2 Documentation on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN .......................................................................................... 19-28

19-3 Training on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN ........................................................................................................ 19-29

20-1 LTE Network Interfaces and Protocols ........................................................................................................... 20-2

21-1 LTE End-to-End Solution Documentation Library .................................................................................. 21-13

21-2 Stage 3 specification documents for the ePS .............................................................................................. 21-24

21-3 Security specifications for the ePS ................................................................................................................. 21-24

21-4 OA&M specifications for the ePS .................................................................................................................. 21-24

1-1 Current challenges faced by service providers ............................................................................................. 1-10

1-2 Contents of the Evolved Packet System (EPS) ........................................................................................... 1-13

1-3 Key innovations of LTE ........................................................................................................................................ 1-17

1-4 Basics of OFDM ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-19

1-19

1-5 Comparison of OFDM and CDMA .................................................................................................................. 1-20

1-6 Basics of SC-FDMA ............................................................................................................................................. 1-21

1-7 LTE throughput improvements in the Radio Access Network (RAN) ................................................ 1-22

1-8 Multiple antenna techniques ............................................................................................................................... 1-23

1-9 MIMO support on the downlink vs MIMO support on the uplink ....................................................... 1-24

1-10 Comparison of LTE architecture and a sample CDMA 2G/3G architecture ..................................... 1-27

1-11 Migration of basic telecommunications functions from 2G/3G to LTE ............................................. 1-28

1-12 eUTRAN and EPC in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution .................................................. 1-30

1-13 evolved Packet Core (EPC) compared to earlier Core Networks .......................................................... 1-33

1-14 Functional entities within the EPC ................................................................................................................... 1-34

1-15 Major components of an LTE network ............................................................................................................ 1-37

2-1 Complete view of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution ............................................................ 2-4

2-2 Major components of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE network .............................................................................. 2-7

2-3 Five phases of Services LTE support ............................................................................................................... 2-14

2-4 Converged BTS Portfolio ..................................................................................................................................... 2-27

2-5 liteRadio product family ....................................................................................................................................... 2-29

2-29

3-1 Five phases of Services LTE support ................................................................................................................. 3-4

3-2 Consulting Services for each part of the LTE evolution path .................................................................... 3-6

3-3 IP Transformation Center (IPTC) ...................................................................................................................... 3-21

4-2 Major components of the LTE Network Deployment Option ................................................................... 4-7

4-3 LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option ............................................................... 4-10

4-4 Major components of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option ............ 4-11

4-5 LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option .................................................................. 4-15

4-6 Major components of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option ............. 4-16

5-1 Migration paths to LTE ............................................................................................................................................ 5-2

5-2

5-2 Compatibility of the LTE Standard with previous standards ..................................................................... 5-3

6-1 NVIOT IOT process ................................................................................................................................................. 6-7

6-7

6-2 Sample results of band availability testing for a set of FDD UEs ........................................................... 6-9

6-3 Sample results of interoperability testing of FDD LTE UEs ................................................................... 6-10

7-1 IMS-related network elements that support VoLTE .................................................................................. 7-14

9-1 Video calling ............................................................................................................................................................... 9-9

9-9

10-1 Lawful Interception in the Solution .................................................................................................................. 10-4

11-1 LTE Standards Reference Model Architecture for security ..................................................................... 11-3

11-2 Air Interface Security: Control Plane Security ............................................................................................. 11-5

11-3 Air Interface Security: User Plane Security ................................................................................................... 11-6

11-4 LTE Standards Reference Model Architecture for security ..................................................................... 11-9

12-1 Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution ....................... 12-3

13-1 9412 eNodeB ........................................................................................................................................................ 13-25

13-25

13-2 Sample RRH .......................................................................................................................................................... 13-32

13-32

13-3 Architecture of the Distributed eNodeB Solution ..................................................................................... 13-38

13-4 9926 eNodeB BBU ............................................................................................................................................. 13-41

13-5 Transmit/Receive Duplex Unit (TRDU) ...................................................................................................... 13-41

14-1 SAR-8 hardware .................................................................................................................................................... 14-11

14-11

14-2 Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network ............................................................................................................. 14-19

15-1 5780 DSC ................................................................................................................................................................... 15-8

15-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
List of figures

15-3 5780 DSC logical design and connections to other network elements ............................................. 15-11

15-4 7500 SGSN ............................................................................................................................................................. 15-15

15-15

15-5 7750 SR hardware ................................................................................................................................................ 15-24

15-6 MG-ISM configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 15-26

15-7 Hardware for the 7750 SR (SGW) ................................................................................................................. 15-33

15-8 MG-ISM configuration ....................................................................................................................................... 15-35

15-9 7750 SR (SGW) connections to other network elements ...................................................................... 15-38

15-10 Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC in the UMTS Circuit Core Network ................................................. 15-42

15-11 Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC within R4 UMTS Network ................................................................... 15-43

15-12 9471 MME hardware .......................................................................................................................................... 15-50

15-13 Hardware configuration of the 9471 MME ................................................................................................. 15-51

15-14 9471 WMM interfaces ........................................................................................................................................ 15-57

17-1 8650 SDM HSS hardware ................................................................................................................................. 17-15

18-1 7510 MGW hardware .......................................................................................................................................... 18-33

18-2 7510 MGW interfaces ......................................................................................................................................... 18-35

21-1 Solution-level and core LTE customer documentation ............................................................................. 21-4

21-2 OLCS access ............................................................................................................................................................. 21-6

21-6

21-3 Release Notes and manuals ................................................................................................................................. 21-7

21-4 Selecting a document in the OLCS LTE Library list ................................................................................. 21-8

B-1 Combined network management provided by the Mobile Backhaul Solution ................................. B-5

C-1 Control plane and user plane as shown in network diagrams ................................................................... C-2

Purpose
This document describes the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, and includes
information on the following topics:
• The need for Long Term Evolution (LTE) networks
• An overview of LTE
• The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
• Deployment options
• Network elements
• Interfaces

Reason for reissue

Technical information that is added or changed for this issue of this document is
identified in the following table.

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
— To give additional The section “Aids to using this document” (p. 1-3) was
information on how to added.
use this document

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
— To help the reader To help the reader understand more about LTE and the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the
following additional figures and topics were added in
this issue:
• Figure 1-3, “Key innovations of LTE” (p. 1-17)
• Figure 1-4, “Basics of OFDM” (p. 1-19)
• Figure 1-5, “Comparison of OFDM and CDMA”
(p. 1-20)
• Figure 1-6, “Basics of SC-FDMA ” (p. 1-21)
• Figure 1-8, “Multiple antenna techniques”
(p. 1-23)
• Figure 1-9, “MIMO support on the downlink vs
MIMO support on the uplink” (p. 1-24)
• “Layers of OAM&P support” (p. 19-4)
• “IP connectivity” (p. 20-1)

— To clarify The following topics were added:

Alcatel-Lucent's • “Converged RAN approaches” (p. 2-26)
Converged RAN
• “Converged RAN” (p. 2-26)
offering
• “liteRadio ™ ” (p. 2-28)

NM2345 5620 SAM migration In LE3.0 the 5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)
from XMS LA2.0 (for replaces the 9453 XMS. The following parts of this
mgt of eNB LA2.0) book were updated for this:
• “Converged OA&M for LTE” (p. 2-11)
• “5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)” (p. 19-16)

— To describe support for Added a new topic: “Use of Self-Organizing Networks

Self-Optimizing (SONs)” (p. 2-24)
Networks (SONs) in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution
— To show the Chapter 3, “LTE Services” was completely rewritten.
comprehensive range of “LTE Services” (p. 2-13) was also updated.
services offered by the
Services organization

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
LS33007-03 LTE to UMTS A statement was added at “Both voice and data
Inter-RAT PS Handover supported” (p. 4-14) that data handoffs from LTE to
using Gn/Gp (Pre-Rel GSM within the network are supported.
8) with measurements
LS31037-01 Enhanced A statement was added at “Both voice and data
Non-Optimized supported” (p. 4-9) that data handoffs from LTE to
LTE-eHRPD HO with GSM within the network are supported.
eHRPD Radio
Measurement
— Request from users for New chapter: Chapter 6, “UEs and Alcatel-Lucent's
information on Devices and IOT Team”.
Alcatel-Lucent's See also “About User Equipment” (p. 2-4).
interoperability testing
of UEs for service
providers
LS30035-01 Dynamic Quality of New chapter: Chapter 7, “Approaches for voice with
Service (QoS) for VoIP LTE”.
References to Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and the new
Voice Services chapter, Chapter 7, “Approaches for
voice with LTE”, were added throughout Chapter 4,
“Deployment options”.
LS33008-01 Circuit Switched Fall New chapter: Chapter 7, “Approaches for voice with
Back for LTE/WCDMA LTE”
The following additional information throughout the
document:
• “Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF)
functions” (p. 18-23)

LS30035-01 Dynamic Quality of This information was also included in the new chapter,
Service (QoS) for VoIP Chapter 7, “Approaches for voice with LTE”.
References to Voice over LTE (VoLTE) and the new
Voice Services chapter, Chapter 7, “Approaches for
voice with LTE”, were added throughout Chapter 4,
“Deployment options”.
— Use of SMS within LTE New chapter: Chapter 8, “SMS with LTE”
— video over LTE New chapter: Chapter 9, “Approaches for video on
LTE”

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
LS30032-02 A chapter on regulatory New chapter: Chapter 10, “Government-mandated
services, including the services”
Lawful Interception The 1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (ULIS)
solution for the solution was added to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Solution, was added. End-to-End Solution (along with descriptions of other
government-mandated services).
See also:
• “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3)
• “1357 IMC” (p. 19-12)

— To explain security New chapter: Chapter 11, “LTE End-to-End Security”

needed in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution
Support of TDD in the To show the Solution's support for TDD, the following
Alcatel-Lucent LTE topics were rewritten
End-to-End Solution • “9926 eNodeB BBU” (p. 13-36)
• “LTE RRH 2x Product Family” (p. 13-28)

— support for TDD To show new versions of these Radio Access Network
(RAN) network elements to support TDD, the
following network element descriptions were updated:
• “LTE RRH 2x Product Family” (p. 13-28)
• “9926 eNodeB BBU” (p. 13-36)

14000.9 R-OCM “Reverse New topic to explain the use of the Reverse Optical
Optical Communication Communication Module (OCM) to share radios
Module” and Support between LTE and 2G/3G technologies: “Support for
for 3G-1X/LTE BTS the R-OCM” (p. 13-43)
— To correct a The following network elements were moved from
classification error Radio/core (hybrid) component into the Radio Access
Network (RAN) component:
• “9125 TC” (p. 13-7)
• “9130 BSC/MFS” (p. 13-10)
• “9370 RNC” (p. 13-19)

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
— SPR is now hosted on Changed the descriptions in “5780 DSC” (p. 15-4) and
the 5780 DSC in “8650 SDM HSS” (p. 17-12) to show that as of
LE3.0 the Subscriber Profile Repository (SPR) in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is hosted on
the 5780 DSC instead of on the 8650 SDM HSS.
— To explain that the Sun “Capacity and performance” (p. 18-13)
N1290 is now in DA
mode.
— To clarify that both the “9253/9254 OMC-RAN” (p. 19-26)
9253 OMC-RAN and
9254 OMC-RAN can
be used with the
Solution
— To explain use of a 3rd “Special case” (p. 15-18)
party PGW in LE3.0
— To help users find the Added the following: “Release Notes” (p. 21-2)
LTE End-to-End Pointers to the Release Notes topic were added
Solution Release Notes throughout the document.
To help users find the Added the following: “Planning Hub site” (p. 21-2)
LTE End-to-End
Solution Planning Hub
— To help users find The following new information was added
customer • “Accessing and navigating the LTE Library ”
documentation on LTE (p. 21-3)
and related topics
• “More about the LTE Library on OLCS” (p. 21-6)
• “Accessing network element documentation
through the Product Index” (p. 21-11)
• “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on
the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11)

— LTE 3.0 The table of customer documentation at Table 21-1,

“LTE End-to-End Solution Documentation Library”
(p. 21-13) was updated.

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
— LE3.0 To support the new functionality and enhancements in
LE3.0, the following network elements were added:
• “1357 IMC” (p. 19-12)
• “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3)
• “5100 CMS” (p. 18-11)
• “5410 PS/XDMS” (p. 18-16)
• “5420 CTS” (p. 18-19)
• “5900 MRF” (p. 18-26)
• “7510 MGW” (p. 18-29)
• “7520 MGW” (p. 18-38)
• “8965 C3S” (p. 17-18)
• “9471 Wireless Mobility Manager” (p. 15-55).
• “9958 WTA” (p. 19-39)
• “9959 NPO” (p. 19-42).
• “NEM” (p. 19-46)
• “SMT” (p. 19-51)
• “TSIS” (p. 19-53)

Feature ID Feature Name or New material or changes

(FID) Reason for Changes
— Changes to graphics for The following graphics were updated for LE3.0:
LE3.0 • Figure 2-2, “Major components of the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE network” (p. 2-7)
• Figure 4-1, “LTE Network Deployment Option
(data only)” (p. 4-6)
• Figure 4-2, “Major components of the LTE
Network Deployment Option” (p. 4-7)
• Figure 4-3, “ LTE Interworking with 3GPP2
Network Deployment Option” (p. 4-10)
• Figure 4-4, “Major components of the LTE
Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment
Option” (p. 4-11)
• Figure 4-5, “ LTE Interworking with 3GPP
Network Deployment Option” (p. 4-15)
• Figure 4-6, “Major components of the LTE
Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment
Option ” (p. 4-16)
• Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution”
(p. 12-3)

— — The 9926 D2U BBU is now known as the 9926

eNodeB BBU. This change has been made in this
document.
— To help the user New information was added to “5780 DSC” (p. 15-4).

Scope
This document presents the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution as it exists in the
current release. Future developments of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution are
not presented in this document.

Intended audience
This document is useful to any reader new to LTE and new to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. This document is recommended reading for all network planners,
engineers, technicians, service providers, and managers who require a basic
understanding of LTE, of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution and of the LTE
network elements, products and services used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
([email protected]).

Overview
Purpose
This chapter explains what Long Term Evolution (LTE) is and why service providers are
migrating to LTE. The sections in this chapter cover the following:
• The need for LTE
• What LTE is
• LTE basics: how LTE works
• New network components for LTE
• What an LTE network is
• The benefits of LTE

Covers ONLY the current release

Note that this document, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution Overview customer
document, 418-111-000, covers only the current release of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. Future items that are not yet implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution are not described in this document. Therefore, when you read
this document, remember that new features that are not implemented in the current release
are not described in this document.

Contents

Aids to using this document 1-3

What has changed in this document? 1-3
Glossary 1-3
Specialized meaning for key terms 1-3
How to read this document 1-5
The need for LTE 1-6

Increasing demand 1-7

Flattening revenue per user 1-7
The need for high leverage networks 1-8
Need to scale and converge older networks 1-9
Summary 1-10
LTE defined 1-12
What is LTE? 1-12
Applicable to all major wireless standards 1-14
How LTE works 1-16
Increasing throughput between the UE and the Core Network 1-18
All IP packet-based network 1-25
Use of new radio spectrum 1-25
Quality improvements 1-26
Comparing the LTE architecture with pre-existing architectures 1-26
New network components defined by LTE 1-29
Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN) 1-31
Evolved Packet Core (EPC) 1-32
A sample LTE network 1-36
Sample LTE network 1-36
Benefits of LTE 1-39
High capacity and low latency 1-39
High leverage networks - new revenue opportunities 1-40
Efficiency and reduced operating costs 1-41
Provides “Efficient Always-On support” 1-42
Increased flexibility in use of spectrum 1-43
Increased spectral efficiency 1-43
Easy convergence and interworking with other wireless networks 1-44
User-visible benefits 1-44

Aids to using this document

What has changed in this document?

New material and changes in this issue
A complete list of the changes and new material in this issue of this document is given in
the Reason for Revision in the About This Document chapter. Click on “Reason for
reissue” (p. xxxv) to be taken to that list.

Glossary
For further information
For an extensive glossary of LTE terms and telecommunications-related terms, go to the
LTE End-to-End Solution Glossary, 418-111-012.

Specialized meaning for key terms

Introduction
Within this document, certain terms are used in specialized ways. This topic lists these
terms and gives the definitions used in this document for these terms.

Terms as used in this document

In this document, for brevity's sake, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is
sometimes referred to as the Solution. Also, the following terms are used in this document
to represent the following hierarchy within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution:

Table 1-1 Terms used in this document and their meanings

Term Meaning
Solution or The complete Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, encompassing
Alcatel-Lucent LTE software, hardware, services, application enablement, and other
End-to-End Solution capabilities; that is, everything discussed in this book.
“parts” or “Major The three major parts of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution:
parts of the Solution” • LTE network
• LTE Services
• ng Connect program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-3
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Long Term Evolution (LTE) Specialized meaning for key terms
Aids to using this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1-1 Terms used in this document and their meanings (continued)

Term Meaning
Component One of the six “domains” or major parts of a complete LTE network:
• Radio Access Network
• Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
• Core Network
• Common Core Network
• IMS and Applications
• OAM&P
Functional entity New logical entity defined by LTE designers for the LTE network, such
as the eNodeB or the MME.
LTE Technically speaking, the new network and the associated standards are
named the Evolved Packet System (EPS). Technically speaking, the
name “LTE” only refers to the radio access component of the new
network. However, the name “Long Term Evolution” is now widely
associated with the entire new network and is commonly used to refer
to the whole of the new network. Therefore, in this document, the name
“LTE” is used to refer to the entire network and to the associated new
radio access technology.
Network element A unique entity within a network, comprising one or more functional
entities. Each NE consists of multiple physical and logical resources,
which can be configured and monitored separately, or as a group. The
NE and the NE’s physical and logical resources are recognized as
distinct objects by an element or network management system. An
example of a network element would be a single Alcatel-Lucent 9412
eNodeB.
() Parentheses after a network element name represent the function or
functions that the network element plays in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. For example, “5420 CTS (TAS)” represents the
following:
• 5420 CTS, which is the name of the network element
• (TAS), which means that in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution the 5420 CTS hosts the TAS function.

How to read this document

Covers ONLY the current release
The document, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution Overview customer
document, 418-111-000, covers only the current release of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. Future items that are not yet implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution are not described in this document. Therefore, when you read
this document, remember that new features that are not implemented in the current release
are not described in this document.

Choose information for your technology type

This book is a reference guide to the complete Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution includes information for many different
radio access technologies. Therefore when you read the book you need to choose the
information that is appropriate to your circumstances and the radio access technology or
technologies in use at your customer site.

Example
For example, if you wish to read about deployment options and use 3GPP radio access
technology at your site, you will probably
• skip over the “LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option: eHRPD
1xEVDO” (p. 4-9) section
• and read the “LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option: GSM and
W-CDMA” (p. 4-14) section

The need for LTE

Overview
Purpose
Long Term Evolution (LTE) is the commonly used name for the next generation of
broadband radio access technology for wireless networks. Before explaining more about
LTE, however, this document first describes why LTE is needed.

Pressures faced by service providers

Today's service providers are faced with multiple challenges that can be divided into the
following categories:
• Exponentially increasing demand for mobile broadband services
• Reduced revenues leading to the need for a changed business model
• Need for high leverage networks to support increased traffic and new revenue
opportunities
• Need to scale and converge older existing networks onto a common platform
Each of these challenges discussed below.

Contents

Increasing demand 1-7

Flattening revenue per user 1-7
The need for high leverage networks 1-8
Need to scale and converge older networks 1-9
Summary 1-10

Increasing demand
Demand is growing
User demand for mobile broadband service is skyrocketing and growing beyond the
capacity of current systems. Mobile data usage surged in 2008 and continued ramping up
in 2009, fueled by the success of smart phones such as the iPhone, 3G-enabled laptops,
ultra-mobile PCs and innovative handsets, plus online video and social networking
applications.

Users want higher-level services

Users are demanding a higher Quality of Service (QoS) and a seamless multimedia
experience. Users are also expecting enriched, personalized services with a guaranteed
Quality of Experience (QoE). Examples of personalized service include video phone,
remote home web cam, and applications that provide services depending upon where the
user is located. In another example, the network could provide fair usage policies and
notifications to end users when certain bandwidth thresholds are reached.

2G and 3G systems designed for voice

In addition, many current second generation (2G) and third generation (3G) wireless
networks were originally designed to handle primarily voice traffic. Therefore, even when
additional capacity is added to these wireless networks, these wireless networks are not
built to handle large volumes of data gracefully.

Flattening revenue per user

Flattening revenues
For many service providers, subscriber growth rates are slowing due to market saturation,
and traditional user-paid revenues are flattening

Carrying more traffic but not being paid for it

Many web applications and content, particularly video, are sponsored by third parties
such as advertisers, and are thus free to end users. Service providers end up carrying extra
traffic from these applications on their networks without generating extra revenue, due to
flat rate, “all you can eat” charging.

The need for high leverage networks

Two key challenges facing service providers
High leverage networks address both of the following key challenges service providers
face today:
• Service providers must scale and converge a variety of complex existing networks
onto a common platform while at the same time continuing to cut costs.
• Service providers must change their business models to match the new realities of
their business. Service providers must find new and innovative ways of extracting
additional revenue from their existing networks, and also of generating new revenue
based on offering new services and applications.

What is a high leverage network?

A high leverage network is an intelligent network that allows service providers to
continuously offer both of the following, adjusting in real time to the needs of each:
• scalable and reliable bit transport at the lowest possible cost
• application enablement, Quality of Service (QoS) and traffic optimization

What is application enablement?

Application enablement is an approach that brings service providers and developers
together to combine their network and web capabilities to create and deliver high demand
advanced services and new intelligent applications. Application enablement is a way for
service providers to make new use of their assets of bandwidth, billing, location,
presence, and security, as well as their relationships with end users, to generate new
revenues. By offering these select capabilities as Application Programming Interfaces
(APIs), service providers give developers access to a set of tools to create new
applications and services to run on service provider networks. Unifying the strengths of
service providers and developers facilitates the creation of applications, and in turn,
creates a better end user quality of experience (QoE). As mentioned earlier, this process
also gives service providers new sources of revenue.

For further information

For further information on turning service provider networks into high leverage networks,
see:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Long Term Evolution (LTE) The need for high leverage networks
The need for LTE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
http://www2.alcatel-lucent.com/hln/
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/application_enablement
For examples of applications that can be enabled by high leverage networks, see “High
leverage networks - new revenue opportunities” (p. 1-40).

Need to scale and converge older networks

Pressure to reduce costs
Service providers are experiencing constant pressure to reduce both capital expenses
(CAPEX) and operating expenses (OPEX) of current 2G and 3G wireless networks. This
topic lists various strategies service providers are looking at and using to reduce costs.

Scalable networks
Scalable networks are intelligent networks that can monitor the amount of bandwidth
needed for each session in real time and scale the amount of resources assigned to use the
minimum amount of bandwidth necessary. Scalable networks are necessary if service
providers want to continue to be low-cost bit transport providers.

Reducing network complexity

As networks grow larger and more complex, there is a pressing need to simplify the
networks and simplify the network interfaces that service provider personnel must learn
and use. A common platform reduces network complexity and reduces operating
expenses.

Using spectrum efficiently

Radio spectrum is a limited resource. Also, what radio spectrum does exist is fragmented
between different companies and different technologies. Thus it becomes more and more
important to make efficient use of the spectrum and to avoid the waste caused by the
fragmentation of the spectrum.

Saving space
As real estate grows more and more expensive, service providers find they can save
money by reducing the amount of physical space (called footprint) taken up by existing
equipment.

Summary
Graphical summary
The following figure summarizes the challenges facing service providers today.

Figure 1-1 Current challenges faced by service providers

What do service providers need?

To remain competitive, service providers in today's marketplace need the following:
• Next-generation all-IP wireless broadband networks that can support Quality of
Experience (QoE) and the skyrocketing demand for bandwidth, while reducing total
cost of ownership (TCO), so that the service providers can continue to reduce the cost
of delivering services.
• Innovative business models that can generate additional revenue new sources.

LTE defined

Overview
Purpose
The topics in this section define Long Term Evolution (LTE).

Contents

What is LTE? 1-12

Applicable to all major wireless standards 1-14

What is LTE?
What is Long Term Evolution (LTE)?
As stated previously, Long Term Evolution (LTE) is the commonly used name for the next
generation of broadband radio access technology for wireless networks. The
specifications for this technology were written by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project
(3GPP) standards body.

Actual name is EPS

The actual name used by the 3GPP body to describe the latest generation technology is
Evolved Packet System (EPS). The Name EPS is used to refer to both of the new network
components designed by the 3GPP standards committees: the eUTRAN and the EPC.

Figure 1-2 Contents of the Evolved Packet System (EPS)

Note: For definitions of “control” and “user”, see “User plane and control plane
defined” (p. C-1).

Standards project committees

Two sets of 3GPP standards committee members worked on standards for the two new
network components.
Members of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) project worked on the evolution of the radio
interface and the access network, the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
Network (eUTRAN) component.
Members of the System Architecture Evolution (SAE) project worked on the evolution of
the Core Network, the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) component.

Applicable to all major wireless standards

Can interwork with all major wireless standards
The LTE standards have been designed to interwork with all the wireless network
standards supported by both the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) and the Third
Generation Partnership Project CDMA2000 (3GPP2) standards bodies. This means, for
example, that a call can easily be handed off from an LTE network to a non-LTE network
and back. For example, a person at a coffee shop could access the Internet using a local
WiFi network, but would lose the connection after leaving the coffee shop and after the
call was handed off. In contrast, if the user were using LTE instead of WiFi, the
connection to the Internet would be maintained even after the user left the coffee shop.
• 3GPP - The 3GPP standards body sets standards for the following technologies:
– Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), originally Groupe Spécial
Mobile (GSM)
– General Packet Radio Service (GPRS)
– Enhanced Data Rates For GSM Evolution (EDGE)
– Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA), which is also called
Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS)
– High Speed Packet Access (HSPA)
– Evolved High Speed Packet Access (HSPA+)
• 3GPP2 - The 3GPP2 standards body sets standards for the following technologies:
– Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
– Evolution-Data Optimized or Evolution-Data only (EV-DO or EVDO)

Supports both FDD and TDD

The LTE specification supports both Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) and Time
Division Duplexing (TDD). FDD and TDD are multiplexing methods for radio channels.

For further information

For further information about the LTE standards, see “Tips for getting started with LTE
Specifications” (p. 21-22).

How LTE works

Overview
Purpose
To achieve significant breakthroughs in capacity accompanied by significantly reduced
costs, the LTE designers came up with the following key innovations:
• New technologies for increasing throughput between the UE and the Core Network
• A packet-only (IP-only) network
Other LTE innovations include:
• Use of new radio spectrum
• A new high-performance Radio Access Network
• New high-performance Core Network
• Quality improvements
The new LTE Radio Access Network and Core Network components are described
separately, in “New network components defined by LTE” (p. 1-29).
The other innovations are discussed in this section.

Figure 1-3 Key innovations of LTE

Contents

Increasing throughput between the UE and the Core Network 1-18

All IP packet-based network 1-25
Use of new radio spectrum 1-25
Quality improvements 1-26
Comparing the LTE architecture with pre-existing architectures 1-26

Increasing throughput between the UE and the Core Network

Introduction
A major innovation created by the LTE designers was a very large increase in the amount
of throughout between the UE and the Core Network.
To achieve this goal, the LTE designers came up with three innovations:
• A new modulation scheme on the downlink
• A new modulation scheme on the uplink
• Use of multiple antennas for transmission or reception
Each of these innovations is discussed in this topic.

Innovation for the downlink

The downlink is the communication link from the radios in the eNodeB to the user
equipment (UE).
On the downlink, the radios in the eNodeB transmit to the LTE UE using Orthogonal
Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). OFDMA is a digital modulation scheme
that provides high peak data rates in high-spectrum bandwidths. OFDMA has been
theoretically possible for many years but modern advantages in technology have now
made it possible to use OFDMA in real-life wireless networks.
Note: OFDMA is used on the downlink for both FDD and TDD radio access
technologies.

Figure 1-4 Basics of OFDM

Figure 1-5 Comparison of OFDM and CDMA

Innovation for the uplink

The uplink is the communication link from the UE to the radios in the eNodeB.
On the uplink, LTE UEs transmit to the eNodeB using Single Carrier Frequency Division
Multiple Access (SC-FDMA). SC-FDMA is a frequency-division multiple access scheme
that offers advantages in Peak-to-Average Power Ratios (PAPR) compared to pure
OFDMA.
Note: SC-FDMA is used on the uplink for both FDD and TDD radio access
technologies.

Figure 1-6 Basics of SC-FDMA

Figure 1-7 LTE throughput improvements in the Radio Access Network (RAN)

MIMO techniques
LTE uses new multiple antenna techniques to manage the enlarged stream of data and to
minimize interference with other transmission streams.
MIMO stands for Multiple-input Multiple-Output (MIMO). In an LTE network, multiple
transmit and receive antennas are used at the eNodeB and at the UE. Use of multiple
antennas provides numerous data paths effectively operating in parallel. In LTE there
must be at least two antennas at the UE and two antennas at the eNodeB that are
dedicated to each active UE. For faster transmissions, the LTE standards allow for use of
four or eight antennas at the UE and four or eight antennas at the eNodeB. At present,
however, only two antennas are being used.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-22 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Long Term Evolution (LTE) Increasing throughput between the UE and the Core
How LTE works Network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Types of multiple antenna techniques
The following figure shows the various types of multiple antenna techniques.

Figure 1-8 Multiple antenna techniques

Figure 1-9 MIMO support on the downlink vs MIMO support on the uplink

All IP packet-based network

Introduction
The LTE network is an all-IP, packet-based, flat network that provides scalability and
flexibility while reducing costs.

End-to-End IP
LTE is a "pure packet" network. That is, the entire LTE network, end to end, is all IP and
all packet-based. In addition, all network protocols and interfaces are based on IP. In other
words, all parts of LTE are IP-based, from the UEs through the eNodeBs, through the
Core Network, and throughout the rest of the network.

Benefits
The major benefit of an all-IP network is a significant simplification of the network,
reducing the number of network elements in the network and improving operational
efficiency. This leads to less latency and faster transmission of data.
Having fewer network elements in the network also reduces Operating Expenses (OPEX).

No circuit switched traffic

The LTE network is the first wireless network to have no circuit-switched traffic. In other
words, LTE is a completely packet-based system. Therefore, the LTE designers planned
for the use of the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform with LTE when voice is
required. IMS can provide Voice over IP (VoIP) traffic over the packet-based LTE
network.

Use of new radio spectrum

Use of new spectrum
The increased flexibility in LTE's use of spectrum makes it possible to implement LTE in
small portions of radio spectrum that may have been previously unused. For more about
this, see “Increased flexibility in use of spectrum ” (p. 1-43).

Quality improvements
Introduction
The LTE designers also implemented several quality improvements into the LTE network
standards. This topic discusses those improvements.

Use of SONs
LTE is the first 3GPP technology to include Self-Optimizing Networks (SONs). For more
about SONs in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, see “Use of Self-Organizing
Networks (SONs)” (p. 2-24).

Control over Quality of Service

LTE offers a full end-to-end Quality of Service (QoS) mechanism that is simpler and
more flexible to implement compared to existing 2G and 3G QoS mechanisms. The LTE
QoS mechanism is fully focused on IP delivery and is expected to be much easier for
operators to deploy and manage. The LTE QoS mechanism enables the service provider to
offer new value added, differentiated services per user and between users allowing
increased revenue from these premium services.

New UE state
Another quality improvement in the LTE standards is the new UE state, STANDBY,
which is discussed in “Provides “Efficient Always-On support”” (p. 1-42).

Comparing the LTE architecture with pre-existing

architectures
Introduction
This topic compares the LTE architecture with the architecture of the 2G and 3G wireless
networks that preceded LTE.

One network instead of two

In traditional networks, voice traffic goes to a circuit switched network and data traffic
goes to a packet network. For LTE, there is only one network, the Evolved Packet Core
(EPC) network, which provides both data and packetized voice.

Figure 1-10 Comparison of LTE architecture and a sample CDMA 2G/3G

architecture

Functionally the same

Functionally speaking, an LTE network carries out the same basic tasks as a 2G or 3G
network. However, LTE provides the same functionality using a single network as
opposed to the combination of two networks (circuit-switched and packet-switched) used
in 2G/3G wireless networks.
Because of this movement of functions to different network entities in LTE, the LTE
architecture varies significantly from the architecture of a typical 2G or 3G wireless
network.

Figure 1-11 Migration of basic telecommunications functions from 2G/3G to LTE

New network components defined by LTE

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the two new network components defined for LTE networks:
• Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (eUTRAN)
• Evolved Packet Core (EPC)

Figure 1-12 eUTRAN and EPC in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

Contents

Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN) 1-31

Evolved Packet Core (EPC) 1-32

Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN)

What is the eUTRAN?
The evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (eUTRAN) is part of the
improved and simplified LTE Radio Access Network (RAN). The eUTRAN contains
radio frequency transmitters and receivers used to communicate directly with the User
Equipment (UE).
The LTE standards define only one functional entity within the eUTRAN: the eNodeB.

What is a Radio Access Network?

A Radio Access Network is that part of a wireless network that sits between the UE and
the Core Network.

What is the eNodeB?

The eNodeB is a new functional entity in LTE. The eNodeB replaces the base station (BS)
and also takes over some of the functions of the Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base
Station Controller (BSC). The eNodeB connects the subscriber’s UE (also called mobile
device) to the network.

What is a base station?

A base station (BS) is a transmission and reception station in a fixed location that handles
cellular traffic and consists of one or more antennas, radios, and electronic circuitry. The
base station connects the UE to the Core Network. The base station can also serve as a
bridge between all mobile users in a cell. A base station is called a Base Transceiver
Station (BTS) in the GSM wireless network.

Takes on some RNC functions

In non-LTE networks, radio resource allocation and configuration of base stations are
provided by a separate network entity. In CDMA and UMTS networks this network entity
is called the Radio Network Controller (RNC). In GSM networks this network entity is
called the Base Station Controller (BSC).
To achieve a flatter network and reduce latency, the LTE designers removed the RNC and
BSC from the LTE network. In the LTE network, the eNodeB carries out some of the
functions of the RNC and BSC.
Note: In LTE, not all of the RNC functions are assigned to the eNodeB. Some
functions are assigned to the Mobility Management Entity (MME).

Evolved Packet Core (EPC)

What is the EPC?
The Evolved Packet Core (EPC) is the IP-based packet-only Core Network for LTE.

What is the Core Network?

The Core Network (also called Network Core) is a new multiservice IP mobile core
introduced with LTE but also envisaged to become a converged core in the future. The
Core Network functions as the central part of a telecommunications network and provides
high capacity communications facilities that set up and control communications between
UEs and with other Packet Data Networks (PDNs). The major functions of a Core
Network include aggregation, authentication, call control and switching, charging, and the
providing of gateways to other networks.

Unifies previous CS and PS components

As explained in “Comparing the LTE architecture with pre-existing architectures”
(p. 1-26), LTE is the first 3GPP network without a circuit switched (CS) component.
The EPC provides mobile core functionality that, in previous mobile generations (2G and
3G) has been realized through two separate networks: a circuit-switched (CS) network for
voice and a packet-switched (PS) network for data. In LTE, the two former
circuit-switched and packet-switched networks are combined into one packet-based
network.

What does the EPC do?

The EPC carries all kinds of traffic – voice, video, and data (although all traffic is in
packet form). All eNodeB data connections travel through the EPC connecting the UE to
the Packet Data Network (PDN) and the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).
The EPC also supports:
• Mobility with legacy 2G and 3G networks in the packet switch component
• Mobility across different types of networks (3GPP - 3GPP2 network handovers)

Figure 1-13 evolved Packet Core (EPC) compared to earlier Core Networks

Figure 1-14 Functional entities within the EPC

The EPC is made up of the following four functional entities:

• Mobility Management Entity (MME) - The MME provides mobility and session
control management and authenticates UEs.
• Serving Gateway (SGW) - The SGW routes and forwards user packets and acts as the
mobility anchor for the user plane for LTE handoffs and inter-Radio Access
Technology (RAT) handovers. Examples of inter-RAT handovers include handovers
from LTE to CDMA, or from LTE to W-CDMA.
(For definitions of user plane and control plane, see Appendix C, “Defining and
displaying the user and control plane”.)
• Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) - The PGW provides UE session connectivity
to external packet data networks. The UE may have more than one session active with
a PGW for accessing multiple PDNs. The PGW also acts as the anchor point for
non-3GPP networks such as First generation Evolution-Data Optimized or
Evolution-Data Only (1xEV-DO) and Worldwide Interoperability of Microwave
Access (WiMAX).
• Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) - The PCRF supports the following
functions:
– Network control of Service Data Flow (SDF) detection, gating, Quality of Service
(QoS) and flow based charging
– Dynamic policy decision on service data flow treatment in the PCRF
(PGW/SGW)
– Authorization of QoS resources.
Note: Some configurations may have additional optional network elements.

A sample LTE network

Overview
Purpose
This section describes how the new LTE network components are combined with
previously existing network components to form a complete LTE network.
Note that the sample LTE network shown here is the simplest of LTE networks. The
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution also supports other types of LTE networks. For
information on the different LTE network deployment options available within the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, see Chapter 4, “Deployment options”.

Contents

Sample LTE network 1-36

Sample LTE network

Introduction
The new network components defined for LTE must be combined with existing network
components to make up a functioning LTE network. This topic lists the six components
required for a functioning LTE network and shows how the two new network components
specially defined for LTE, the eUTRAN and the EPC, fit into a functioning LTE network.

Six components and what they do

A functioning LTE network requires the following six major components:
• The Radio Access Network - that part of a wireless network that sits between the UE
and the Core Network.
In LTE, the Radio Access is called the Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN) and is provided
by the eNodeB.
• The Backhaul Network - the intermediate links between the Radio Access Network
and the Core Network - and the Transport Network - the backbone network that
connects everything else.
• The Core Network - the central part of a wireless network that provides high capacity
communications facilities that set up and control communications between UEs and
with external networks.

Figure 1-15 Major components of an LTE network

Benefits of LTE

Overview
Purpose
This section explains the major benefits of LTE and explains why wireless service
providers are migrating to LTE.

Contents

High capacity and low latency 1-39

High leverage networks - new revenue opportunities 1-40
Efficiency and reduced operating costs 1-41
Provides “Efficient Always-On support” 1-42
Increased flexibility in use of spectrum 1-43
Increased spectral efficiency 1-43
Easy convergence and interworking with other wireless networks 1-44
User-visible benefits 1-44

High capacity and low latency

Introduction
LTE networks have a combination of high capacity and low latency, both of which are
needed for today's broadband networks.

Increased downlink and uplink rates

LTE provides significantly increased downlink and uplink peak data rates.
Typical peak data rates are:
• Uplink: 2.00-2.25 times the current 3G data rates
• Downlink: 100 Mbps which is 3 times the current 3G peak rate

More throughput; less latency

LTE networks offer high peak throughout compared with previous broadband
technologies, and significantly lower latency.

Benefit of reduced latency

LTE's lower latency rates make it possible for service providers to provide new
applications that require low latency, such as Voice over IP (VoIP) and video phone.

High leverage networks - new revenue opportunities

Introduction
As explained in “The need for high leverage networks” (p. 1-8), service providers need
high leverage networks to survive and thrive in today's challenging marketplace. This
topic contains examples of new revenue-generating applications that can be run on LTE
networks.
Note: High leverage networks can be created using 2G/3G technology. However,
most applications that run on high leverage networks need the additional bandwidth
and speed provided by LTE networks.

Variable payment rates for quality of service

With the extensive control over the network that high leverage networks have, it will be
possible for a wireless service provider to offer a charging mechanism based on Quality
of Service, similar to what wireline service providers already offer.

Cloud computing
Cloud computing is the providing of Internet-based computing to users on demand. In
cloud computing, shared resources, software, and information are provided to user's
computers and other devices on demand, in the same way as electricity is currently
handled. Though cloud computing can be implemented in non-LTE networks, the high
bandwidth supplied by LTE is key for implementing cloud computing on a large scale.

Fixed wireless
A service provider can use an LTE network to provide broadband fixed wireless services.
Such a network could be installed and used even in an area where the service provider is
not a local cellular phone provider.

Vertical applications
Using high leverage networks, service providers could also supply vertical applications
for businesses to use. Vertical applications are applications used within a single type of
business, such as a medical software program used only in the healthcare industry. Again,
the high bandwidth supplied by LTE is crucial to supporting new high bandwidth-
requiring vertical applications.

Location-based services
Location-based services could also be provided. For example, if an end user is walking
down a certain street, an application could send a message to the end user's UE telling
him or her that there is a sale in a store just up the street selling items that he or she often
purchases.

For further information

For further information on turning service provider networks into high leverage networks,
see:
http://www2.alcatel-lucent.com/hln/
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/application_enablement

Efficiency and reduced operating costs

Reduced cost
LTE is significantly cheaper than other wireless air interfaces for high speed data. For
example, at high utilization levels, LTE costs only 25 to 50 percent of the cost of High
Speed Packet Access Plus (HSPA+).

Reduced CAPEX and OPEX

Because of their flatter structure and fewer network elements, LTE network provides a
significant reduction in CAPEX and OPEX and Total Cost of Ownership (TCO).

Provides “Efficient Always-On support”

Introduction
The LTE standard uses a new UE state to provide what is called “Efficient Always-On
support”. This state was defined in earlier standards but never used until now. This topic
defines the state commonly called “Efficient Always-On support” and explains the new
state and why it is needed.
Note: The material in this topic is drawn from Evolved Packet System (EPS) The LTE
and SAE Evolution of 3G UMTS by Pierre Lescuyer and Thierry Lucidarme.

What is “Efficient Always-On support?”

To support new applications such as instant messaging (IM), in which people exchange
short communications in real time, there is a need for LTE UEs to quickly turn on and off,
to send and receive this bursty data. This state of being able to quickly turn on and off is
called Efficient Always-On support. To the user, the UE appears to be always-on.
However, to save energy and system resources, the UE is not 100% on, but in a new state
introduced by the LTE standard.
The concept of “efficient Always-On support” is also referred to as control plane latency.

Traditional UE states
Until LTE there were only two states for a UE:
• IDLE - In the IDLE state the UE is reachable but dormant.
• ACTIVE - In the ACTIVE state the UE is actively transmitting or receiving data.

New UE state - STANDBY

To meet the need for the UE able to turn on and off quickly, the LTE designers make use
of a third state, halfway between the traditional states, called STANDBY.

How it works
In the STANDBY state, the UE is silent but always connected. When a UE is in the
STANDBY state, it takes only a very short time for the UE to transition to the ACTIVE
state.

Increased flexibility in use of spectrum

Can use spectrum allotments of varying sizes
LTE designers created LTE to be able to operate in spectrum allocations of different sizes,
including 1.25, 2.5, 5, 10, 15, and 20 MHz, for both uplink and downlink.
At present the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution only operates on 5, 10 and 10
MHz.

Flexibility in implementation
This increased flexibility in use of spectrum allows flexible deployment of LTE and
variable use of spectrum according to expected traffic, projected need, and spectrum
availability.

Easier to deploy
Since an LTE network can be deployed using a small amount of spectrum, it is now much
easier to deploy an LTE network, even in regions where large chunks of spectrum are
scarce.

Increased spectral efficiency

More bits per Hz
LTE technology is designed for increased spectral efficiency; that is, more bits can be sent
in the same amount of frequency spectrum than with previous radio access technologies.
LTE achieves this better spectral efficiency through the use of OFDMA technology,
advanced MIMO technologies and innovative interference management techniques such
as Frequency selective scheduling (FSS) and/or Inter-Cell Interference Coordination
(ICIC).

Easy convergence and interworking with other wireless

networks
Designed to work seamlessly with all wireless networks
The LTE standard has been designed to interwork with all the wireless network standards
supported by both the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) and non-3GPP networks
including the Third Generation Partnership Project CDMA2000 (3GPP2) standards
bodies.
An LTE network can easily be integrated with any of these networks.

User-visible benefits
Introduction
LTE will change the experiences of end users. This topic lists some of the major changes
that different types of users will see when using an LTE network.

Improved user experience

End users will have an improved user experience. Users will be able to have more
bandwidth available, experience faster downloads, and enjoy new applications that can be
provided because of LTE's high-speed throughput and lower latency.
Users will also experience a seamless multimedia environment and see enriched,
personalized services with a guaranteed Quality of Experience (QoE).

Benefits for corporate users

For business subscribers, benefits will be easily seen and felt in applications where data
throughput is important, such as faster email and file uploads, enhanced VPN
connections, and smoother access to the Internet. Business subscribers will also see the
benefit of LTE in interactive applications where latency is crucial, such as IP Multimedia
Subsystem (IMS)-based Voice over IP (VoIP), mail and file synchronization with an
online server, peer-to-peer applications, SIP multimedia services including video and
voice conferencing over IP, application sharing, and more. Vertical markets where
information accuracy, reliability and immediacy are key will also see benefits. For
example, the health care sector will be able to deploy medical applications that require
low latency and high-resolution imaging.

Benefits for service providers

LTE networks offer higher data throughput to UEs than the older wireless networks. As a
result, LTE will allow service providers to deliver new and advanced mobile broadband
services, such as video delivery, on a wide range of frequency bands.
LTE will also give service providers the chance to open new markets and deliver new
applications, creating new revenue sources.
Finally, service providers can make use of LTE to reduce their Total Cost of Ownership
(TCO). The cost per byte of LTE is expected to be significantly less than the cost per byte
of existing networks. The cost reductions will occur because of the network simplification
of LTE's flat all-IP architecture and the enhanced capacity delivered by LTE.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter gives a high-level overview of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End to End Solution
and describes the following:
• The major components of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
• The advantages and new revenue opportunities brought to the service provider by the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

Contents

About the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution 2-3

What is the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution? 2-3
Parts of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution 2-5
LTE network 2-6
Components of the LTE Network 2-6
About the Radio Access Network 2-8
About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network 2-8
About the Core Network 2-9
About the Common Core Network 2-10
About the IMS and Applications Area 2-10
About the OAM&P products 2-11
LTE Services 2-13
Summary of services 2-13
For further information 2-15
The ng Connect program 2-16

About the ng Connect program 2-16

How the ng Connect program works 2-17
For further information 2-18
Benefits of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution 2-19
All the benefits of LTE 2-20
A pre-Integrated Solution 2-20
Benefits of not having a multivendor solution 2-21
Ease of evolution 2-22
Preservation of capital 2-23
Use of ng Connect 2-23
Significant cost reductions in Mobile Backhaul 2-24
Use of Self-Organizing Networks (SONs) 2-24
Alcatel-Lucent's “Green Touch” initiative 2-25
Converged RAN approaches 2-26
Converged RAN 2-26
liteRadio ™ 2-28
Summary table 2-30

About the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

What is the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution?

Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution defined
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is a next-generation wireless broadband
solution that combines an LTE network with converged and upgraded aggregation and
transport nodes, LTE Services and an application enablement program.

Need for the Solution

Wireless service providers are looking for sustainable profitable growth from new
wireless broadband networks and business models while optimizing network scalability
and total cost of ownership with a highly efficient infrastructure. This network
transformation must support an agile, scalable and open approach to service creation and
delivery that enriches the end-user experience and capitalizes on the explosive growth of
new content and media and the capabilities of new consumer and industrial wireless
devices.
For more about the needs of today's service providers, see “The need for LTE” (p. 1-6).

Complete Solution
As shown in Figure 2-1, “Complete view of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution” (p. 2-4), the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution goes beyond LTE radio
access technology and an LTE network to include backhaul, common core, the IP
Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform, LTE Services, and the ng Connect program.

Figure 2-1 Complete view of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

Note: The Backhaul Network, Transport Network, and User Equipment are included
in the figure for the sake of completeness but are not discussed in detail in this
document.

About User Equipment

User Equipment (UEs) are not manufactured by Alcatel-Lucent and are thus not discussed
in this chapter. However, Alcatel-Lucent does have an extensive InterOperability Testing
(IOT) program for UEs. For more information on Alcatel-Lucent's IOT program, see
Chapter 6, “UEs and Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team”.

Parts of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

Three parts
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is made up of the following three parts:
• The all-IP completely packet-based End-to-End LTE network
• LTE Services from Alcatel-Lucent's Services team
• An ecosystem to support the rapid delivery of next generation broadband services and
applications (ng Connect)
Each part is explained in its own section in this chapter.

LTE network

Overview
Purpose
The backbone of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is an all-IP completely
packet-based End-to-End LTE network. The topics in this section describe that network.

Contents

Components of the LTE Network 2-6

About the Radio Access Network 2-8
About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network 2-8
About the Core Network 2-9
About the Common Core Network 2-10
About the IMS and Applications Area 2-10
About the OAM&P products 2-11

Components of the LTE Network

Major components
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is made up of the following major components:
• the Radio Access Network (RAN)
• A Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
• A Core Network
• A Common Core Network
• An IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform
• Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) support

Figure 2-2 Major components of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE network

Note: There are other minor network elements, such as the 9959 NPO, that provide
additional OA&M support but are not shown in the diagram.

About the Radio Access Network

What is the Radio Access Network?
The Radio Access Network (RAN) is that part of a mobile wireless network that sits
between the UE and the Core Network. The Radio Access Network uses one of several
different forms of radio access to transmit communications to the UE and receive
information from the UE.

LTE version
In LTE, the Radio Access Network is called the eUTRAN.

LTE component for the RAN

There is a new component for LTE network part of the RAN, the eNodeB. For
information on the eNodeB and on Alcatel-Lucent's eNodeB offerings, see the following:
• “Evolved UTRAN (eUTRAN) ” (p. 1-31)
• “9412 eNodeB” (p. 13-22)
• “LTE RRH 2x Product Family” (p. 13-28)
• “9926 eNodeB BBU” (p. 13-36)

For further information

For descriptions of all the RAN-related network elements that can be used in the different
deployment options of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, see Chapter 13, “
Network elements used in the Radio Access Network”.

About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

What is the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network?
The Backhaul Part of the Transport Network is the term used for the portion of the overall
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution Transport Network that connects the cell site
with the MTSO functionality, which for LTE is made up of the EPC and other network
elements.

What is the Transport Network?

A transport network is a generic term used for the entire network of transmission
equipment from the cell site all the way to the Public Switched Data Network (PSDN)
and the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). The Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution Transport Network is the Transport network used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
LTE network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Role
The Backhaul Part of the Transport Network provides connectivity between the eNodeB
and the SGW and the MME in support of the S1 interface and between eNodeBs in
support of the X2 interface.

For further information

For information about the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network and the network
elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network, see Chapter 14, “Network
elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network”.

About the Core Network

What is the Core Network?
The Core Network (also called Network Core) is the central part of a wireless network
and provides high capacity communications facilities that set up and control
communications between UEs. The major functions of a Core Network include
aggregation, authentication, call control and switching (which handles mobility),
charging, and the providing of gateways to other networks.

LTE component for the Core Network

The new LTE component for the Core Network is the EPC, which contains several
functional entities. For information on the EPC and the functional entities within it, see
the “Evolved Packet Core (EPC)” (p. 1-32).

For further information

For information about the Core Network and the new network elements introduced to
support LTE in the Core Network, see Chapter 15, “Network elements used in the Core
Network”.

About the Common Core Network

What is the Common Core Network?
The Common Core Network is a set of network elements that perform functions common
to both the Core Network and the IMS, such as the Lawful Intercept (LI), Home
Subscriber Server (HSS), Offline Charging Systems (OFCS) and Online Charging
Systems (OCS).

Also used in other networks

The network elements in the Common Core Network are not LTE network elements per
se but are also used in other Alcatel-Lucent networks and products.

For further information

For descriptions of all the network elements that can be used in the Common Core
Network in the different deployment options of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution, see Chapter 17, “Network elements used in the Common Core Network”.

About the IMS and Applications Area

introduction
This topic describes the use of the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform and
IMS-enabled applications in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

What is IMS?
IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) is an architectural framework, designed by the 3GPP
standards body, that is a platform for delivering Internet Protocol (IP) packet-based
multimedia services to end users. The IMS platform provides a service delivery
environment (SDE) for IMS-enabled applications. Part of the service delivery
environment provided by IMS is a common set of functions and procedures for access,
session control, bearer control, policy, and charging. IMS is also used for higher level
applications and services such as video services, voice services, call features, and so
forth.

What is the role of IMS in the Solution?

IMS has been added to the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to fill several major
roles:
• Providing and controlling Access Gateways, including firewalls
• Providing a framework for communication services and other applications to be
deployed to end users to enhance revenue
• Enabling and running a variety of IP-based applications, such as Short Message
Services (SMS) and Voice over IP (VoIP)
• Supporting online and offline charging functions enabling billing for IMS applications
and services

For further information

For more information about IMS and for descriptions of all the IMS-related network
elements that can be used in the different deployment options of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution, see Chapter 18, “Network elements used for IMS”.

About the OAM&P products

introduction
This topic describes the OAM&P products used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

What is OAM&P?
Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) is a general term
used to describe the processes, activities, tools, standards, and so forth involved with
operating, administering, managing, maintaining, and provisioning any network.

Converged OA&M for LTE

The 5620 Service Aware Manager (5620 SAM) supports the OA&M for the Backhaul
Network, Transport Network, MME, and eNodeB.

For further information

For more on the 5620 SAM, see “5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)” (p. 19-16).
For descriptions of all the other products that are used for OA&M in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution, see Chapter 19, “OAM&P products”.

LTE Services

Overview
Purpose
LTE Services for the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution are provided by the
Alcatel-Lucent Services organization

Contents

Summary of services 2-13

For further information 2-15

Summary of services
Summary diagram
As shown in the following diagram, the Alcatel-Lucent Services team provides help for
service providers in all aspects of LTE network planning, implementation and support. In
this chapter, LTE support is grouped into the following phases:
• Consulting
• Analysis
• Design
• Deployment
• Operation
The services offered by Alcatel-Lucent in each of these phases are explained this chapter.

Figure 2-3 Five phases of Services LTE support

For further information

LTE Services chapter
For more information on the LTE Services offered by the Services organization, see
Chapter 3, “LTE Services”.

The ng Connect program

Overview
Purpose
The ng Connect program was developed in response to the needs of service providers for
increased revenues and new revenue opportunities. The topics in this section describe the
ng Connect program and explain how ng Connect can help service providers.

Contents

About the ng Connect program 2-16

How the ng Connect program works 2-17
For further information 2-18

About the ng Connect program

What is ng Connect?
ng Connect is an ecosystem of network resources and expertise that enables rapid
delivery of next generation broadband services and applications. ng Connect was started
by Alcatel-Lucent but is made up of partners from both Alcatel-Lucent and a wide variety
of other companies.

Purpose of ng Connect
Members of the ng Connect program work together to do the following:
• Accelerate deployment of new services and devices
• Drive new sources of revenue with new business models
• Broaden the device landscape to consumer electronics and to machine-to-machine and
automotive technologies

More than simple applications

The next-generation ecosystem embodied in the ng Connect program goes far beyond just
handsets and specific individual applications. The next-generation ecosystem brings
together content, media, applications and devices in multiple ways over multiple
networks.

How the ng Connect program works

How it works
Members of ng Connect create and deliver Solution Concepts (SC), which are technical
and business cases for 4G LTE applications.

Three key facets

The ng Connect program has three key facets, each of which is a critical element in
delivering an SC:
• SC Development: Member of ng Connect develop Solution Concepts (SCs) and
pre-integrate and test the SCs over real networks. Currently, SCs are developed in the
Alcatel-Lucent Plano, Texas and Ottawa, Canada SC labs.
As of first quarter 2010, fourteen SCs have been developed:
– Mobile Enhanced Reality with Social Sharing
– Next Generation Social Music Experience
– E-Learning
– E-Healthcare
– Interactive Gaming on LTE
– Multi-screen Solution with User-Generated Content
– LTE Connected Car
– LTE Connected Camera
– Digital Signage with dynamic updates over LTE
– Video enhanced interactive Digital Signage
– Celebrity Tracker
– Gaming Storefront and ng Games
– Remote security camera and home control
– Secure Anywhere single sign on
• Primary Research: Members of ng Connect pool primary research from their
respective organizations against the topic SC, giving a much deeper understanding of
end-user desires and willingness to pay. This material is then used both in positioning
a specific SC in service provider trials and as input to the business modelling
exercises.
• Business Modelling: Employing the skills of the Bell Labs Business Modelling group,
specific SCs are assessed for opportunities to develop new business models.

For further information

For further information
For further information on the ng Connect program, see the ng Connect web site:
http://www.ngconnect.org/

Benefits of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End

Solution

Overview
Purpose
Alcatel-Lucent is unique in the industry in providing the following:
• Broad product portfolio covering all aspects of the network
• A complete End-to-End Solution
• Professional expertise to build and operate the Solution
• Help for service providers in developing and implementing innovative plans to
generate new revenue.
The topics in this section expand upon these and other benefits provided by the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

All the benefits of LTE 2-20

A pre-Integrated Solution 2-20
Benefits of not having a multivendor solution 2-21
Ease of evolution 2-22
Preservation of capital 2-23
Use of ng Connect 2-23
Significant cost reductions in Mobile Backhaul 2-24
Use of Self-Organizing Networks (SONs) 2-24
Alcatel-Lucent's “Green Touch” initiative 2-25
Converged RAN approaches 2-26
Converged RAN 2-26
liteRadio ™ 2-28
Summary table 2-30

All the benefits of LTE

Benefits of LTE
At the heart of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is an LTE network. Thus the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution gives the service provider all of the benefits of
an LTE network:
• High capacity and low latency
• Efficient Always-On support
• Increased flexibility in use of spectrum
• Easy convergence and interworking with other wireless networks
• A richer Quality of Service (QoS) and Quality of Experience (QoE) for end users
• Greater efficiency and reduced operating costs
For more information on each of these benefits, see “Benefits of LTE” (p. 1-39).

A pre-Integrated Solution
Introduction
The fact that the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is a pre-integrated network
saves a significant amount of time and money for service providers. This topic lists ways
in which not having to perform integration saves time and money for service providers,
and also provides a higher quality network.

No need to perform costly integration

In a multivendor solution, a service provider must spend a significant amount of money
integrating the network and making sure that the all the network elements work together
as planned. With the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, there is no need to
perform costly integration. All the network elements in the Solution are already
integrated.

Network level testing

Each Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is fully tested in the Alcatel-Lucent
Network Level Test (NLT) lab before being delivered. Testing on individual network
elements and on the integration of network elements is also performed. Thus the service
provider can rely on a proven, high-quality, already-integrated solution.

Benefits of not having a multivendor solution

Significant savings in deployment and operational costs
Use of the complete Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution instead of a multivendor
solution results in significant savings to a service provider in lowered costs of
deployment, growth, and traffic and capacity management. This is a case in which a
complete network from Alcatel-Lucent is better than the sum of the piece parts in a
multivendor solution.

Other benefits beyond cost savings

Use of the complete Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution gives the service provider
other, additional benefits, beyond cost savings. The most significant of these other
benefits are listed in this topic.

Coordinated product lifecycle

When the entire product is managed by one vendor, you have a common architecture and
requirements and joint release planning. A coordinated product lifecycle also allows the
needs of the service provider's individual network to be taken into account throughout the
lifecycle of the product.

Converged OA&M for LTE

The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution has one OA&M platform for all of the LTE
network elements, starting in LE 3.0. The benefits of converged OA&M include fewer
northbound interface per OSS, common IT functions, simplified processes and faster
problem resolution.

Accelerated time to market

Using the complete Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution also gives accelerated time
to market.

Ease of evolution
Helping with the migration
This topic explains how the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is set up to help
service providers easily migrate to LTE. The topic also summarizes the ways in which
Alcatel-Lucent can help a service provider migrate to LTE, before, during and after the
migration.

End-to-end services
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Services staff have the products and expertise to design, implement,
integrate and fine-tune the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to meet the service
provider's unique needs. Services provided include the following:
• Market analysis and strategic planning
• Capacity forecasting and planning
• Deployment planning
• Building the solution
• Testing the solution
• Installing solution
• Validating the installed network and performing interoperability tests

Alcatel-Lucent field testing

Each individual Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution for each service provider is
completely tested in Alcatel-Lucent's Network Level Test (NLT) lab before it is
implemented at the service provider's site.

Customized transformations
Members of Alcatel-Lucent LTE Services team can provide customized transformations
for individual service provider networks. There is a great flexibility in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution. Tailoring the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to meet
the needs of an individual service provider increases the ease of the transition and
improves the usability of the final implemented network.

Preservation of capital
Upgrade, often using existing equipment
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is built wherever possible from previously
existing Alcatel-Lucent equipment. Thus, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
protects a service provider's capital equipment by reusing that equipment in the new
network. The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution also can incorporate existing 2G
and 3G wireless networks into the new network. The existing 2G and 3G wireless
networks can continue to work as before for as long as necessary. Continuing to use
existing 2G and 3G technology along with LTE technology within the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution keeps service providers from the expenditure of upgrading all
of their network elements at the same time.

Use of ng Connect
ng Connect
Alcatel-Lucent has a corporate initiative to work through the ng Connect program with
other organizations on new applications and on ways for service providers to provide new
services and generate new revenue in their networks.
For more about ng Connect, see “The ng Connect program” (p. 2-16).

Example: the Connected Car

ng Connect recently created a new application that has become very popular: an
LTE-connected car. Web sites for ng Connect and the LTE connected car are listed at the
end of this topic.

Resources
For further information on ng Connect and on the Connected Car, see:
http://www.ngconnect.org/
http://www.ngconnect.org/ecosystem/connected-car.htm

Significant cost reductions in Mobile Backhaul

Mobile Backhaul Solution
Alcatel-Lucent's Mobile Backhaul Solution a product offering that provides both
significant cost savings and increased bandwidth in the transport area. The Mobile
Backhaul Solution integrates multiple mobile transport technologies into a more
cost-effective end-to-end network architecture. For more about the Mobile Backhaul
Solution, see Appendix B, “Mobile Backhaul Solution”.

Use of Self-Organizing Networks (SONs)

What are SONs?
Self-Optimizing Networks (SONs) are networks that perform basic network planning and
optimization tasks for themselves to reduce the amount of human interaction needed. In
SONs, in the event of a cell or site failure, self-healing methods are triggered to resolve
the resulting coverage/capacity gap to the extent possible. If these self-healing methods
do not work, then the problem is reported so that a human being can fix the problem.

Purpose of SONs
The concept of SONs grew out of a common consensus that future radio access networks
needs to be easier to plan, configure, manage, optimize and heal. Obviously, if networks
can fix lower-level problems for themselves, this frees up service provider employees to
work on other tasks.

Standards
The 3GPP Release 8 specifications have a series of standards for SONs, including 36.902.

LTE is the first

LTE is the first 3GPP technology to actually include SONs.

Alcatel-Lucent's “Green Touch” initiative

Introduction
In response to the urgent need to preserve our natural environment, Alcatel-Lucent and
Bell Labs have created something unique: Green Touch. Green Touch is a consortium of
telecom service providers, manufacturers, universities and nonprofit organizations with a
mission to conceive and demonstrate the effectiveness of this revolutionary low-energy
network, all within the next five years.

Benefits
The benefits of Green Touch to the service provider are significant. One key benefit is
that Green Touch networks will use less electricity by a factor of a thousand, resulting in
significant cost savings. Another key benefit will be the opportunity to reach markets
around the world made up of people who at present cannot afford UEs because they
cannot afford the energy cost to keep UEs charged.

For further information

For more about Green Touch and its possibilities for the future, see the following:
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/pressroom/multimedia/videos/ALCATEL_
GREENTOUCH.html)
See also the information at the following site: http://www.greentouch.org/

Converged RAN approaches

Two approaches
Alcatel-Lucent's Converged RAN offering has two approaches:
• Converged RAN approach
• liteRadio ™ approach
Each approach can be used separately or in combination with the other approach, as
needed.
The Converged RAN approach is discussed in “Converged RAN” (p. 2-26).
The liteRadio ™ approach is discussed in “liteRadio ™ ” (p. 2-28).

Converged RAN
Two deployment scenarios
The Converged RAN approach has two deployment scenarios:
• integrated
• distributed

Figure 2-4 Converged BTS Portfolio

Converged base station components

Alcatel-Lucent is using the following methods to converge base station components:
• Creating software-defined modules in the Remote Radio Head (RRH).
Software-defined modules make it possible for one RRH to support multiple radio
access technologies simultaneously, as long as the different radio access technologies
are in the same band.

Distributed base station components

In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the LTE RRH 2x Product Family can be
used as part of a Distributed eNodeB Solution, where RRHs can be placed up to 20km
away from the BBU.
Use of the Distributed eNodeB Solution can save space since the BBU does not have to
be physically located with the RRH. Also, the RRH used with the Distributed eNodeB
Solution does not require a cabinet, which also saves space.
For more about the Distributed eNodeB Solution, see “About the Distributed eNodeB
Solution ” (p. 13-37).

liteRadio ™
Use of liteRadio ™
Use of liteRadio ™ is the ultimate Converged RAN solution, achieving far greater space
and power savings than traditional Converged RAN solutions. liteRadio ™ consists of
Wideband Active Antenna Arrays (WB-AAA), multi-Band RRHs (MB-RRH), System on
a Chip (SoC) based BBUs, innovative transport solutions including CPRI compression,
new ATCA based network controller based on Cloud technology, and a single OA&M
solution supporting all liteRadio ™ nodes, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 2-5 liteRadio product family

Benefits
One major benefit of the liteRadio ™ solution is that it can support multiple radio access
technologies in multiple different bands, which cannot be done by current RRHs.
liteRadio ™ is also a new architecture developed by Alcatel-Lucent where the base station
can be distributed into RF component elements (that could be located on poles, sides of
buildings, towers, and so forth) and baseband/network control that can be centralized
leveraging Cloud capabilities. CPRI compression techniques are capable of reducing
backhaul requirements by up to a factor of three.

Summary table
Solutions for customer problems
The following table summarizes how the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
contains solutions to current customer issues and problems.
Table 2-1 Solutions for customer issues and problems

Customer Issue or How Alcatel-Lucent Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent

business problem addresses the issue approach
Minimize network total A highly-scalable, efficient The Alcatel-Lucent solution combines
cost of ownership as data end-to-end network that uses an efficient cell site evolution with
traffic volumes increase all-IP, service-aware packet core multi-standard base stations (2G+3G+LTE), a
and transport, LTE radio access, a flexible all-IP completely packet-based
scalable IMS service delivery wireless/wireline transport solution (Mobile
platform and cost-cutting Backhaul Solution), an all-IP, purpose-built
operation and maintenance LTE evolved packet core (EPC) and a proven
services IMS service delivery platform.
Expensive real estate to liteRadio ™ — a new architecture Solves problem of explosive growth in
support large, bulky cell where the base station is broken demand for Wireless data and also solves the
towers. into its component elements and problem of expensive real estate for cell
distributed through the network or tower location.
‘carrier cloud.’ Additionally the
various cell tower antennas are
combined and shrunk into a single
powerful, Bell Labs-pioneered
multi frequency, multi standard
(2G, 3G, LTE) device that can be
mounted on poles, sides of
buildings or anywhere else there is
power and a broadband
connection.
Boost service agility, A broad ecosystem of Alcatel-Lucent is driving the creation of a
while overcoming risk pre-integrated devices and total LTE ecosystem that includes content,
and complexity of applications applications, advertising and devices. Our
integrating third-party program supports a successful migration to
devices and applications LTE. The program enables new business
models by helping ensure connectivity,
distribution, content and resource
management, QoS, applications and service
integration.

Customer Issue or How Alcatel-Lucent Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent

business problem addresses the issue approach
Manage total Service-driven transformation While competitors focus on the migration of
transformation of IP program including end-to-end network elements, Alcatel-Lucent helps
wireless networks, business planning, design, service providers address end-to-end
including end-to-end integration, migration and networks, business models,
operations, while implementation to help service services/applications, operations and security.
minimizing time to providers achieve The Alcatel-Lucent end-to-end program
market, disruption and speed-to-market and predictable management approach provides holistic
risk results. management of the complex
interdependencies characteristic of
transformation projects.

Overview
Purpose
LTE Services for the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution are provided by the
Alcatel-Lucent Services organization. This chapter describes these services and the
benefits they offer for the LTE service provider.

Contents

Services Portfolio 3-3

About the Services Portfolio 3-3
Advanced Integration Methodology (AIM) 3-5
About AIM 3-5
Consulting 3-6
About Consulting Services 3-6
Consulting Services offered 3-7
Analysis 3-9
Analysis Services offered 3-9
Design 3-13
Design Services offered 3-13
Deployment 3-14
About Deployment Services 3-14
Project Management Services 3-14
Installation Services 3-15
Integration Services 3-16
Field Integration 3-16

Application Integration Solution 3-17

Solution Integration and Validation Service 3-18
OSS/BSS Transformation and Integration 3-18
Security Enabler Integration 3-19
Migration Services 3-19
IP Transformation Centers 3-21
Operation 3-23
About Operation Services 3-23
Maintain 3-23
Optimize 3-24
Operate and manage 3-24

Services Portfolio

About the Services Portfolio

Need for services
LTE has an extensive impact on a service provider's radio network, core, operations,
billing, security, and service delivery components. Given these impacts, service providers
need help to successfully implement, integrate, and operate LTE networks. The
Alcatel-Lucent Services Portfolio has been designed to give expert help to service
providers for all of these components.

Includes existing networks

The LTE Services Portfolio offered by the Services organization is a comprehensive set of
services that includes both new LTE services and enhancements to existing services.

Built on expertise of Alcatel-Lucent

The breadth and depth of the Services Portfolio reflects the expertise of the
Alcatel-Lucent Services organization in multivendor network integration capabilities and
its proven leadership in wireless transformation and migration.

Summary diagram
As shown in the following diagram, the Alcatel-Lucent Services team provides help for
service providers in all aspects of LTE network planning, implementation and support. In
this chapter, LTE Services are grouped into the following phases:
• Consulting
• Analysis
• Design
• Deployment
• Operation
The services offered by Alcatel-Lucent in each of these phases are explained this chapter.

Figure 3-1 Five phases of Services LTE support

Uses Advanced Integration Methodology (AIM)

The Services organization uses Alcatel-Lucent’s Advanced Integration Methodology
(AIM), a standards based delivery framework used for Solution delivery. AIM is also
described in this chapter.

Advanced Integration Methodology (AIM)

About AIM
What is AIM?
The Advanced Integration Methodology (AIM) is the Alcatel-Lucent framework for the
delivery of Systems Integration (SI) type engagements within Alcatel-Lucent. The
methodology is based on the principles of Systems Engineering, which is an industry
proven approach to dealing with high complexity engineering design projects.

Specialized methodology
The AIM methodology has been specialized to address solutions that contain Network
Integration, Telco IT Integration (OSS/BSS/Applications) and/or Migration Services.
AIM can be used in any communications-related Systems Integration engagement,
including those encountered within strategic industries such as energy, transport, and the
public sector.

Scalable
AIM has been designed to be highly scalable and can be used for projects ranging from
small simple projects up to large complex multivendor prime Integrator engagements
incorporating a multi-release program.

Defined lifecycle
AIM has a defined lifecycle that is supported by a set of processes covering both the
Technical (engineering) and Program/Project Management aspects of SI Services
delivery.

Built on experience and best practice standards

AIM represents the cumulative knowledge and experience of a range of senior
practitioners engaged in SI Programs and Projects. AIM draws extensively on the best
practice approaches defined in the ISO/IEC15288, INCOSE, CMMI and PMI standards.

Consulting

About Consulting Services

Consulting Services
By combining network and IT software-centric views, Consultants in the Services
organization assist service providers with strategic transformation decisions such as
technical feasibility, organizational and network readiness, economic return, support cost
optimization and IT effectiveness. The consultants capture and translate the service
provider’s vision and strategy into an executable plan, from conception to field execution
to service availability.

Figure 3-2 Consulting Services for each part of the LTE evolution path

Consulting Services offered

Types of services offered
This topic lists and describes all of the Consulting Services offered by the Services
organization.

Network Performance and QoS Analysis

Assessing your network’s Quality of Service (QoS) and its impact on business
performance and proposing network performance optimization and customer experience
improvement options.

Site Consolidation
Providing a detailed analysis and set of recommendations to achieve footprint reduction,
site consolidation and real-estate valorization.

Mobile Backhaul Audit and Design

Building the business case for reducing cost per bit and designing backhaul solutions
ready for next generation access technology and services.

Sustainable Energy Audit and Design

Helping operators optimize energy usage and/or implement eco-friendly power and
innovative cooling solutions.

High Leverage Network and IP Transformation

Providing a methodological framework for capturing requirements and priorities, and
designing and planning predictable transformation and migration.

Application Enablement, Service Creation and Monetization

Assessing new business models and designing solutions to monetize service provider
assets and enable new service development and delivery.

Operation and OSS/BSS Transformation

Addressing all aspects of people, process, platform, and metrics that service providers
must consider when preparing an operational transformation to support converged
networks and services.

Analysis

Analysis Services offered

Types of services offered
This topic lists and describes all of the Analysis Services offered by the Services
organization.

SIOP Services
The Alcatel-Lucent Site Implementation solution provides extensive Site Implementation
and Outside Plant (SIOP) services. These services include designing, building and
managing end-to-end deployment of the physical infrastructure for mobile and radio sites,
readying them for equipment installation. Typical examples of infrastructure worked with
include towers, antennas, and concrete pads. The work performed includes concept
development, tendering, design and execution. Services supports the following type of
SIOP Services:
• Deployment Delivery Management
• Site Implementation and Outside Plant (SIOP)
• Architecture and Engineering
• Site Construction
• Site Inspection

Site Survey
Visit customers’ physical locations to survey and assess on-site structural and equipment
conditions, including equipment locations, cabling assignments, power, and related site
information.

Design Engineering
Perform design engineering functions, such as analysis and design of physical plant
components, creation of network order requirements, order preparation, capacity analysis,
and site space planning.

Site Engineering
Help ensure that the correct installation site material is ordered and that the optimal
equipment layout for installation of ordered equipment at the network site is determined.

Site Records
Perform detailed record keeping to accurately document the configuration of equipment
and physical placement within the network, initially creating site records as well as
performing updates and ongoing maintenance.

Engineering Assessment
Assess equipment and site conditions (that is, power system, batteries, grounding),
including surveys, inspections, tests, problem/issue identification, and make
recommendations for fixes, upgrades, and improvements.

Solution Architecture Advisory Services

Solution Architecture Advisory Services can be tailored to the specific needs of the
service provider, and can include some or all of the following:
• Working directly with the service provider to convert requirements/problem
statements into an end to end solution architecture.
• Acting as the service provider's primary point of contact for solution technical issues.
• Leading the technical delivery of the solution across Alcatel-Lucent in partnership
with PM.
• Communicating and documenting the service provider's architectural and technology
choices across the Alcatel-Lucent technical team.

Radio Network Planning and Audit Service

LTE is adapting Smart Antenna Systems in order to reach the expected throughput and
coverage estimated for 4G systems as defined by the 3GPP standards. LTE will be
implementing multiple antenna techniques (MIMO, beam forming and antenna diversity.
Such sophisticated technology adds new challenges to the network design process for
wireless technology. These new challenges include such new tasks as defining the antenna
system for different clusters based on customer needs/topology and addressing the issues
for co-sites, where an eNB is located with the legacy (2G/3G base station).
Co-sitting needs to be addressed because most LTE technology will be deployed after
former GSM/UMTS systems, and deploying new sites will not be as simple as is was for
early technologies.

Operations Readiness plan

Total solution processes and products for LTE are tested against a rigorous and extensive
suite of test cases and generic data before becoming generally available to the public. This
service is available in conjunction with the purchase of Integrated Solution Planning
Services from Alcatel-Lucent. Under this service, test cases are developed and executed
based upon critical requirements documents created as part of those Integrated Solution
Planning Services.

OSS/BSS Implementation Planning and Analysis

Alcatel-Lucent’s OSS/BSS Implementation Planning and Analysis (IPA) is an analysis to
discover LTE customer-specific operational needs and to map those needs to specific
requirements. The IPA facilitates the identification of requirements to fully implement the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE/IMS/other Platform and to integrate it into the LTE service provider’s
operational environment.
The IPA process determines appropriate solution strategy and details. The output of the
IPA is a mutually agreed-upon plan that defines the requirements, activities, deliverables,
roles, responsibilities, and timeline for the deployment of the solution. Establishing a
clear roadmap helps the LTE service provider become knowledgeable, comfortable and
self-sufficient with the solution. The IPA process consists of two phases: Requirements
Gathering and Solution Specification.
Tasks performed by this service include the following:
• Assembling a team of specialists to develop the IPA
• Baselining the architecture, the strategy and the implementation plan
• Defining roles, responsibilities, and requirements
• Other activities required for a detailed IPA report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-11
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE Services Analysis Services offered
Analysis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Security Organizational Assessment
Alcatel-Lucent’s LTE Security Organizational Assessment Service reviews security
policies and organizational processes to identify threats and security vulnerabilities within
the customer’s LTE environment organization. This leads to recommendations to fill
identified gaps, with a documented analysis, supporting justification and a proposed
remediation plan.

Security Architecture Design

Based on the security requirements that may have been set forth by the customer and an
initial security risk assessment of the LTE solution to deploy, Alcatel-Lucent uses best
practices and security configuration baselines to determine the appropriate high-level and
low-level security designs for the LTE environment, in line with any applicable
Alcatel-Lucent reference architecture.

Architecture Security Assessment

The LTE Architecture Security Assessment is based on existing threat and risk models
developed by Alcatel-Lucent and industry best practices, and results in a prioritized list of
security vulnerabilities, documented analysis, supporting justification, and a proposed
remediation plan. Such an assessment is based on the following two approaches:
• A “black-box” approach is used to cover tests from a vantage point outside the LTE
platform environment.
• A “white-box” approach is taken for internal tests whereby the customer provides in
advance some information on the LTE environment internal network topology.
To achieve the objective, Alcatel-Lucent performs vulnerability scans of the systems that
are part of the LTE delivery platform, complemented by manual vulnerability analysis on
the systems. Tests can be performed from the following vantage points, as applicable and
agreed upon with the customer:
• External scan of hosts of the LTE ePC platform exposed to subscribers.
• Internal scan of a customer network (IS, management, and so forth) from the LTE
platform, aiming at providing the assurance that the LTE platform cannot be used as a
vector to compromise other customer environments.
• Internal vulnerability scan of the LTE platform itself, to provide a mapping of
vulnerability that may be leveraged for infrastructure compromise.
The security assessment phase will be documented in a report that will be presented to
appropriate stakeholders. This report will include a proper description of the
infrastructure exposure and highlight relevant threats to the infrastructure.

Design

Design Services offered

Types of services offered
This topic lists and describes all of the Design Services offered by the Services
organization.

RF Planning and Design

The RF Planning and Design Service consists of the following three phases:
• Phase 1 - Initial Planning: RF propagation and traffic simulation techniques
• Phase 2 - Final Design: calibration of RF propagation tools, coverage prediction and
QoS analysis, and issuance of search area rings for site locations
• Phase 3 – Implementation: drive test surveys, candidate site surveys and selection,
and close-out site documentation

Pre-Launch RF Optimization
Alcatel-Lucent’s LTE Pre-Launch RF Optimization Service provides fine-tuning of
system parameters and configurations to attain optimum quality of service from the
network. Optimization is achieved by performing RF measurements via drive tests,
analyzing the results, and adjusting system parameter settings to meet system
performance criteria.

ePC and eUTRAN Network Architecture and Design

Alcatel-Lucent network architecture and design experts will analyze and define the
network architecture and evolution scenarios, formulate recommendations and work with
the service provider to identify the effective solution option. Following this, the
Alcatel-Lucent experts will verify the dimensioning and capacity aspects according to the
service provider’s site constraints, following standard processes and verifying the overall
correct application of new features. Throughout the project, Alcatel-Lucent network
architecture and design experts act as trusted advisors, partnering with the service
provider to identify service provider needs and answer service provider questions. The
Alcatel-Lucent network architecture and design experts dedicate special consideration to
aspects that are of high importance for Quality of Service (QoS), such as the control of
end-to-end (E2E) QoS and the network management in general.

Deployment

About Deployment Services

Types of services offered
The Services Organization offers a variety of Deployment Services, including the
following:
• Project Management Services
• Installation Services
• Integration Services
• Migration Services
• IPTC Services
Each type of Deployment Service is explained separately in this section.

Project Management Services

Types of services
Project Management includes the following services:
• Coordinating contracted activities through final delivery of all elements.
• Managing resources, which includes allocating staff and other resources to support the
project schedule.
• Analyzing and tracking project risks, reporting status and executing risk response
plans.
• Escalating and issuing jeopardies as necessary.
• Managing close-out activities before resources are released.
• Verifying that all activities within the scope of work have been completed.

Installation Services
Types of services
This topic lists all the Installation Services that are provided during Project Deployment.

Site Preparation
Provide advance preparation of customer sites to enable seamless physical installation of
network element equipment, including installation of equipment mounting structures,
overhead framework, cable racking, power, and so forth.

Equipment Installation
Install multi-technology equipment. Tasks include assembling, cabling and wiring, and
testing hardware components, and verifying that the equipment is functioning as
engineered and specified.

Equipment Removal
Safely and efficiently remove old/unused equipment and cables from network sites for
replacement with newer technology. Oversee disposition of old/unused equipment,
whether for scrap or recycling, resale, or redeployment elsewhere within a network.

Installation Quality Assessment

Provide installation quality analysis, recommendations, and support to help improve the
reliability and interoperability of physical network infrastructure and critical business
quality management processes, including assessment of current network infrastructure
and installed workmanship, standardization of installation practices, and consultation on
quality management systems.
Note: The Installation Quality Assessment Service is available only in North America.

Installation Staging
Perform a full inventory, inspection, assembly, configuration, and testing of network
equipment in a controlled environment at an Alcatel-Lucent or customer facility, remote
from the planned network implementation site, delivering a ready-for-installation system
directly to the customer’s location for on-site implementation.

Integration Services
About Integration Services
Alcatel-Lucent Network and System Integration Services supports both service provider
and enterprise customers in their network and business evolution with a focus on these
key transformation services:
• Network Design, Integration, Optimization and Migration expertise to assist our
customers in getting the most out of their network investments through network
planning and design facilitation, network infrastructure optimization, multivendor
network integration, and reliable migration to next generation infrastructure.
• OSS/BSS, Service Delivery Platform (SDP) and Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)
solutions and integration services that include Business and Operational Process
Consulting, Billing and Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Service
Assurance, and Service Fulfillment. These services enable faster time-to-market
(time-to-revenue), increased customer retention, and optimized operational/IT costs.
• Fixed, Mobile and Multi-screen Multimedia Integration Services that include
integrated multivendor solutions (such as IPTV, VoIP, and Mobile TV) that allow
content distribution over various channels (broadband, mobile and Internet). The
practice offers intermediation services between service providers, enterprise
customers and web community services. Additionally, the Alcatel-Lucent portfolio
includes middleware and applications for multiple screens. To help bring it all
together in an innovative multiscreen video and multimedia services offering, our
customers can trust in Alcatel-Lucent global system integration leadership.

Types of services
This topic lists all the Integration Services that are provided during Project Deployment.

Field Integration
Field Integration
Field integration involves configuring and integrating installed products into networks
and verifying that the equipment is fully functional within the overall network, including
translations, validation, and acceptance testing.
Other services that fall within the Field Integration service are explained in this topic.

Product Integration
Alcatel-Lucent's Field Integration services provide the resources, processes, tools and
experience necessary to create network element provisioning data to meet customer
specifications, provision elements, verify interfaces amongst network elements and
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE Services Field Integration
Deployment
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
management systems, perform acceptance testing, coordinate all required network
integration activities, and integrate installed equipment to help ensure it is operational
within the overall network.

Product Capacity Growth

Adds nodes, ports, channels, sectors, carriers, and other resources to a product to increase
capacity of the current operational product.

Product Upgrades
Upgrades product to new releases (pre-launch), adds services or new features, performs
reconfiguration, or modifies capabilities of the product after it has been deployed.

Product Operations Support

Ensures proper product operation within a network by providing general maintenance,
including trouble resolution.

Product Validation
Validates product-level operation against customer requirements within contract for
compliance.

Product Operations Knowledge Transfer

Provides customer’s staff with informal training on product operations, beyond those that
are available in product-level training.

Application Integration Solution

Application Integration Solution
To increase their revenue and competitiveness, Communication Service Providers (CSPs)
are looking at leveraging their network assets to create differentiating applications. CSPs
can develop the applications themselves or work with third party advertisers or
applications and content providers.
To help CSPs reach their goals, Alcatel-Lucent’s Application Integration Solution helps
CSPs develop, market, and provide proof of concept for new applications. This solution
also provides trial facilities as well as guidance that is controlled, secured, and stepwise
so that CSPs are assured of reaching immediate results.

Solution Integration and Validation Service

Solution Integration and Validation Service
Alcatel-Lucent’s Solution Integration and Validation Service provides a laboratory
environment where the customer can test voice, data and/or video services over specified
technologies, which may include optical, Ethernet, IP, ATM, Wireless/Mobility and/or
Circuit Switching. This service helps ensure the interoperability of the network elements
and associated Element Management Systems and Network Management Systems
according to the requirements of the proposed. Testing areas may include integration,
performance, redundancy, scalability and/or management testing. The Integration Lab
Testing Service is based on requirements developed from network planning and design
documentation. Alcatel-Lucent engineers work with the customer to define test plans that
conform to the customer’s test requirements, perform the testing according to an
agreed-to test plan, and provide the customer with a written report of the test results.

OSS/BSS Transformation and Integration

OSS/BSS Transformation and Integration
Provide service operations consulting, migration services, system integration capabilities
and OSS/BSS and application services solutions including a portfolio of enablers,
applications and products from leading strategic partnerships. Alcatel-Lucent's OSS/BSS,
SDP and SOA solutions and services portfolio is ideally suited to fixed, mobile and
converged carriers who have non-sustainable subscriber growth as well as those facing
fierce competition forcing them into an IP transformation to deliver higher-value, secure
user-centric services faster. Migration and transformation projects can impact so many
areas in a service provider network, such as new services and service delivery
environment, new business models, new partners, new technology, new OSS/BSS
systems and applications, new organizations, new security measures and new skills
needed by service provider personnel. The OSS/BSS Transformation and Integration
Service helps service providers to successfully navigate all of these changes.

Security Enabler Integration

Security Enabler Integration
The LTE Security Architecture Design work item will lead to the selection of a number of
security enablers to be integrated on the LTE deployment to ensure appropriate coverage
of the identified security risks. For the selected enablers, Alcatel-Lucent produces the
following documents:
• Appropriate configuration (databooks) for the security equipment and others relevant
systems for which security-related functions are expected.
• Integration and acceptance tests plans, to enable the validation of the deployed
enablers from a security standpoint, and verify that the security enablers fulfill their
expected functionalities.
Once these documents are approved, Alcatel-Lucent employees perform the
implementation and configuration of the security enablers. Integration tests are then
performed to validate that all systems are correctly deployed and configured from a
security standpoint. Finally, acceptance tests are performed.

Migration Services
Purpose
This topic describes Services' Network Migration services.

Network Migration defined

When a carrier chooses to replace network elements in the converged strategy, a
migration is the process of moving all customers and traffic from the legacy to the new
converged network elements.

Network Migration defined

Network migration is thus the process of moving all customers and traffic from the legacy
to the new converged PS core network.

Challenges and risks

Network migration raises a number of challenges, including the following:
• minimizing the disturbances to the end-users (service outage, performance
degradation) and to the service provider's operation
• minimizing transformation costs and lead-time in a multivendor environment

The importance of Program Management

Program management is fundamental to network migration. The Program Management
provided by Alcatel-Lucent helps to provide consistency and reliability to Network
Migration. The Program Management Alcatel-Lucent provides also includes migration
scheduling for timed projects with given dependencies and constraints, and migration
workflow management for dealing with events required to complete a migration.

Benefits of using Alcatel-Lucent's Migration Services

With its unique products and services portfolio, its multivendor capabilities and its broad
expertise in complex network transformation programs, and in Program Management,
Alcatel-Lucent can mitigate all the risks of Network Migration for the service provider.

IP Transformation Centers
IP Transformation Centers defined
IP Transformation Centers (IPTC) provide End-to-End 2G/3G/4G/IMS Solution testing
services and capabilities.
The following figure shows the role of an IPTC in providing integration and validation of
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Figure 3-3 IP Transformation Center (IPTC)

The rest of this topic lists and describes services offered by an IPTC.

LTE Solution Readiness

Develop, validate and produce Methods of Procedures (MOPs), including the sequencing
of the MOPs, that are specific to the customer’s network environment so as to produce a
fast and accurate implementation and integration of the network components in the
customer’s field environment.

LTE Network Transformation and Migration Service

Identify risks and issues and recommended migration strategies. Develop, validate, and
produce migration model and MOPs to execute in the field during the migration
processes.

LTE Product Validation and Acceptance Service

Perform product-specific testing to validate features, security, and L2/L3 conformance as
per requirements listed in the Product Specific manuals.

Operation

About Operation Services

Operation Services
Operation Services provide the expert resources, tools, practices and integrated support
structure to keep service providers’ networks up and running at peak performance around
the clock. Operation Services also include such tasks as network optimization and
management services.

Categories
Wireless Operation Services can be divided into the three categories:
• Maintain
• Optimize
• Operate and Manage
Each of these types of operation services is explained here.

Maintain
About Maintenance Services
Maintenance services provide the expert resources, tools, practices and integrated support
structure to help keep our customers’ networks up and running at peak performance
around the clock.

Technical Support (TS)

Provide integrated remote Technical Support (TS) for complex, multivendor network
applications, enabling rapid response, restoration, and resolution of system issues and
outages.

Repair and Exchange Service (RES)

Provides a service where faulty equipment is sent to Alcatel-Lucent for repair and a
replacement pack is sent in its place. RES is different from Return for Repair (R4R)
where the actual pack is sent back after repair.

Return for Repair (R4R)

Allow for defective parts to be returned to Alcatel-Lucent for repair.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-23
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE Services Maintain
Operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customer Technical Advocates (CTAs)
Provide expert technical liaisons offering information on hardware/software releases and
features, answering engineering questions, supporting upgrade strategy, and providing
network evolution support.

Resident Engineer
Provide dedicated on-site support at the customer location from a field technician
performing Level 1 site operations and maintenance activities, at the customers’ direction.

Optimize
Post-Launch Optimization
With Post-Launch Optimization, experienced RF Engineers partner for RF Consultation
support for Field Integration Testing (FIT) of RF Self-Optimizing Network (SON)
features and/or staff augmentation. The RF Engineers provide an ePC optimization
service to cover LTE post-launch optimization from end to end.

Operate and manage

About Managing Services
Market and economic conditions require a reinvention of telecommunications network
business models. This radical shift from an emphasis on network-centric services to
customer-centric content, solutions and services raises numerous challenges. Making this
change demands nothing less than business transformation.
Alcatel-Lucent Managing Services helps the service provider to do the following:
• Realize reductions in CAPEX/OPEX
• Deliver operational and financial efficiencies through streamlined operations and new
service delivery
• Reduce network overlays and lower IT costs
• Transform networks and processes for long-term growth by shifting the operational
focus to the end-user experience and by migrating to a services-centric model
• Develop and grow revenue from new sources while investing in people and in skills
transformation
• Provide the framework, through creative partnering and innovative risk sharing
options, for helping to create a next generation-enabled portfolio of services for
consumers and enterprises.
The rest of this topic lists the Managing Services offerings that Alcatel-Lucent provides.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE Services Operate and manage
Operation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multivendor Maintenance
A solution providing a single point of contact model for maintenance supporting
multivendor products in the network.

Managed Network Operations

A network outsourcing solution that assumes operational fault management responsibility
for the entire network or for a subset of a telecom carrier’s network through a central
NOC (Network Operation Center), applying state-of-the-art operations processes and
tools.

Carrier Network Outsourcing

A strategic business and technology relationship between Alcatel-Lucent and service
providers seeking seamless migration to next-generation network architecture. Emphasis
is on improving efficiency while providing ongoing network operation services.

Build Operate Managed for Mobility

A comprehensive package of services that includes consulting, planning, design,
implementation, and managed services to operate the network.

Managed Infrastructure
An innovative managed service offering which bundles network infrastructure, build-out,
operation and maintenance services and a transformational financing model.

Managed End-to-End Service Operations

A cost-effective, managed end-to-end services operations capability that meets end-user
demand for an improved customer experience.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the deployment options currently available within the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Options
At present the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution contains several deployment
options:
• LTE Network
• LTE Network Overlay with 3GPP2 Network
• LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network
• LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network
Each deployment option is described in this chapter.

For further information

This chapter contains only a high-level view of the deployment options. For further
information about a deployment option and about how it can be tailored for the needs of
your network, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Executive.

Contents

Before you begin 4-3

Terminology 4-3
LTE Network Deployment Option 4-5
About the option 4-5
Diagrams 4-5

How it works 4-8

Interfaces 4-8
LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option: eHRPD 4-9
1xEVDO
About the Option 4-9
Diagrams 4-10
How it works 4-12
Interfaces 4-13
LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option: GSM and 4-14
W-CDMA
About the Option 4-14
Diagrams 4-15
How it works 4-17
Interfaces 4-17

Before you begin

Overview
Purpose
This topic gives information you need to know before studying the deployment options.

Contents

Terminology 4-3

Terminology
Introduction
This topic defines terms used throughout this chapter.

Component
Throughout this document the term component is used to mean one of the six “domains”
or major parts of a complete LTE network:
• Radio Access Network
• Backhaul Network and Transport Network
• Core Network
• Common Core Network
• IMS and Applications
• OAM&P
Each deployment option shown in this chapter is comprised of network elements from
each of these six components. For definitions of these components, see “A sample LTE
network” (p. 1-36) and “LTE network” (p. 2-6).

Network element
Through this document the term network element is used to mean a unique entity within a
network. Often one NE consists of multiple physical and logical resources, which can be
configured and monitored separately, or as a group. The NE and the NE’s physical and
logical resources are recognized as distinct objects by an element or network management
system. An example of a network element would be a single Alcatel-Lucent 9412
eNodeB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-3
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Deployment options Terminology
Before you begin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Each deployment option shown in this chapter is made up of network elements.

Interworking
Most of the LTE deployment options include interworking between the LTE Network and
other non-LTE networks. In the computing world, Interworking is defined as “the ability
to seamlessly communicate between devices supporting dissimilar protocols...by
translating between the protocols, not through encapsulation.” (Newton, Harry, Newton's
Telecom Dictionary: The Official Dictionary of Telecommunications & the Internet, 15th
ed. [New York: Miller Freeman, Inc., 1999.]) For the purposes of this document
interworking is defined as the seamless transmission of an active data session or voice
call from the LTE Network to a 3GPP2 or 3GPP network and vice versa.

Inter Radio Access Technology (IRAT) handoff

Inter Radio Access Technology (IRAT) is used for the handoff of an active data session
from one network to another.
IRAT handovers allow a user with VoIP Services to have a coordinated handover between
the LTE Network and second generation (2G) and Third Generation 1.25 MHZ carrier
(3G1x) networks. When IRAT is used, the VoIP service interruption is minimized through
the transfer of session information between the Radio Access Networks (RANs) and using
a common Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) for access
to the Packet Data Network (PDN) for the voice services.

LTE Network Deployment Option

About the option

Introduction
This topic gives a high-level view of the LTE Network and the LTE Network Deployment
Option.

What is the LTE Network?

The LTE Network is a network that carries only LTE traffic.

What is the LTE Network Deployment Option?

The LTE Network Deployment Option is a mobile network using LTE technology.

Uses
The LTE Network Deployment Option can be used to provide service over a new mobile
network. This stand-alone network in greenfield applications can provide data-only
services or can provide both voice and data services, using Voice over LTE (VoLTE) to
provide the voice.
Note: For more about VoLTE, see Chapter 7, “Approaches for voice with LTE”.

Diagrams

Figure 4-1 LTE Network Deployment Option (data only)

LTE portion does not provide voice but may carry voice
The data-only configuration of the LTE Network Deployment Option does not interwork
with a 2G or 3G network to provide voice services. Also, the data-only configuration of
the LTE Network Deployment Option does not provide IMS and does not link to the
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). Therefore the data-only configuration of
the LTE Network Deployment Option does not itself provide voice traffic.

Data and voice implementation

The following figure shows the version of the LTE Network Deployment Option that can
handle both data and voice.

Figure 4-2 Major components of the LTE Network Deployment Option

Note: Only the major OA&M products are shown in this figure.

How it works
Explained earlier
For an explanation of how the LTE Network works, refer to Chapter 1, “Long Term
Evolution (LTE)”.

Interfaces
Call flow
In the LTE Network, the UE is connected to the evolved NodeB (eNodeB) in the evolved
UTRAN (eUTRAN) via the Uu interface. The eNodeB uses the S1-MME interface to
convey control message to the MME and uses the S1-U interface for the bearer traffic to
the Serving Gateway (SGW). The Mobility Management Entity (MME) uses the S6a
interface for user authentication and subscriber data in the Home Subscriber Server
(HSS). The SGW interconnects with the Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) via the S5
interface. The PGW is connected to the Policy Charging Rule Function (PCRF) via the
Gx interface. The PGW is connected to the Packet Data Network via the SGi interface.

Support for local routing

The 7705 SAR supports local routing, so it is a valid option to route X2 traffic directly
between eNodeBs.

For further information

For more information about the interfaces used in the LTE Network, see Chapter 20,
“LTE interfaces”.

LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment

Option: eHRPD 1xEVDO

About the Option

Introduction
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option uses the LTE Network
and supports interworking with an eHRPD network. This topic gives a high-level view of
the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option.

Wireless networks supported

The LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option supports only 1xEVDO
wireless networks.

Definition
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option is a network made up of
an Alcatel-Lucent LTE Network that has been installed and is interworking with a service
provider's 3GPP2 (CDMA and EV-DO) network.

Uses
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option is used typically by
service providers who have existing CDMA and/or EV-DO networks to add additional
data services to their networks and to make use of new spectrum.

Both voice and data supported

Both voice and data are supported. Both voice and data handoffs from LTE to CDMA
within the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network are supported.

Diagrams
Implementation
The following diagram shows the basic components of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2
Network Deployment Option. The interfaces used and network connections are also
shown.

Figure 4-3 LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option

Component-level view
The following figure shows LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option
broken down by components.

Figure 4-4 Major components of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network
Deployment Option

Note: Only the major OA&M products are shown in this figure.

Types of interworking supported

The LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option currently supports the
following types of interworking:
• Data redirection and reselection
• Active IRAT handover for data

How it works
Introduction
This topic describes the eHRPD program and how it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

What is eHRPD?
eHRPD stands for evolved HPRD (eHRPD). eHRPD is a program developed by
Alcatel-Lucent to make it possible to hand off calls from the LTE Network to a CDMA
network and from a CDMA network back to the LTE Network. The purpose of eHRPD is
to translate LTE calls into the High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) standard.

Why is eHRPD needed?

Because LTE is a packet-only network, LTE handovers to a CDMA network are treated as
data calls. Thus, handovers from LTE to CDMA must go through the protocol used for
EV-DO within CDMA, a standard protocol called High Rate Packet Data (HRPD).

Impacted network elements

To provide handover information and support connectivity between LTE and eHRPD, the
following new or enhanced network elements are used in the LTE Interworking with
3GPP2 Network Deployment Option:
• The Access Terminal (AT) or User Equipment (UE) is enhanced to support both LTE
and eHRPD RF technologies. In other words, this must be a dual-mode UE.
• The LTE and eHRPD systems are enhanced to support the transport of conversational
speech using mobile vocoders.
• The HRPD RNC is enhanced to recognize the dual mode AT/UE and make network
selection decisions based to the AT/UE’s functionality. The enhanced HRPD RNC is
referred to as eRNC.
• The HRPD BTS supporting the dual mode UE contains software that can
automatically work with eHRPD. Though the BTS when used with HRPD is called an
eBTS, no action needs to be taken to turn the BTS into an eBTS. The software on the
BTS automatically adjusts to eHRPD traffic as necessary.
• The LTE eNodeB is enhanced to receive eHRPD pilot measurements from the UE
with SIB8 support, broadcast eHRPD information with configure eHRPD
measurement objects, trigger handover from the LTE system to the eHRPD system
based on the measurement report, and facilitate a special signaling tunnel from the UE
to the eHRPD system
• The HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) is a new network element that supports
LTE/eHRPD interworking.

Same transport network

In this deployment option LTE traffic shares the same transport network as the CDMA
traffic.

Interfaces
Additional interfaces
In the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2 Network Deployment Option, the following
additional interfaces are supported by the EPC and Common Core:
• S2a between the PGW and the HSGW
• Gxa between the PCRF and the HSGW
• SWx between the HSS and the AAA
• S6b between PGW and AAA
For the Backhaul Network, the switching segment connects the HSGW to LTE network
elements over the S2a interface. An aggregation switch may be used to reduce the number
of interfaces on the PGW.

For further information

For more information about the interfaces used in the LTE Interworking with 3GPP2
Network Deployment Option, see Chapter 20, “LTE interfaces”.

LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment

Option: GSM and W-CDMA

About the Option

Introduction
This topic gives a high-level view of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network
Deployment Option.

Wireless networks supported

The LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option supports GSM and
W-CDMA wireless networks.

Definition
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option is a network made up of
an Alcatel-Lucent LTE Network that has been installed and is interworking with a service
provider's 3GPP (GSM or W-CDMA) network.

Uses
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option is typically used by
service providers who have existing GSM and/or W-CDMA networks to add additional
data services to their networks and to make use of new spectrum.

Both voice and data supported

Both voice and data are supported. Both voice and data handoffs from LTE to GSM
within the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network are supported.

Diagrams
Introduction
The following diagram shows the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment
Option. The interfaces used and network connections are also shown.

Figure 4-5 LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option

Component-level view
The following figure shows a view of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network broken
down by component.

Figure 4-6 Major components of the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network
Deployment Option

Note: Only the major OA&M products are shown in this figure.
Note: With this configuration, both GSM and W-CDMA can be supported at the same
time with the same physical LTE Network.

Types of interworking supported

The LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option currently supports the
following types of interworking:
• Data redirection and reselection
• blind HO with no measurements (for pre-R8)

How it works
Limited to pre-R8 IRAT
The LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option currently interworks only
with Pre-R8 GSM and W-CDMA network elements.

What is Pre-R8?
There are two methods defined in the 3GPP specifications for interworking with legacy
GSM/UMTS networks: pre-Release 8 (called “Pre-R8”) and Release 8 (called “R8 +”).
For 3.0, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution only supports the Pre-R8 method.

How it works
Using the Pre-R8 standard as specified in TS 23.401 Annex D, the LTE Network and
GSM or W-CDMA Network use the 3GPP Pre-R8 interfaces (Gn/Gp) as the basis for
interworking. The Gn/Gp interface has both signaling and bearer. The signaling is
directed to the MME and the bearer is directed to the PGW.

PGW is the anchor

In this case the PGW provides the functions of a GGSN for the Serving GPRS Support
Node (SGSN) and acts as the mobility anchor for I-RAT.

Backhaul Network
For the Backhaul Network, the switching segment connects SGSN and RNC to LTE
network elements over the Gn and Gp interfaces.

Interfaces
Additional interfaces
In the LTE Interworking with 3GPP Network Deployment Option, the following
additional interfaces are supported by the EPC and Common Core:
• Gn between the MME and SGSN (Pre-R8) – 3GPP 29.060
• Gn (non-roaming) / Gp (roaming) between the PGW and the SGSN – 3GPP 23.060
• Gr between the HSS and the SGSN (Pre-R8) – 3GPP 29.002

For further information

For more information about the interfaces used in the LTE Interworking with 3GPP
Network Deployment Option, see Chapter 20, “LTE interfaces”.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter discusses evolution of existing service provider networks to LTE. The
chapter shows sample migration paths for different technologies, gives some basic
principles for migration planning and lists sources of further information.

Contents

Migration options 5-1

3GPP2 to LTE evolution high-level summary 5-4
3GPP to LTE evolution high-level summary 5-5
Basic principles 5-6
LTE designed for easy migration 5-7
Migration planning resources 5-8

Migration options
Introduction
There are several different migration paths that service providers can take to migrate to
LTE.

Sample migration paths

Figure 5-1, “Migration paths to LTE” (p. 5-2) shows sample migration paths to LTE.
Note how in each sample, the amount of LTE in the network grows over time, as it is
needed. Note also how most service provider networks retain non-LTE networks to work
in parallel with the LTE Networks.

Figure 5-1 Migration paths to LTE

Compatibility with all major network types

LTE was purposefully designed to be compatible with all major types of wireless
networks. As shown in Figure 5-2, “Compatibility of the LTE Standard with previous
standards” (p. 5-3), the LTE standards were perceived and written as a natural evolution
of existing wireless networks. Therefore, from a technological standard, migration to LTE
is straightforward. If you look at the dotted lines in Figure 5-2, “Compatibility of the LTE
Standard with previous standards” (p. 5-3), each dotted line shows that it is possible to
move directly from the technology at the left-hand end of the dotted line directly to LTE.

Figure 5-2 Compatibility of the LTE Standard with previous standards

3GPP2 to LTE evolution high-level summary

Introduction
This topic shows, at a high level, the major steps involved in evolving a sample 3GPP2
network, in this case, a 1xEV-DO network, into an LTE network.

Table 5-1 1xEV-DO to LTE evolution summary

Updating the backhaul is critical to success with LTE. For help with this, see Appendix B,
“Mobile Backhaul Solution”.
For additional information about the Mobile Backhaul Solution, see the following url:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
High-level migration strategy 3GPP2 to LTE evolution high-level summary

3GPP to LTE evolution high-level summary

Introduction
This topic shows, at a high level, the major steps involved in evolving a 3GPP network,
such as GSM or W-CDMA, into an LTE network.

Table 5-2 3GPP to LTE evolution summary

Basic principles
Introduction
This topic lists basic principles that Alcatel-Lucent recommends using in migration
planning.

Conservation of existing equipment

Wherever possible, re-use existing network and existing equipment, to save on costs and
save time and energy.
Existing systems that are not interworking with LTE remain unchanged.

Migrate at the right pace

You can evolve one portion of your network to LTE at a time, and at the pace that works
best for you.
Alcatel-Lucent supports multiple approaches that allow graceful introduction of one
technology at a time, with efficient spectrum and subscriber migration to reduce service
provider risk along the way.

Take advantage of LTE's assets

See “LTE designed for easy migration” (p. 5-7) for a list of the characteristics and
functionalities of LTE that make migration to LTE easy. Making use of these natural
benefits of LTE will ease your migration.

Make use of professional help

Alcatel-Lucent's LTE Services organization can help plan your migration and evolve your
network. See “LTE Services” (p. 2-13) for a description of the LTE Services that
Alcatel-Lucent can provide.

LTE designed for easy migration

Introduction
The LTE designers planned LTE for easy migration of current 3GPP and 3GPP2 wireless
systems to LTE. This topic lists some of the ways that LTE is designed to make migration
easy.

Spectrum conservation and flexibility

The 3GPP standardization body behind the LTE design understands that radio spectrum is
a scarce resource, and as a result, has allowed LTE to be deployed in a variety of
bandwidths (from 1.4 to 20MHz). In other words, 2G or 3G service providers can, if they
wish, allocate just some of their existing bands to LTE. This flexibility opens the door to
different deployment scenarios, offering tailored solutions fitting service providers'
strategies and market needs.

LTE flexibility
The flexibility of the LTE standard offers many advantages as the service provider plans
the migration:
• LTE wireless networks can be easily integrated into existing wireless networks and
smoothly co-exist with current 2G and 3G wireless networks.
• In the LTE design the EPC can accommodate evolved versions of the GSM,
W-CDMA, and CDMA Radio Access Networks (RANs) in addition to the LTE RAN.
Allowing all these versions of the RAN to communicate with the EPC creates a
smooth migration from GSM, W-CDMA and CDMA to LTE.
• LTE wireless networks can overlay existing 2G or 3G wireless networks without
causing any disruption of service.
• LTE has been designed for graceful migration of current technologies to LTE.
• An LTE network can be implemented as a complete, stand-alone network or LTE can
be implemented one component at a time. LTE components can be used with existing
networks until the service provider migrates more parts of the service provider
network
• LTE can be used with many different radio spectrums and at many different
bandwidths.

Migration planning resources

For further information
For more information or for help in planning a migration, contact your Alcatel-Lucent
Account Executive.
For more about LTE and other topics mentioned in this document, see Chapter 21,
“Resources”.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter covers the following topics:
• UEs available in the market today
• InterOperability Testing (IOT)
• Alcatel-Lucent's commitments to IOT
• Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team
• Services that Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team offer
• Network Vendor Interoperability Testing (NVIOT) Forum
• Process followed by the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team

Contents

About UEs 6-2

Explosive growth in LTE 6-3
About InterOperability Testing (IOT) 6-4
Alcatel-Lucent's support for LTE and for IOT 6-4
About the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team 6-5
The NVIOT Forum 6-6
IOT Process 6-7
Achievements of Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team 6-8

About UEs
What is a UE?
User Equipment (UE) is the name used in the 3GPP standards for mobile terminals. In
this document the term UE is used instead of mobile terminal.

What is a mobile terminal?

A mobile terminal is a handheld (portable) device that provides a standardized radio
interface between the end user and the base station in a wireless telecommunications
network.

Other names
UEs are known by many other names, including mobile unit, mobile phone, cell phone,
Access Terminal (AT), mobile, mobile station, and terminal.

Types of UEs
Many different devices now function as UEs. The following are examples of UEs
available in today's wireless networks:
• hand-held cellular telephones, which can include any of the following:
– simple devices that can only access one legacy type of network
– multimode cellular telephones that can access several networks simultaneously
– smart phones, UEs that contain handheld computers that are integrated into the
cellular telephone. Typically the computers have a complete operating system and
are able to host advanced applications. Smart phones combine the functions of a
cellular telephone, a camera, and a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA).
• computers, including
– a laptop computer equipped with mobile broadband adapter
– Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs)
• wireless networking hardware that can be plugged into any computer, such as a
dongle. A dongle is a small piece of hardware that connects to a laptop, desktop or
server computer. Though the term "dongle" was originally used to refer only to
software-protection dongles; now the term can also be used for a small piece of
hardware with a USB flash drive that can serve as a wireless networking device.

How it works
When they are turned on (powered up) UEs maintain radio communication with local
base stations, even when not in use. When in use, the UEs communicate via radio with the
base stations. Through the base stations the UEs are connected to wireless and wireline
telecommunications networks and to the Internet.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
UEs and Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team About UEs

Explosive growth in LTE

Fastest-developing system ever
As reflected in the June 2011 report of the Global Suppliers Association (GSMA), LTE is
the fastest developing mobile system technology ever. As of June 2011, there were 208
LTE network commitments worldwide and a robust ecosystem in development with 137
LTE UEs in commercial deployment or announced. This number represents a 40%
increase in the number of LTE UEs between March 2011 and June 2011.

For more information

For further information on the explosive growth of LTE, and on the GSMA, see the
GSMA web site at the following address:
(http://www.gsacom.com/)

Need for IOT

With the explosive growth in number of UE devices availability, interoperability testing
(IOT) is more important than ever. The rest of this chapter defines IOT and explains
Alcatel-Lucent's involvement in IOT.

About InterOperability Testing (IOT)

What is InterOperability Testing (IOT)?
InterOperability Testing (IOT) is defined as the verification of an interface between two
parties' network elements, on a functional level, in accordance with the relevant 3GPP
standards. For testing purposes, the network elements under test are regarded as black
boxes with well-defined external interfaces.

How it works
IOT verification is achieved by execution of a predetermined set of test cases to ensure
compatibility between the network elements at the interface under test. The aim of
verification is to provide confidence that the two elements can interwork successfully.
Primarily, the correct behavior of an element at its external interface is tested. The
behavior is deemed to be correct if it exactly matches the interworking described in the
test case.

Benefits
Comprehensive and thorough IOT provides several advantages to service providers,
including faster time to market, reduced deployment costs, streamlined integration,
expanded product offerings and lower deployment risk. Reliable interoperability also
means a faster return on investment and a clear competitive advantage in today’s complex
wireless marketplace.

Alcatel-Lucent's support for LTE and for IOT

Commitment to LTE ecosystem
Alcatel-Lucent is fully committed to the development of the LTE ecosystem.
Alcatel-Lucent has been conducting LTE IOT for over 3 years and are currently testing
with over 20 chipset and device vendors including both FDD and TDD. To assist with the
rapid expansion of the ecosystem Alcatel-Lucent has established an open IOT device
program to welcome the large number of OEM vendors.

Testing of UEs and chipsets

Alcatel-Lucent is also committed to working closely with both chipset companies
(including smartphone chipsets) and handset manufacturers to meet service providers'
needs and to accelerate Time To Market of commercial handsets.

About the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team

Introduction
Because of the importance of interoperability to service providers, Alcatel-Lucent has
dedicated a significant amount of resources across the globe to form the Alcatel-Lucent
Devices and InterOperability Testing (IOT) Team. This topic describes that team and the
services they offer.

What is the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team?

The Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team is a team developed to perform
interoperability testing with UE suppliers and chipset makers, and to provide high-quality
and reputable value-added service and support to service providers who need to select
UEs to use in their networks.

Cross-technology support
The Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team is a cross-technologies team that covers both
LTE and W-CDMA UEs.

Participation in standards bodies

The team also is a vocal proponent of interoperability in many IOT-related standards
bodies and technology forums.

Benefits of IOT testing

The testing program put on by the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team provides the
following benefits to the service provider:
• An open architecture with Alcatel-Lucent CDMA 1x and EV-DO Rev 0/A, GSM,
GPRS, W-CDMA and LTE (FDD and TDD) platforms
• Consulting services with a skilled engineering team for design and integration ideas
• Integration of third-party products and services with the Alcatel-Lucent platforms
• Compatibility testing in the Alcatel-Lucent Wireless Interoperability Testing Lab
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-5
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
UEs and Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team About the Alcatel-Lucent Devices and IOT Team

The NVIOT Forum

Member of IOT Forum
Alcatel-Lucent is an active member of the Network Vendor Interoperability Testing
(NVIOT) Forum (http://www.nviot-forum.org/), an informal group of leading LTE, 3G
and 2.5G wireless equipment suppliers. The members of the NVIOT Forum are
committed to interoperability testing and open standards. The group’s intent is to ensure
that W-CDMA equipment and solutions produced by group members will interoperate
from the very beginning, and therefore enable rapid establishment of multivendor
W-CDMA networks.

Compliant with standards

All members of the NVIOT produce products that adhere to Third Generation Partnership
Project (3GPP) (http://www.3gpp.org/) specifications.

Work of the IOT Forum

The major work of the NVIOT Forum is to identify a common methodology and
procedures, and includes the following:
• Exchange of interoperability test suites
• Proposal of testing procedures
• Creation of common procedures to facilitate communication on IOT matters to service
providers

Benefit to service providers

Service providers benefit from the work of the NVIOT Forum since the NVIOT Forum
gives the following benefits to its members:
• identification and solution of interoperability issues early on
• improved quality of tests and associated documentation
• teamwork that facilitates the commercial deployment of mobile systems.

For further information

A detailed description of the processes defined by the NVIOT Forum is available at
http://www.nviot-forum.org/.

IOT Process
Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team follows the InterOperability Testing (IOT)
process defined by the Network Vendor Interoperability Testing (NVIOT) Forum.

Figure 6-1 NVIOT IOT process

Achievements of Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team

Experience with many technologies
Members of Alcatel-Lucent's Devices and IOT Team have extensive experience with
interoperability on many technology fronts, including W-CDMA, GSM, GPRS, CDMA,
1xRTT, ATM, and IP. This topic gives several examples of the extensive infrastructure
and UE testing that members of this team have done and can do for a service provider
when needed.
Note: As noted before, specific IOT related information for specific UEs cannot be
disclosed without the UE owner’s written approval. Therefore, the information given
in this topic remains on a generic level

Information can be disclosed if the vendor is willing

Alcatel-Lucent is willing to disclose detailed IOT information in a three-party-meeting
(vendor-vendor-operator) where each vendor presents the status of his IOT activities.

Sample testing of band availability for a set of UEs

The following figure, which represents data from June 2011, shows the results of testing
the bandwidth availability of a set of Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) 3GPP UEs. The
UE names are across the top of the figure. Here the UEs are given numbers prefaced by
“MV” for mobile vendor and “CS” for chipset vendor. The actual names of the UEs are
not given to preserve confidentiality of information. Note the large number of bands and
bandwidths that need to be supported for LTE. Note also the large number of vendors and
the variability in bands each vendor supports.

Figure 6-2 Sample results of band availability testing for a set of FDD UEs

Sample UE testing results

The following figure shows the results of functional testing of a set of FDD LTE UEs.
Again, the UEs are given numbers prefaced by “MV” for mobile vendor and “CS” for
chipset vendor. The actual names of the UEs are not given to preserve confidentiality of
information. As can be seen in the following figure, that is accurate as of June 2011,
Alcatel-Lucent works with a large set of chip set and device vendors.

Figure 6-3 Sample results of interoperability testing of FDD LTE UEs

Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to describe all the approaches currently offered in or
currently supported by the Alcatel-Lucent LTE Solution for handling voice with LTE.

Requirement for SMS

Short Message Service (SMS) is essential to all LTE deployments, both data and voice.
SMS is covered in Chapter 8, “SMS with LTE”.

Governmental requirements
All approaches to voice with LTE in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution fully
meet government-mandated requirements for mandatory services. Government-mandated
services are explained in Chapter 10, “Government-mandated services”.

Contents

About voice with LTE 7-3

Voice with LTE defined 7-3
Approaches for voice with LTE 7-3
The CSFB approach 7-5
About CSFB 7-5
How it works 7-6
Benefits 7-6
Limitations 7-7
Network and UE impacts 7-8
Current implementation 7-8

The VoLTE approach 7-9

About VoLTE 7-9
How it works 7-10
Use of IMS network elements 7-11
Use of common core network elements 7-15
Network and UE impacts 7-16
Current implementation 7-16
The SVLTE approach 7-17
About the SVLTE approach 7-17
How it works 7-18
Benefits 7-18
Limitations 7-19
Network and UE impacts 7-19
Current implementation 7-20
The SR-VCC approach 7-21
Use of Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) 7-21
The Service Centralization approach 7-22
Service Centralization 7-22
Migration 7-24
Considerations 7-24
Migration path 7-25
Comparison of approaches for voice with LTE 7-27
Summary of approaches 7-27

About voice with LTE

Overview
Purpose
This section gives general information about voice with LTE.

Contents

Voice with LTE defined 7-3

Approaches for voice with LTE 7-3

Voice with LTE defined

What is “Voice with LTE”?
As used with the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, Voice with LTE refers to any
of several approaches or methods used to enable voice communications within LTE
networks or to provide voice communications as an adjunct to LTE networks.
Note: The term “Voice with LTE” is often confused with the term “VoLTE”. VoLTE
stands for “Voice over IMS over LTE”. VoLTE is one of the approaches used in LTE
networks to provide Voice with LTE.

Approaches for voice with LTE

Introduction
This topic lists all possible approaches for voice with LTE and explains which approaches
are currently implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Two in-network approaches in LE3.0

In LE3.0, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution supports the following two
in-network approaches for providing voice with LTE:
• Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB)
• Voice over IMS
Each of these approaches is described in this chapter.

Additional approaches to be supported in the future

The following additional approaches will be supported by the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution in the future:
• Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) - a feature that provides advanced
handoff capabilities when handing off IMS-based voice calls to GSM, W-CDMA and
3G1x networks
• Service Centralization using IMS Centralized Services (ICS) - a feature that is added
to an IMS based voice solution to supply a consistent and possibly personalized
service delivery environment across radio access technologies.

Unsupported approaches
Other approaches to voice with LTE exist. These non-standards based approaches are not
supported in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution but are mentioned here for the
sake of completeness.
• VoLGA - The Voice over LTE using Generic Access (VoLGA) approach transports
circuit-switched (CS) voice transparently through the LTE packet infrastructure,
leveraging the existing Iu or A interface to 2G or 3G MSCs using an interworking
function, the VoLGA Access Network Controller (VANC). VoLGA is a solution used
by a small set of service providers in a small fraction of the market. VoLGA is not
standardized by the 3GPP/3GPP2 standards body; VoLGA standards are published by
the VoLGA Forum.
• Use of a SIP UE with proprietary enhancements to the MSC - The Nokia Siemens
(NSN) “Fast Track VoLTE” is an example of this approach. This approach enhances
an existing MSC with a SIP Gm interface. This approach has not caught on widely
and is currently used by a small set of service providers in a small fraction of the
market.

The CSFB approach

Overview
Purpose
The information in this section describes the Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) approach
for handling of voice within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About CSFB 7-5

How it works 7-6
Benefits 7-6
Limitations 7-7
Network and UE impacts 7-8
Current implementation 7-8

About CSFB
What is CSFB?
Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) is an approach where voice coverage is supplied by a
legacy circuit-switched network that has the same geographic coverage area as the LTE
network. To originate or receive a voice call using the CSFB approach, the UE “falls
back” or drops back from LTE to the legacy network and stays on the legacy network
until the completion of the voice call.

How it works
Introduction
This topic briefly describes how voice calls are handled in the LTE network using the
CSFB approach.

Assumptions
The assumption for this scenario is that the LTE network has a dedicated signalling
interface from the MME to the target MSC supporting the same coverage area as the
current LTE cell site.

Both networks register the UE

During the time that a CSFB UE is attached to the LTE network, the CSFB UE registers
with two networks: the LTE network and a legacy network in the same geographic area.
Both register the UE. This is achieved using a dedicated signalling interface between
MME and target MSC with the MME informing the MSC of UE attach, detach and
location area updates.

One network controls the UE

While the UE is active on the LTE network, as specified in this scenario, the UE is under
the control of the LTE network. The legacy network is merely aware of the UE's presence.
Control of the UE is passed to the legacy network during the voice call and returned to
the LTE network when the call is completed.

Benefits
Introduction
The benefits of the CSFB approach are explained in this topic.

Reuse of existing equipment

The major benefit of the CSFB approach is the re-use of the legacy network
infrastructure. Operators can deploy LTE for data-only service and re-use the legacy
network for voice.

Basic service
The CSFB approach gives the service provider basic, transparent voice service to LTE
handsets in networks with parallel coverage by a legacy mobile network adapted to
support CSFB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Approaches for voice with LTE Benefits
The CSFB approach
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Does not require IMS
The CSFB approach has the benefit of not requiring IMS in the network. Thus the CSFB
approach can be used:
• In cases where the operator wishes to delay Voice over IMS deployment
• With voice handsets in cases where LTE is deployed in advance of IMS
• With LTE roamers whose home network is not IMS capable
• If the IMS client is not loaded in the UE

Can be priced as an “inexpensive alternative”

The CSFB approach can be offered to provide “basic” voice service as an inexpensive
alternative in networks where IMS voice is available as a premium service.

Provides a service that will always be in demand

For the foreseeable future, CSFB will always be needed. CSFB will be needed for a long
time and perhaps forever, to support roamers and to support non IMS-capable UEs.

Limitations
Loss of data session
For 3GPP service providers and for GSM service providers the problem with CSFB is
that when the call “falls back” to circuit for voice, the data session is suspended.

Slowing down of data session

Even in cases where the legacy network continues the data session, the data session
operates at a probable reduced capacity and speed.

Increases call setup delay

The CSFB approach causes a delay in call setup that can be noticeable to the user,
especially for calls from LTE to GSM.

Increased load on the network

CSFB places an increased load on the signalling component of a network because of the
extra signaling required in passing calls over to the other network.

Network and UE impacts

Required interface
The CSFB approach requires that support of the dedicated signalling interface (SGs for
GSM/UMTS networks and S102 for 3G1X networks) be added on the MME towards all
likely target MSCs in the legacy network ( SGs for 3GPP networks and S102 for 3GPP2
networks).

Network impact
All MSC serving zones with LTE coverage need to be upgraded to support CSFB
functionality and dedicated signalling interface towards the MME. There will be
additional load on the network as the result of UE movement back and forth from LTE to
legacy every time a voice call occurs. The load will consist of extra signalling traffic on
both LTE/EPC and legacy networks. Alcatel-Lucent Services can help the service
provider perform modeling to anticipate and design for the additional load on the
network.

UE impacts
The UE for CSFB must be dual-mode, that is, capable of communicating both with LTE
and with a legacy network.
In addition, the CSFB client must be loaded onto the UE.

Current implementation
CSFB GSM/UMTS networks
For LE3.0, CSFB is implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution for
GSM and UMTS networks.

Future implementation
CSFB for Third Generation 1.25 MHZ carrier Code Division Multiple Access (3G1x
CDMA) networks will be supported in a future release.

The VoLTE approach

Overview
Purpose
The information in this section describes the VoLTE approach as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About VoLTE 7-9

How it works 7-10
Use of IMS network elements 7-11
Use of common core network elements 7-15
Network and UE impacts 7-16
Current implementation 7-16

About VoLTE
VoLTE defined
VoLTE stands for Voice over IMS over LTE.
Voice over IMS over LTE (VoLTE) refers to the option of providing voice service on the
LTE network through the use of IMS. Typically, the term “Voice over IMS over LTE” is
shortened to the acronym “VoLTE” and pronounced “volt”. CORRECT but use of term
VoLTE is inconsistent in the industry.
Note: Some people substitute the term “VoLTE” for the term “Voice with LTE,” but
these are two different terms with two different meanings. “Voice with LTE” is
defined in “What is “Voice with LTE”?” (p. 7-3).

More than just data service

Voice over LTE (VoLTE) does handle voice as packetized data, but in addition VoLTE
adds performance standards and quality of service considerations, to reach
high-performance voice channel delivery standards.

Most widely accepted

VoLTE is the most widely accepted approach for voice with LTE.

Sensitive to delay and jitter

VoIP being a real-time application has stringent requirements of low latency (delay) and
jitter (variability of delay). Factors that affect the total end-to end bearer delay are the
encoding and packetizing delays at the source, network delays, and buffering,
de-packetizing and decoding delays at the destination endpoint. In order to provide
acceptable delay, jitter, and packet loss for VoIP calls, end to end quality of service (QoS)
support is essential.
Therefore the Solution introduces new QoS controls to manage delay and jitter in VoLTE.

How it works
Summary
Voice over IMS is a specific implementation of a VoIP (Voice over IP) service with the
control and voice traffic streams carried as a pure data call within the LTE and EPC
network. The LTE handset starts the voice call as an LTE call using SIP (Session
Initiation Protocol) messages to establish the VoLTE session. The IMS client in the
communicating UEs codes the voice call and sends the voice call packets through the
LTE network just like other data packets. The call goes through the network as a data call
and is decoded by the LTE handset on the other end back into a voice call.

Can coexist with CSFB

The VoLTE approach can co-exist with the CSFB approach in the same operator's
network, with IMS-based services taking precedence over the CSFB option if both
features are available in both UE and network.

Use of IMS network elements

New IMS functional entities to support voice calls
VoLTE adds new IMS network elements to the Solution to perform voice-related
functions, and changes some existing IMS functional entities. The following table lists the
IMS network elements used for VoLTE.

Table 7-1 IMS functional entities added or modified for VoLTE

This IMS functional performs this VoLTE using this Alcatel-Lucent For more
entity function network element information,
see...
Proxy CSCF Session management. 5450 IP Session Controller “5450 ISC
(P-CSCF) The Proxy Call Session Control (ISC) (P/S/I-CSCF)”
Function (P-CSCF) is a SIP (p. 18-22)
server that controls allocated See especially,
bearers within the visited “Providing
network and generates charging Call Session
records. Control
Interrogating CSCF Session management Function
(I-CSCF) (CSCF)
The Interrogating Call Session functions”
Control Function (I-CSCF) is a (p. 18-23)
SIP server that acts as the entry
point for all connections related
to a user
NOTE: This function is
optional. All other functions are
required.
Serving CSCF Session management
(S-CSCF) The Serving Call Session
Control Function (S-CSCF) is a
SIP server that gives the user
access to the Application
Servers.
Breakout Gateway The Breakout Gateway Control
Control Function Function (BGCF) is a required
(BGCF) network element that selects the
appropriate MGCF in which
PSTN/PLMN breakout is to
occur based on the destination
and/or origination of the call.
Telephony Application The Telephony Application 5420 CTS “5420 CTS”
Server (TAS) Server (TAS) is an application (p. 18-19)
server that hosts specified
telephony-related applications.

This IMS functional performs this VoLTE using this Alcatel-Lucent For more
entity function network element information,
see...
Media Gateway The Media Gateway Control 5060 MGC-8 “5060
Control Function Function (MGCF) MGCF MGC-8”
(MGCF) provides the signaling (p. 18-9)
interworking functions between
the IMS and the Public
Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN) and CS services on the
Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN) networks.
Media Gateway The Media Gateway (MGW) 7510 MGW “7510 MGW”
(MGW) provides connectivity to the (p. 18-29)
PSTN and CS services of
PLMN.
MRF The MRF provides media 5900 MRF “5900 MRF”
resource function to support (p. 18-26)
functions such as
announcements and
conferencing capabilities.
DNS/ENUM The DNS/ENUM server is used VitalQIP ENUM/DNS “VitalQIP
to resolve IP addresses and ENUM/DNS”
E.164 addresses. (p. 18-45)
Note that this function could be
shared in small-use settings with
the DNS function already in the
LTE network but a dedicated
DNS/ENUM will be required to
support any significant
deployment.

Note: Some of the material in this table is drawn from Evolved Packet System (EPS)
The LTE and SAE Evolution of 3G UMTS by Pierre Lescuyer and Thierry Lucidarme.

Figure 7-1 IMS-related network elements that support VoLTE

Use of common core network elements

Reuse of existing network elements
The VoLTE approach, in addition to adding some new network elements, reuses some
existing network elements that are already being used by LTE. These network elements
do not change for VoLTE and thus are presented separately from those listed in Table 7-1,
“IMS functional entities added or modified for VoLTE” (p. 7-12)
Table 7-2 Previously-existing functional entities and network elements used by
LTE and by VoLTE

This performs this function using this Alcatel-Lucent For more information on
functional network element this network element and
entity its role, see
Home subscriber data 8650 SDM HSS “8650 SDM HSS” (p. 17-12)
Subscriber 8650 Subscriber Data
System (HSS) Manager (SDM) Home
Subscriber Server (HSS)
Offline charging offline charging 8615 Instant Enhanced “8615 IeCCF (OFCS)”
function Charging Collection (p. 17-7)
Function (IeCCF) for Offline
Charging Systems (OFCS)
Online charging online charging 8620 SurePay “8620 SurePay®” (p. 17-9)
function
Lawful Intercept mediation requests for 1357 LIG “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3)
Gateway lawful interception
Interception administrative requests 1357 IMC “1357 IMC” (p. 19-12)
Management for lawful interception
Center and OA&M

Network and UE impacts

Network impacts
Network impacts include the following:
• In LE3.0:
– 8650 SDM enhanced to support IMS service data
– 1357 LIG LI enhanced to support interception of VoLTE calls
– 8615 leCCF and 8620 SurePay enhanced to support VoLTE charging
– 5780 DCS (PCRF) enhanced to support VoLTE specific QoS policies
• In a future release:
– 9321 eNodeB, 9351 MME and serving MSCs enhanced and the SCG added to
IMS system to support SRVCC
– Target MSC and the SCG enhanced to support ICS
– UTRAN or EV-DO and SGSN or HSGW enhanced to support PS handover and
potential SRVCC from 3G packet access towards CS legacy access

UE impacts
An IMS client must be loaded onto the UE.
Also, the UE must be IMS-compatible, that is, must be compliant to GSMA IR.92 version
3 or above

Current implementation
Trials
In LE3.0 VoLTE is implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution with
limited trial capabilities.

More functionality in future releases

Single Radio Voice Call Continuity, IMS Centralized Service (ICS), and PS handover of
VoLTE to 3G packet access will be added in future releases.

The SVLTE approach

Overview
Purpose
The information in this section describes the SVLTE approach for handling of voice with
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the SVLTE approach 7-17

How it works 7-18
Benefits 7-18
Limitations 7-19
Network and UE impacts 7-19
Current implementation 7-20

About the SVLTE approach

What is SVLTE?
Simultaneous Voice and LTE (SVLTE) is an approach that provides “Two phones in one”.
In other words, each SVLTE UE has two complete logical UEs within a common device
sharing a common user interfaces and, in certain configurations, common RF
components. From within the SVLTE UE, one of the embedded UEs communicates with
the legacy network. Also from within the UE, the other embedded UE communicates with
the LTE network.

Provides simultaneous voice and data

Since each SVLTE UE has two UEs within it, an SVLTE UE can provide simultaneous
voice (through a circuit switched legacy network) and LTE data (through an LTE
network) and optionally using packet services over legacy mobile access.

How it works
Simultaneous registration
An SVLTE UE maintains simultaneous registration on the legacy network for voice and
the LTE network for data.

Fall back to legacy access required

With an SVLTE UE there is no handoff or “fall back” to place or receive a voice call. The
legacy network sets up and manages the voice call in the same way the legacy network
sets up and manages other voice calls. The LTE network has no knowledge of the voice
call.

No communication between two networks

With an SVLTE UE the legacy network manages the voice call and the LTE network
manages the data call. The two networks do not communicate with each other at all about
the calls.

Benefits
Provides simultaneous voice and data
The chief benefit of the SVLTE approach is that it provides simultaneous voice and data
using legacy networks for the voice traffic while maintaining data services on LTE access.

Attractive to 3GPP2 service providers

The SVLTE approach is attractive to 3GPP2 service providers as an alternative to CSFB.
CSFB works well for 3GPP service providers because simultaneous voice and data
services for UMTS service providers are available over legacy access, at least in regions
providing UMTS or GSM with DTM coverage. For 3GPP2 service providers, however,
CSFB suspends data connectivity in order to complete the voice call over the 3G1X
access network.
Most 3GPP2 service providers regard SVLTE an interim approach, to be used instead of
CSFB, until Voice over IMS over LTE (VoLTE) is widely available.

No network impact
The SVLTE approach has no impact on the network. In other words, no special
configuration or special equipment is required in the network to make the SVLTE
approach work.

Limitations
Negative impacts on the UE
Though the SVLTE approach has no network impact, the SVLTE approach has significant
impacts on the UE. The fact that SVLTE UEs contain two separate UEs (that is, two
separate phones), causes the following negative impacts:
• Higher cost
• Increased power drain
• A need to charge the battery more often
• A more complex UE
• A larger UE

Viewed as a short-term approach

The SVLTE option is often viewed as a short-term approach, because of the battery drain
and other limitations of this option. In the future, after VoLTE is widely available, many
service providers will probably switch from the SVLTE approach to the VoLTE approach.

Network and UE impacts

No network impacts
The SVLTE approach has no network impacts. All the work is done in the UE.

UE impacts
SVLTE requires a special UE that contains two complete logical UEs, one for the legacy
network and one for LTE. For more on the impacts of SVLTE on the UE, see “Negative
impacts on the UE” (p. 7-19).

Current implementation
Works with the Solution
The SVLTE approach has been tested with and works with the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. Note, however, that the SVLTE approach is independent of the
network and thus cannot be monitored using the OA&M products that are part of the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Dependent upon UEs

The SVLTE approach is dependent upon the availability of SVLTE UEs.
Note: It is recommended that SVLTE UEs are also capable of SVDO (parallel use of
3G1X and EV-DO access) to provide a similar end user service experience while
operating outside regions with LTE coverage.

The SR-VCC approach

Use of Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC)

A future capability
The Single Radio Voice Call Continuity feature will be used to provide session continuity
for handoffs of voice calls to GSM/UMTS and 3G1X networks for voice calls. SR-VCC
will be supported in a future release of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

The Service Centralization approach

Service Centralization
Introduction
An additional benefit of the 3GPP IMS standard is its definition of standards for
providing IMS Centralized Service (ICS) feature to the end user while using CS (Circuit
Switched) voice bearers over legacy mobile access (GSM/UMTS or 3G1X). ICS will
enable service providers to provide IMS-provided rich services to the end user
independent of their location and availability of LTE access.

What is IMS Centralized Service?

IMS Centralized Service (ICS) is the power for the IMS at the home network to control
the call for the life of the call, even if the user roams to a non-LTE network. IMS
Centralized Service will be offered in a future release of the Solution.

What are IMS-provided rich services?

IMS-provided rich services are voice services that are not available to end users in
traditional cellular networks. In traditional cellular networks the set of services that an
end user can get is fixed. The reason the set of services is fixed is so that roaming will
work, as an end user travels from one service provider's network to another.

How it works
In traditional legacy networks, control of the call is passed from network to network as
the end user travels from one geographic region to another.
However, with VoLTE, the IMS on the home network always sets up and maintains
control of the call for the entire length of the call. So when a user roams to a different
network, the IMS on the home network still controls the call. Also, when the user
originates a call from outside the home network, no matter where the user is
geographically located, the IMS on the home network still sets up and maintains control
of the complete call. Therefore, VoLTE can provide additional services to voice users
because the IMS on the home network always manages the call, even if the end user is
halfway around the world from his or her home network.

New services can be invented

The IMS power within VoLTE gives service providers an opportunity of inventing and
providing to their users new voice services. Thus VoLTE can be used to provide
differentiated services to users.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-22 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Approaches for voice with LTE Service Centralization
The Service Centralization approach
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In a future release
IMS-supported rich services will be supported in a future release of the Solution, when
IMS Centralized Service is supported.

Migration

Overview
Purpose
This section presents information on the migration path to follow when introducing voice
with LTE.

Contents

Considerations 7-24
Migration path 7-25

Considerations
CSFB will be needed for a long time
CSFB will be needed for at least the next ten years and possibly for always, to support
roamers and to support LTE users who do not have IMS-capable handsets.

SVLTE provides simultaneous voice and data

SVLTE provides simultaneous voice and data. Therefore SVLTE is an alternative that
works better than CSFB for most 3GPP2 networks.

CSFB can coexist with IMS

CSFB can co-exist with IMS-based services in the same operator's network, with
IMS-based services taking precedence over the CSFB option.

Typical deployments
Most service providers are choosing to deploy LTE networks first, and planning to deploy
IMS later, after the LTE networks are in place and working.

Migration path
Introduction
This topic describes the necessary migration path for service providers to follow, based on
the considerations outlined in “Considerations” (p. 7-24).

CSFB first
Circuit Switched Fallback (CSFB) is the approach that service providers will be adding
first. As stated previously, CSFB will be needed for at least the next ten years and
possibly for always, for the following reasons.
• VoLTE technology may never be used by all networks everywhere, so CSFB will be
needed to support roaming to and from other service providers' 2G and 3G networks.
• Not all end users will have UEs that support VoLTE. CSFB will be needed to support
UEs that are not compatible with VoLTE, including delivery of SMS to wireless data
cards for device management procedures. For information on SMS within the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, see Chapter 8, “SMS with LTE”.
• It will be necessary for most service providers to keep some capability for CSFB in
their networks, to communicate with UEs from with other service providers who may
never move beyond CSFB.

3GPP2 operators will add SVLTE

Because SVLTE provides 3GPP2 legacy networks the chance of providing simultaneous
voice and data to their end users while still using the legacy network equipment, most
3GPP2 service providers will add at least some SVLTE coverage in their networks.
Note: 3GPP2 operators who add SVLTE to their networks will still need to provide
CSFB to support roaming to and from other service providers' networks.

Move to VoLTE
Service providers will gradually move to VoLTE as the following conditions occur:
• VoLTE UEs become widely available
• service providers move more and more of their traffic to LTE networks and can
gradually phase out their legacy networks

Need to maintain CSFB support

Service providers will continue to support CSFB for the foreseeable future, for the
reasons outlined in “CSFB first” (p. 7-25).

Comparison of approaches for voice with LTE

Summary of approaches
Comparison table
The following table compares and contrasts the approaches for voice with LTE offered by
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.
Table 7-3 Comparison of approaches for voice with LTE in the Solution

Approach Description Advantages Limitations Availability in

the Solution
CS Fallback UE is registered in Reuses the For CDMA 3G1x networks, UMTS from 3.0 on
(CSFB) LTE and is paged legacy there is no way to do data at GSM and 3G1x in
over LTE but takes 2G/3G the same time as voice. the future.
call in CS (GSM, infrastruc- For GSM networks, DTM is (CSFB to GSM
UMTS, or 1x). ture. required to do data at the MSCs was not
same time as voice. tested as part of this
For UMTS networks, a release.)
separate data session will be
maintained, but at a slower
rate of transmission than with
LTE.
Voice over IMS Provides voice Provides VoLTE can not be used while Trial version
(VoLTE) service on the LTE opportunity roaming onto LTE networks available in 3.0.
network through for enriched not upgraded to support VoIP.
the use of IMS. voice VoLTE is not suitable without
services and SRVCC in regions with a high
other new likelihood of handover
services. towards legacy access that are
Provides not upgraded to support VoIP.
all-IP call
with no need
to fall back
to the legacy
infrastruc-
ture.

Approach Description Advantages Limitations Availability in

the Solution
Simultaneous “Two phones in A way for UE has greater complexity Supported with the
Voice and LTE one” to re-use 3GPP2 and shorter battery life. Alcatel-Lucent LTE
(SVLTE) legacy voice service This solution is independent End-to-End
capabilities while providers to of the network and thus Solution in 3.0.
offering provide cannot be monitored using Depends upon
simultaneous LTE simultaneous Solution OA&M products. availability of
for data. voice and handsets.
UE maintains data sessions
simultaneous to the UE.
registration on
LTE network for
data and legacy
network for voice.
UE manages the
voice call (the
Solution does not).

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the different ways Short Message Service (SMS) is supported
within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About SMS 8-1

The need for SMS 8-3
Ways to deliver SMS in the Solution 8-3
SMS over the SGs/S102 interface 8-4
SMS over IP (IMS-hosted SMS) 8-6

About SMS
SMS defined
Short Message Service (SMS) is the text communication component of phone, web or
mobile communication systems. SMS uses standardized communications protocols that
allow the exchange of short text messages between UEs (handsets), including the
exchange of messages between wireless and wireline phone devices.

Limitation
The major limitation with SMS messages is a length restriction of 160 characters. The
length restriction is a historical requirement that was based on the longest signaling
message allowed by signaling protocols. Even today, however, most providers limit text
messages to around 200 characters or less.

No guaranteed transmission
There are no guarantees that the SMS message will get through, although most SMS
messages do get through.
Note: Indeed, because a network tries repeatedly to transfer an SMS message, in cases
of an overloaded network, an SMS message is more likely to get through than a voice
message. That is because the network only tries once to set up a voice communication
path.

Not a dedicated circuit

Another difference between an SMS message and a voice call is that SMS does not set up
a real time dedicated connection between the sender and receiver that stays up from the
time the message it sent to the time it is received. However, as explained in the next
paragraph, most SMS messages are sent over circuit connections.

Transmitted over circuit connections

In all wireline networks, SMS messages are sent over a circuit connection. Therefore
traditional SMS is a actually circuit-based application, even though SMS information is
always made up of short bursts of data.

The need for SMS

SMS support is required
Support of an SMS solution is required in all networks, including LTE networks, from the
very first day the network is set up.

Use of SMS by end users

SMS is the basis of text messaging and thus is deployed in all wireless networks today to
support the widespread use of text messaging by end users. SMS text messaging is one of
the most widely used data applications in the world today.

SMS as used by service providers

SMS is also critically needed by service providers.
Service providers use SMS to perform the following tasks:
• performing over-the-air activation of a new UE
• sending configuration data to a UE
• sending network and software updates to UEs
• Using voice servers to provide recorded announcements to UEs

SMS required for some dual configurations

SMS is also used in some scenarios to notify a dual-mode 3G/LTE UE that is using one
mode that there is incoming information on or a need to support the other mode.

Ways to deliver SMS in the Solution

Introduction
Two ways to deliver SMS are available for use in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution:
• SMS over the SGs interface - a circuit-based approach
• SMS over IP (IMS-hosted SMS) - an IP packet-based approach
Each of these ways of delivering SMS is explained in this chapter.

Does SMS differ when used in an LTE environment?

No, the SMS application is unchanged when used in an LTE environment. The only thing
that changes is how to deliver and originate circuit-based SMS data in the IP packet-based
world of LTE.

SMS over the SGs/S102 interface

What is SMS over the SGs/S102 interface?
SMS over the SGs/S102 interface is a method of delivering SMS data between a legacy
network and an LTE network using one of the following standard interfaces:
• SGs interface (between LTE and 3GPP networks)
• S102 interface (between LTE and 3GPP2 networks)
It is assumed here that the legacy network and the LTE network are co-located in the
same geographic area.

What is the SGs interface?

The SGs interface is an interface that extends between the LTE MME and a 3GPP
network's Visitor Location Register (VLR) at the MSC of the 3GPP network. In the SGs
interface, Non-Access Stratum (NAS) procedures are used to translate circuit-based SMS
messages from the legacy network into the equivalent packet-based SMS messages for
the LTE network and vice versa.
The SGs interface is similar to the Gs interface. The Gs interface is used between
WCDMA and legacy networks for transmission of SMS messages between WCDMA
networks and CDMA networks.

What is the S102 interface?

The S102 interface is just like the SGs interface except that the S102 interface is used
between LTE Networks and 3GPP2 networks. Just as with the SGs interface, the existing
S102 interface is used for carrying SMS information between the circuit-based 3GPP2
MSC and the packet-based MME.

What about SMS between two LTE UEs?

SMS between two LTE UEs is supported.

What route would an all-LTE SMS take?

SMS messages between two LTE UEs would probably still go through a legacy network
for two reasons:
• At present most Short Message Service Centers (SMSCs) are based in legacy
networks. Therefore the SMS from the first UE would have to pass through an SGs or
S102 interface to reach the SMSC.
• IMS-based SMS is not yet widely used. When sending the SMS to the second LTE
UE the SMSC would not know whether the network the second UE was in supported
IMS_based SMS. Therefore, the SMSC would send the SMS using traditional S102 or
SGs method to make sure that the message can be transmitted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
SMS with LTE SMS over the SGs/S102 interface

Useful for data-only networks

Because the “SMS over SGs/S102” method does not require CSFB, the “SMS over
SGs/S102” method can be used in an LTE data-only network to provide SMS coverage
for LTE UEs.

Can be used with any LTE network

The “SMS over the SGs/S102” method is used with all types of LTE networks, both with
data-only LTE networks and with LTE networks that support both data and voice.

Impact on the legacy network

At least one MSC in the legacy network must be equipped, through a software upgrade, to
use the SGs or S102 interface.

When to equip one MSC

If the legacy network is communicating with an LTE data-only network, and thus only
sending SMS traffic to the LTE data-only network, only one MSC needs to be equipped.
All SMS traffic from the LTE data-only network can be routed through the single
equipped MSC.

When to equip all the MSCs

If CSFB is set up between the legacy network and the LTE network, then all the MSCs in
the legacy network are already set up with the SGs or S102 interface. So you do not need
to do any additional work to support SMS, is CSFB is already set up.
Note: Remember that CSFB is not required to support the “SGs/S102 interface
method”. Communication over the “SGs/S102 interface” does not “fall back” to voice
circuitry as voice calls do.

For further information

The SGs interface is defined in the 3GPP TS 29.118 standard. SMS over SGs and over
S102 is defined in the 3GPP TS 23.272.

SMS over IP (IMS-hosted SMS)

SMS over IP
SMS over IP is all-IP packet-based SMS that is hosted by IMS. SMS over IP does not
need to go through circuit-based transformation, unless the UE on the other end of the
SMS session is currently hosted by a legacy network.

What is IMS?
IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) is an architectural framework, designed by the 3GPP
standards body, that is a platform for delivering Internet Protocol (IP) packet-based
multimedia “Internet-like” services to end-users.
IMS is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to enable and run a variety of
IP-based applications, such as Short Message Services (SMS) and Voice over IP (VoIP).
For more on IMS, see Chapter 18, “Network elements used for IMS”.

Current implementation
In LE3.0 IMS-based SMS over IP is available for some configurations of the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution. For more information on this, contact your
Alcatel-Lucent Account Executive.

Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to describe the approaches offered in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE Solution for handling video over LTE.

Contents

About video over LTE 9-2

Basic definitions 9-2
About video over LTE 9-4
Standards for video over LTE 9-5
Summary of approaches for video with Video Communications Service 9-6
The Video Communications Service approach 9-7
About Video Communications Service 9-7
Current capabilities 9-8
Video Communications Service architecture 9-11
SVLTE UEs 9-12
New network elements to host new applications 9-13
Use of IMS core 9-14
How it works 9-16
Limitations 9-17
Network and UE impacts 9-18

About video over LTE

Overview
Purpose
This section gives general information about video over LTE.

Contents

Basic definitions 9-2

About video over LTE 9-4
Standards for video over LTE 9-5
Summary of approaches for video with Video Communications Service 9-6

Basic definitions
Introduction
This topic presents basic definitions of terms used in this chapter.
Note: Some material in this topic is drawn from Evolved Packet System (EPS) The
LTE and SAE Evolution of 3G UMTS by Pierre Lescuyer and Thierry Lucidarme.

Broadcast video
Broadcast video is unidirectional video that is sent to many users at once. Broadcast video
may be received by any user in the coverage area who has the service enabled on his or
her UE.

Multicast video
Multicast video, like broadcast video, is unidirectional video that is sent to many users at
once. However, unlike broadcast video, multicast video may only be received by
members of a multicast group who have subscribed to the service and who have joined
the multicast group associated with the particular video session. Because it is subject to
subscription, multicast video allows the service provider to set specific user charging
rules for this service.

Conversational video compared to broadcast and multicast video

The major difference between conversational video and broadcast and multicast video is
that conversational video always has the capacity for two-way audio and video
conversation among the participants. Broadcast and multicast video, on the other hand,
are always unidirectional (one-directional).

Conversational video can be changed to one-way

At the user's choice, at any particular time, the video and audio component of
conversational video can by muted. However, this muting is not a limitation of the service
but rather a user's choice as to how to use the service. Muting and un-muting of video and
audio during a conversational video call can be performed at will by the user. However,
the inherent capacity for two-way audio and two-way video remains in the conversational
video call.
A video call with all users sending audio and video is often referred to as "I See You, You
See Me" while a call with all but one user muted can be referred to as "I see what you
see".

Client
A client is a software application running on a UE that enables the UE to access a remote
service. For example, the Video Communications Service client enables the UE to be able
to use Video Communications Service.

Enhanced Address Book

An Enhanced Address Book (EAB) is an application on the user's device that contains
typical subscriber information that would be in an ordinary address book application but
also includes additional Presence information, such as whether a contact in the address
book is in LTE coverage and can answer a video call. This information is conveyed to the
user via a Presence Server. An EAB feature is built into Video Communications Service.
A Video Communications Service subscriber can see this additional contextual
information of other subscribers if the other subscribers have the EAB feature and have
allowed the Video Communications Service subscriber to see this information.
Note: While not a requirement, the EAB application is strongly recommended to
increase user satisfaction with the Video Communications Service.

Network element
In this book, the term network element is defined as a unique entity within a network,
comprising one or more functional entities. Each NE consists of multiple physical and
logical resources, which can be configured and monitored separately, or as a group. The
NE and the NE’s physical and logical resources are recognized as distinct objects by an
element or network management system. An example of a network element would be a
single Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB.

Video call
A video call is a session that can support a two-way audio stream and a two-way video
stream among two or more devices. When there are more than two-devices, this is
commonly called a video conference. This session is controlled by the 5420 CTS (TAS)
in a way similar to the way sessions for voice calls are controlled. The devices could be
mobile User Equipment (UEs), personal computers (PC)s or any other device supporting
an IMS UE and capable of originating and receiving audio and video streams.

About video over LTE

“video over LTE” defined
As used with the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, video over LTE refers to any
of several approaches, or methods, used to enable video communications between UEs
and other devices over LTE networks.
Note: Not all of these approaches are implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Requirement to minimize delay and jitter

Video over LTE, being a real-time application, has stringent requirements of low latency
(delay) and jitter (variability of delay). Factors that affect the total end-to end bearer delay
are the encoding and packetizing delays at the source, network delays, and buffering,
de-packetizing and decoding delays at the destination endpoint. In order to provide
acceptable delay, jitter, and packet loss for video over LTE calls, end to end quality of
service (QoS) support is essential.

Standards for video over LTE

Introduction
This topic lists standards used in the Video Communications Service approach.

What is the MMTel standard?

The 3GPP/NGN IMS Multimedia Telephony Service (MMTel) standard is a global
standard for video based on the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS). The standard defines a
range of converged, fixed and mobile real-time multimedia communication options that
use different media capabilities such as voice, real-time video, text, file transfer and
sharing of pictures, audio and video clips.

MMTel standards groups

The MMTel standard is a joint project between the 3GPP and ETSI/TISPAN standards
groups.

Standards for presence information

Standards for presence information are defined in the Presence/XDMS part of the GSMA
RCS 1.0 standard.

Alcatel-Lucent's commitment
Alcatel-Lucent is a very active participant in the 3GPP, GSMA and ETSI/TISPAN
standards groups, and our products are designed to meet these standards. Also,
Alcatel-Lucent is committed to evolve our products as the standards evolve.

Summary of approaches for video with Video Communications

Service
One approach in LE3.0
In LE3.0, the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution supports one approach for video:
“LTE Video Communications Service,” which supports point to point video. Video
Communications Service is explained in this chapter, in “The Video Communications
Service approach” (p. 9-7).

Future approach
Alcatel-Lucent's eMBMS is an example of a multicast video service. eMBMS will be
offered in a future release of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

The Video Communications Service approach

Overview
Purpose
The information in this section describes the LTE Video Communications Service
approach for delivering video over LTE.

Contents

About Video Communications Service 9-7

Current capabilities 9-8
Video Communications Service architecture 9-11
SVLTE UEs 9-12
New network elements to host new applications 9-13
Use of IMS core 9-14
How it works 9-16
Limitations 9-17
Network and UE impacts 9-18

About Video Communications Service

What is Video Communications Service?
Alcatel-Lucent's LTE Video Communications Service is a conversational video service
that runs on LTE networks.

Purpose
The purpose of Video Communications Service is to provide a set of rich conversational
video communications services that leverage the increased data bandwidth and greater
total capacity provided by LTE. Video Communications Service gives service providers
the ability to provide new services and generate new revenue in the area of video
communications services.

Non-LTE users can participate

Video Communications Service is designed to allow non-LTE subscribers to participate in
these video services, thus offering video services to more end users.

Part of the Solution

LTE Video Communications Service Solution is part of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Current capabilities
Introduction
In Video Communications Service Release 1.0, the initial release of Video
Communications Service, the following three basic capabilities are supported:
• Video calling
• A presence-enabled Enhanced Address Book (EAB) on the client

Video Calling
Each participant in a Video Communications Service video call sees a large image of the
far end participant and a small image of themselves. The bandwidth provided by LTE will
enable high quality video with Video Graphics Array (VGA) resolution and 30 Frames
Per Second (FPS). Lip-synch is maintained by transmitting both the audio and video
streams over the LTE IP data connection.
IMS control of LTE provides low latency that allows easy conversation between the two
parties. Supplementary services such as caller ID and call waiting are supported. Calls
will be forwarded to a voice mail system when the end user is busy, does not answer, or is
not attached to the wireless network.

Figure 9-1 Video calling

Enhanced Address Book (EAB)

Video Communications Service 1.0 also includes an Enhanced Address Book (EAB) on
the client. The Enhanced Address Book (EAB) contains typical subscriber information but
is also presence-enabled. Presence-enabled address books contain additional real-time
information about where the subscriber is located and real-time information about the
present capability of the end user's contacts.

How the EAB works

The EAB leverages the Presence Server (PS) functional entity and the XML Document
Manager (XDM) Server (XDMS) functional entity (both hosted by the 5410 PS/XDMS).
The presence server is responsible for aggregating all service capability information
published by all device and terminal clients, and distributing this information to all
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-9
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Approaches for video on LTE Current capabilities
The Video Communications Service approach
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
authorized watchers. The Shared XDMS is used to store all presence-related lists, for
example the list of subscribed contacts (which in Video Communications Service is called
the “Video Communications Service buddy” list) and the presence authorization lists.
The Video Communications Service clients operate on lists that are stored in the Shared
XDMS. The subscribed contacts who have authorized the end user to receive their
presence information are listed in the EAB and are available on the Video
Communications Service client.

Information in the EAB

Each Video Communications Service subscriber has the ability to do the following in his
or her EAB:
• Select participants and initiate a video call or video share from the EAB
• Manage (create/edit/delete) contacts in the EAB
• Manage social presence indicators in the EAB, such as mood, status message (free
text), and hyper-availability

What is hyper-availability?
Hyper availability is a social presence status defined in the GSMA RCS1.0 Functional
Description 2.1.3.1. Hyper-availability is also called “Need to communicate” or “contact
me” status. This status allows a certain user to inform those contacts with whom a Social
Presence Relationship has been established, that the user is currently in a situation where
it is possible to communicate more freely (for example, in a waiting room), and that the
user is willing to communicate “right now”.
This status has following characteristics:
• This status is temporary: it is set for a short, limited period of time (for example, a
couple of minutes) which is operator configurable on the user's device, after which it
automatically switches off.
• It is a positive status: it does not interfere negatively with the basic mobile status
(such as available anywhere/anytime)
• It is controlled by the user: it can be set manually or be programmed but it is always
initiated by the end user.

Video Communications Service architecture

Video Communications Service architecture
The following figure shows the Video Communications Service architecture.

As shown in the figure, Video Communications Service makes use of LTE and enhanced
High Rate Packet Data (eHRPD) radio access networks, Third Generation (3G) Mobile
Switching Center (MSC), and Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning
(OAM&P) systems and IMS Core.

SVLTE UEs
SVLTE UE required
Video Communications Service requires a dual-mode UE that can handle simultaneous
sessions of voice and video. For LE3.0, the UE chosen to support Video Communications
Service is the Simultaneous Voice and LTE (SVLTE) User Equipment (UE).

What is an SVLTE UE?

A Simultaneous Voice and LTE (SVLTE) UE is a UE that provides “Two phones in one”.
In other words, each SVLTE UE has two complete UEs within it. From within the SVLTE
UE, one of the embedded UEs communicates with the legacy network. Also from within
the UE, the other embedded UE communicates with the LTE network. The two
communications paths are completely separate.
Note: More information about SVLTE UEs is given in “The SVLTE approach”
(p. 7-17).

UE 1 and UE 2
To avoid confusion on this page, the first UE within the SVLTE UE is called UE 1 and
the second UE is called UE 2.

UE 1 for circuit voice

In the Video Communications Service configuration, one UE within the SVLTE UE (here
called UE 1) is used to handle all circuit-mode voice calls.
As shown in “Video Communications Service architecture” (p. 9-11), traffic from UE 1
(the gold line) connects to the existing 3G MSC in the legacy network. Using the existing
circuit switched infrastructure for voice-only calls eliminates any dependency on VoLTE
and thus allows earlier deployment of Video Communications Service service. In this
scenario, all voice services, including roaming and emergency calling, are handled by UE
1 and the existing legacy network infrastructure. Any Lawful Intercept that is requested
on voice-only calls is also handled by the 3G MSC.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Approaches for video on LTE SVLTE UEs
The Video Communications Service approach
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Voice calls can, of course, be LTE calls, in which case they are packet data
calls, not circuit-based calls. LTE voice calls can go through the LTE network or can
be handled off to eHRPD and then handled by an EV-DO MSC (not shown in “Video
Communications Service architecture” (p. 9-11)). However, in the current
implementation of Video Communications Service, which is only for 3G1x CDMA
networks, the only UE allowed is the SVLTE UE. By definition, all SVLTE UEs
contain one circuit-mode UEs and one LTE UE.

Second UE for data sessions

In the Video Communications Service configuration, the second UE within the SVLTE
UE (here called UE 2) is used to handle all data calls.
As shown in “Video Communications Service architecture” (p. 9-11), traffic from UE 2
goes to the PCRF and CSCF and on into the LTE network.

Client required
An Video Communications Service client must be loaded on the SVLTE. The Video
Communications Service client enables UE 2 to access the Video Communications
Service service.

New network elements to host new applications

Introduction
Described in this topic are the functional entities that have been added to the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to support Video Communications Service and
the network elements that host these functional entities.

Video Application Server

The Video Application Server (Video AS) functional entity is used to support the basic and
supplementary services associated with video calling and video sharing. The Video AS
complies fully with the 3GPP Multimedia Telephony Service (MMTel) standard.
The Video AS functional entity is hosted by the 5420 CTS. For information on the 5420
CTS, see “5420 CTS” (p. 18-19).

PS/XDMS Application Server

The Presence Server (PS)/XDM Server (XDMS) functional entity supports the Enhanced
Address Book (EAB) contact list on the Video Communications Service client. The
implementation of the PS/XDMS in Video Communications Service is fully compliant
with the Presence/XDMS part of the GSMA RCS 1.0 standard.

Voice Mail Server

The Voice Mail Server functional entity provides voice mail service for unanswered video
calls and video sharing sessions. Service providers can configure this voice mail server so
it is shared with the voice mail server for normal voice calls, so the user may have a
single mailbox. A subscriber placing an unanswered video call will be offered the ability
to leave a voice mail.
The Voice Mail Server functional entity is hosted by the 5100 CMS. For information on
the 5100 CMS, see “5100 CMS” (p. 18-11).

Use of IMS core

Uses existing IMS core
The Video Communications Service approach does not add any new functionality to the
IMS core, but instead uses existing functional entities and network elements in the IMS
core. This topic explains the role of the IMS core in Video Communications Service and
briefly describes the IMS core functional entities and network elements used by Video
Communications Service.

Use of IMS for QoS

Video Communications Service uses the Alcatel-Lucent IP Multimedia System (IMS) to
provide control latency and jitter, provide excellent Quality of Service (QoS), and to
provide a centralize platform for control and monitoring of many applications.

Need for IMS

While the transition to advanced multimedia services is aided by the growing
deployments of high bandwidth LTE networks, more bandwidth by itself does not ensure
success. Replicating the internet model of bundling random, ad hoc silos of services is not
a formula for sustained success or potentially, even survival for a single company or the
telecom industry. IMS-capable networks enable integration of applications into a single
architecture that results in a more robust, more economical (over the long term) solution
and enables a better end user experience than can result from bundling of set of silo
applications. Thus IMS is used within Video Communications Service to provide a
platform for hosting a variety of video and voice applications.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Approaches for video on LTE Use of IMS core
The Video Communications Service approach
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IMS core entities used by Video Communications Service
The following functional entities in the IMS core are used by Video Communications
Service. These functional entities are not changed by Video Communications Service, but
merely used by Video Communications Service. These functional entities are described
here for completeness' sake.
• HSS - The Home Subscriber Server (HSS) functional entity stores the subscriber data
for the service subscription including authentication credentials, identification data
including subscriber directory number (DN), Public User Identity (PUID), Private
User Identity (PRID) and details about any supplementary services that are provided
to the subscriber.
The HSS functional entity is hosted by the 8650 Subscriber Data Manager (SDM)
Home Subscriber Server (HSS) . For more information about the 8650 SDM HSS, see
“8650 SDM HSS” (p. 17-12).
• PCRF - The Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) functional entity provides
the interface to the QOS capabilities of the radio network and the packet core. The
PCRF is used by the IMS system to request specific QOS attributes for the bearer
connections for the audio and video parts of video call/share sessions. Signalling is
sent by the CSCF to the PCRF for each time a video call/share session the is
established.
The PCRF functional entity is hosted by the 5780 DSC. For more information about
the 5780 DSC, see “5780 DSC” (p. 15-4).
• Call Session Control Function (CSCF) - The IMS CSCF functional entity registers the
subscriber after performing authentication using the credentials stored in the HSS.
The CSCF functional entity supports the subscriber to originate and receive video
calls and directs SIP messages to the appropriate IMS application server.
The CSCF functional entity is hosted by the 5450 IP Session Controller (ISC). For
more information about the 5450 ISC, see “5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)” (p. 18-22). See
especially, “Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions” (p. 18-23).
• Lawful Intercept Gateway (LIG) - To meet regulatory requirements for support of
Lawful Intercept, a Lawful Intercept Gateway (LIG) functional entity is required. The
LIG supports the transmission of communication data and communication content to
the Law Enforcement Agency (LEA) when a court order requires the service provider
to provide that data for a specific subscriber.
The LIG functional entity is hosted by the 1357 LIG and the 1357 IMC. For more
information about the 1357 LIG, see “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3) and “1357 IMC”
(p. 19-12).
Note that LIGs can be used for both data and voice/video. Note also that if the service
provider is using VoLTE then packet switched voice is intercepted in the IMS network
and sent to agencies via LIGs. If circuit switched voice is used, the LIG function is
carried out by the 3G network.

How it works
Introduction
This topic gives a high-level description of how the various components of Video
Communications Service make video sessions possible.

User signs up for the service

To receive Video Communications Service, the end user first signs up for the Video
Communications Service video communications service through his or her service
provider. After the end user signs up, a service provider employee will load the Video
Communications Service client onto the end user's UE. If the end user does not have an
SVLTE UE, he or she will have to purchase one at that point and have the Video
Communications Service client loaded onto the SVLTE UE.
Note: At the discretion of the service provider, UE can come with the Video
Communications Service client already installed.

UE client runs the service

The primary focus of the service is the Video Communications Service client. The Video
Communications Service client provides the user interface to a presence enabled contact
list and allows the user to initiate both video calls and video sharing sessions. The end
user can start video calls and video sharing sessions by selecting another Video
Communications Service subscriber using the contact list on the mobile phone or by
dialing the directory number (DN) of the other subscriber.
The client also provides a user interface to supplementary services including caller ID and
call waiting. The client also has a message waiting indication to notify users when they
have voice mail waiting.

End user chooses which call is active

The client on the SVLTE device handles the coordination of normal voice and video
calling/sharing. The end user can place a current voice call on hold to answer an incoming
video call or place a video call on hold to answer an incoming voice call. The client
supports the user interacting with either the voice call or the video call, but not both at the
same time. For example, it is not possible to continue the video part of a video
call/sharing session while at the same time having a voice conversation on a voice call.

Primary voice service handled by MSC

As explained in “UE 1 for circuit voice” (p. 9-12), support of circuit-switched voice calls
is provided to the circuit-mode UE within the SVLTE UE by the 3G MSC in the legacy
network. The 3G MSC supports all the circuit-switched voice services including basic
calling, supplementary services, roaming and regulatory services including emergency
calling, lawful interception and mobile number portability. There is no direct interaction
between the 3G MSC controlling circuit-mode voice calls and the 5420 CTS. The 5420
CTS is the Telephony Application Server (TAS) within IMS that controls video calls and
video sharing sessions.

Changing a voice call into a video call

When an Video Communications Service video sharing session is established between the
two parties on a voice only call, the existing voice only circuit switched call is dropped.
As part of establishing the video sharing session, a new two-way voice connection is
established in the data network along with the video share.

Leaving an LTE coverage area

When the UE originating or receiving an Video Communications Service video call or
video sharing session roams out of the LTE network, the call will be dropped.

Limitations
Limitations
Video Communications Service 1.0 supports only one kind of UE, the SVLTE UE. In
later releases Video Communications Service will be expanded to Circuit Switched Fall
Back (CSFB) and VoLTE UEs.
Also, Video Communications Service Release 1.0 is restricted to 3GPP2 service
providers, for 3G1x CDMA and 1xEV-DO Radio Access Networks that interwork with
LTE using eHRPD. In future releases Video Communications Service will be available
for Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) networks and for UMTS
networks.

Network and UE impacts

SVLTE UE
The Video Communications Service approach requires an SVLTE UE.

Video Communications Service client

The Video Communications Service client must be loaded onto the SVLTE UE.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the government-mandated services supported by the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (ULIS) 10-2

About the 1357 ULIS 10-2
How it works 10-3
Lawful interception within different parts of the Solution 10-5
Advantages of the 1357 ULIS 10-5
For further information 10-6
Emergency Services 10-8
About Emergency Services 10-8
Number Portability 10-9
About Number Portability 10-9
About TTY/TTD Support 10-10
TTY/TTD Support 10-10

1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (ULIS)

Overview
Purpose
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution fully supports lawful access (often referred
to as legal inception or lawful interception). The ability to support lawful interception is
provided by the Alcatel-Lucent 1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (ULIS).

Contents

About the 1357 ULIS 10-2

How it works 10-3
Lawful interception within different parts of the Solution 10-5
Advantages of the 1357 ULIS 10-5
For further information 10-6

About the 1357 ULIS

What is the 1357 ULIS?
The Alcatel-Lucent 1357 Unified Lawful Interception Suite (1357 ULIS) is a complete
system for supporting real-time lawful interception over virtually any type of network.

LI for the Solution

The 1357 ULIS supplies any lawful interception needed within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

What is lawful interception?

Lawful interception of telecommunications is a capability that allows authorized
organizations or law enforcement agencies (LEAs) to detect and intercept the use of
telecommunications facilities by criminal or terrorist organizations. All
telecommunications operators are obliged to comply with government regulations to
enable the interception of any type of call, and most countries have adopted global lawful
interception requirements and standards.

How it works
Main functions
There are several primary functions required within a network to achieve lawful
interception:
• The Intercept Access Point (IAP), which is located within the network nodes. The IAP
is responsible for generating the intercept-related information and content of
communication
• The Mediation function, which clearly delineates the public network from the Law
Enforcement Monitoring Facility (LEMF). The Mediation function communicates
with the IAP using internal network interfaces, which can be proprietary. The
Mediation function also communicates to one or more LEMFs through locally
standardized handover interfaces (that is, HI2 and HI3)

Implementation of functions
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the functions are implemented in the
following way:
• The IAP function is performed by the HSS, MME and S/P-GW network elements
• The Mediation function is performed by the 1357 ULIS Legal Interception Gateway
(LIG) network element.
The 1357 ULIS LIG is described in “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3).

Figure 10-1 Lawful Interception in the Solution

Lawful interception within different parts of the Solution

Required for both voice and data
Lawful interception compliance is required for all voice and data communications. The
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution provides lawful interception support for all LTE
services, whether the services are voice or data services.

Advantages of the 1357 ULIS

Compliance
The 1357 ULIS:
• Provides surveillance of all common telecommunication services: voice, fax, data,
VoIP, high- speed Internet (for web browsing, e-mail, peer-to-peer)
• Complies with regulatory requirements in numerous countries worldwide
• Conforms to all international lawful interception standards developed by ETSI, 3GPP
In addition, Alcatel-Lucent maintains a close cooperation with regulatory authorities,
standardization bodies and LEMF and Monitoring Center (MC) providers ensuring
compliance with the latest standards and technologies.

Cost-efficiency
The Alcatel-Lucent 1357 ULIS:
• Provides central management of all interception activities in the network
• Uses a scalable architecture that enables cost-efficient solutions for small to very large
communications networks
• Integrates into any available network — wire line, wireless or converged

Reliability
The Alcatel-Lucent 1357 ULIS:
• • Monitors and extracts critical intercept-related information/call content with no
impact to the performance or reliability of the telecommunication network and
services
• • Handles Alcatel-Lucent core network evolutions seamlessly with no impact on LEA
interfaces

Need for a centralized solution

With the explosion of voice and data transmissions in today's networks, and the rapid
transformation of operator networks to IP, the lawful interception of voice and data
communications is becoming increasingly challenging for both service providers and
LEAs. In addition, most solutions available today are fragmented and, therefore, do not
provide a complete lawful interception capability across all networking domains,
functions and interfaces.

Provides a centralized solution

The 1357 ULIS consolidates all former Alcatel and Lucent lawful interception functions
under one umbrella. The 1357 ULIS thus provides a centralized solution designed to
provide a single management solution for all of a service provider's lawful interception
needs. This centralized management can be used for multivendor mediation functions and
can allow a network operator or a Law Enforcement Agency (LEA) to centralize lawful
interception management.

For further information

Customer documentation
An entire set of customer documentation for the 1357 ULIS is available from the online
customer support (OLCS) web site for customers who have purchased the 1357 ULIS
product. For instructions on using OLCS, see “Accessing and navigating the OLCS web
site” (p. 21-9) and other helpful information in Chapter 21, “Resources”.

Related standards
For basic standards on Lawful Interception (LI), see ES 201 671: "Telecommunications
security; Lawful Interception (LI); Handover interfaces for the lawful interception of
telecommunications traffic".
4th Generation (4G) standards for LI are given in the following documents:
• 3GPP TS 33.106, Lawful interception requirements, Stage 1
• 3GPP TS 33.107, Lawful interception architecture and functions

For more about the 1357 LIG

The 1357 LIG is described in “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3).

For more about the 1357 IMC

The 1357 IMC is described in “1357 IMC” (p. 19-12).

Emergency Services

About Emergency Services

Introduction
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution supports emergency services via CSFB in
LE3.0.

What are Emergency Services?

Emergency Services is a term used to cover national requirements to handle (and route)
emergency calls to a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) and be able to report
locations from which the emergency calls come.

How it works
In LE 3.0 for CSFB voice calls the handling of Emergency Service calls reverts to the
legacy network to which the voice call has “fallen back”.
In LE 3.0 for VoLTE calls emergency calls are handled using CSFB to 2G/3G as defined
in 3GPP 23.272, Section 4.6.

Number Portability

About Number Portability

Introduction
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution fully supports Number Portability.

What is Number Portability?

Number Portability (NP) is the ability to switch service providers and maintain the same
wireless phone number. Number portability is required by law in many countries.

How Number Portability is provided

The following table shows how Number Portability is provided within different parts of
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, including within all the approaches for
voice.

Option Number Portability is provided by

CS Fallback (CSFB) Current NP solutions in place in Alcatel-Lucent's legacy networks.
Voice over IMS Current NP solutions in use in Alcatel-Lucent's IMS based network.
(VoLTE)
SVLTE Current NP solutions in place in Alcatel-Lucent's legacy networks.

About TTY/TTD Support

TTY/TTD Support
Introduction
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution fully supports Teletypewriter
(TTY)/Telecommunications Devices for the Deaf (TTD) (TTY/TDD) Support (often
shortened TTY/TTD Support).

What is TTY/TTD Support?

Teletypewriter (TTY)/Telecommunications Devices for the Deaf (TTD) (TTY/TDD)
support (TTY/TTD Support) is support for alphanumeric UEs that provide translation of
circuit-mode calls into digitized text.

TTY/TTD Support required for voice and data

Support is required for all TTY/TTD devices to be able to communicate with each other,
regardless of the underlying radio access network technology. The Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution provides full TTY/TTD Support.

How TTY/TTD Support is provided

The following table shows how TTY/TTD Support is provided within different parts of
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, including within all the approaches for
voice.

Option TTY/TTD Support is provided by

CS Fallback (CSFB) The MSC on the legacy network to which the voice call has fallen back
Voice over IMS Transcoding between V.18 and GTT-IP (text/RTP) in the MGCF and
(VoLTE) MGW.
SVLTE For the legacy network call, the MSC in the legacy network handling the
call. (like CSFB)
data-only not relevant.
transmissions in the
LTE network

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes common security risks in an LTE network and gives
recommendations for providing security in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Two areas
There are two main areas of security that are necessary for any LTE network:
• Air Interface Security
• Network Security
Both types of security are described in this chapter.

Contents

Air Interface Security 11-2

About Air Interface Security 11-2
Common security threats to the air interface 11-4
Control plane security 11-4
User plane security 11-6
For further information 11-7
Network Access Security 11-8
About network security 11-8
Common security threats to the network 11-10
Recommendations for providing network security 11-11
For further information 11-12

Air Interface Security

Overview
Purpose
This section describes common security risks for the air interface in an LTE network and
describes the security provisions that must be made to provide security on the air
interface.

Contents

About Air Interface Security 11-2

Common security threats to the air interface 11-4
Control plane security 11-4
User plane security 11-6
For further information 11-7

About Air Interface Security

Introduction
Air interface security involves protecting the LTE air interface from over the air attacks.

Figure 11-1 LTE Standards Reference Model Architecture for security

What is the LTE air interface?

The LTE air interface is that portion of the network that exists between the UEs and the
eNodeBs.

Purpose
The purpose of air interface security is to do the following:
• Protect the UE users and equipment and the LTE network from threats and
vulnerabilities generated in the air interface
• Protect UE user/equipment and traffic from over-the-air interface threats
• Protect LTE network (eNB, MME, SGN, SGSN, HSS) from over-the-air Interface
threats

Common security threats to the air interface

Air interface is vulnerable
By its nature the air interface is vulnerable open to interception. Radio waves travel in all
directions. The service provider cannot control the scope of the transmission. Anyone
with the proper equipment can listen to the transmission, interrupt the transmission, or
inject data into the transmission.

Control plane security

Introduction
Air interface security on the control plane is provided by the use of encryption.

What is encryption?
Encryption involves the encoding messages or packets before they are transmitted over
the network.

Figure 11-2 Air Interface Security: Control Plane Security

Two types of signaling protected

Encryption is required for both Radio Resource Control (RRC) and Network Access
Server (NAS) signaling.

User plane security

Introduction
As shown in the following figure, air interface security on the user plane is also provided
by the use of encryption.

Figure 11-3 Air Interface Security: User Plane Security

For further information

For more information
Further information about LTE air interface security can be found in the 3GPP TS 23.401
standard.

For help with network security

For assistance from Alcatel-Lucent with network security for your network, contact your
Account Executive.

Network Access Security

Overview
Purpose
This section describes common security risks for the network portion of an LTE Solution
and describes the security precautions that must be taken to provide network access
security.

Contents

About network security 11-8

Common security threats to the network 11-10
Recommendations for providing network security 11-11
For further information 11-12

About network security

Introduction
Network security involves protecting LTE interfaces and traffic from wireline attacks.

Figure 11-4 LTE Standards Reference Model Architecture for security

What part of the network does network security protect?

As shown in the figure, Network Security protects the following portions of the Solution:
• the eUTRAN.
• the ePC
• service provider OA&M networks
• all wireline networks owned by the service provider and connected to the LTE
network

Common security threats to the network

Threats to the eUTRAN
The eUTRAN typically covers long backhaul distances between eNodeBs and the central
offices. Also, fifty percent or more of backhaul networks are leased by service providers
from third party vendors. Thus, for security purposes, the eUTRAN must be considered a
hostile network and strict security must be applied.
Common threats to the Ethernet Access Transport Network (EATN) include the
following:
• EATN users create DoS attacks from EATN on the eNBs, SEG, EPC, OAM and EMS
systems, call processing systems, and any other host exposed to the EATN.
• Intrusion and unauthorized access to backhaul systems, including OAM, EMS and
call processing systems and resources.
• Eavesdropping and tampering with the traffic traversing the EATN (OAM, signaling
and radio bearer traffic).

Threats to the ePC

The ePC must be carefully protected in case of an attack through the eUTRAN, or from a
wireline network not owned by the service provider.

Threats to the OA&M network

Since the OA&M network is typically within the service provider network and kept
private by the service, the risk to the OA&M network is less than the risk to the
eUTRAN. However, the OA&M networks still need to be protected. If a hacker can reach
the OA&M network, a hacker can perform service-interrupting procedures like rebooting
and bringing down key equipment.

Recommendations for providing network security

Use of authentication and key agreements
Network security can provided by the use of authentication and key agreements between
adjoining network elements.
In addition, the use of the IPSec package for leased backhaul and between LTE nodes is
strongly recommended (though optional).

What is authentication?
Authentication is the process of checking all incoming packets to see if they are from a
valid source. If the packets are not from a valid source, they are discarded. Packets are
considered legitimate if they contain predefined keys. Keys are predefined sets of digits
known to both network elements that are exchanging sets of information.

What is IPSec?
IPSec is a software package that creates encrypted tunnels between individual users.
Communication passes through these encrypted tunnels and therefore cannot be read by
hackers.

Threats that IPSec can protect from

IPsec will protect the LTE traffic and LTE network element (eNodeB, MME, SGW,
PGW) interfaces from the following threats:
• Masquerading/spoofing legitimate subscribers, system, serving network, as a home
environment, cloning, spoof IP address of eNB, SEG, MME, SGW, and PDNGW.
• Loss or Compromise of information in transit: manipulation of data, integrity of data,
unauthorized deletion, insertion modification, reordering, replay or delay, spam,
traffic injection.
• Denial of Service (DoS): packet flood, traffic flood, magnification/amplification
attacks, and other types of flooding and attacks.
• Eavesdropping: wiretapping, packet sniffing, packet capture, traffic analysis,
unauthorized recording or capture of information being transmitted, port mirroring.
• Unauthorized System Access: bypass authentication, or access control, password
cracking, privilege escalation, shared accounts, physical intrusion into eNB.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-11
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE End-to-End Security Recommendations for providing network security
Network Access Security
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Theft of Service: Masquerade as legitimate user during authentication process,
repudiation of a service charge.
• Repudiation: of traffic origin, of traffic delivery, of administrative action, of
occurrence of system event.

For further information

For more information
Further information about LTE network security can be found in the 3GPP TS 33.401
standard.

For help with network security

For assistance from Alcatel-Lucent with network security for your network, contact your
Account Executive.

Overview
Purpose
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is made up of a variety of network elements
representing many different types of radio access networks. Each of these network
elements has a separate network element description in this document.
This chapter describes how to find the network element description in this document for a
particular network element.

Contents

Complete list of Network Elements in the Solution 12-1

Components of the Solution 12-4
How the network element descriptions are organized 12-4

Complete list of Network Elements in the Solution

Comprehensive view
A complete list of all the network elements that can be used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution in the current release is given in Figure 12-1, “Network elements
and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution” (p. 12-3).
Color coding is used in the diagram to identify which component a network element
belongs to. See the key at the bottom left of the diagram.

Comprehensive diagram
The following diagram lists all network elements in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution and the interfaces that connect them.

Figure 12-1 Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution

Components of the Solution

Six major components
The Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is made up of the following six major
components:
• Radio Access Network (RAN)
• Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
• Core Network
• Common Core Network
• IMS delivery environment
• Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) support

How the network element descriptions are organized

Listed by component
Network elements used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution are listed by
component in Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution” (p. 12-3) and in this document.
Therefore the network element descriptions in this document are grouped into the
following chapters:
• Radio Access Network - These network elements are explained in Chapter 13, “
Network elements used in the Radio Access Network” and are shown as blue-green in
Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution” (p. 12-3).
• Backhaul and Transport Networks - It is beyond the scope of this document to list
network elements for Backhaul. However, information about LTE backhaul is given
in Chapter 14, “Network elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Transport
Network”. Backhaul-related network elements are shown as grey in Figure 12-1,
“Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution”
(p. 12-3).
• Core Network - These network elements are explained in Chapter 15, “Network
elements used in the Core Network”and are shown as light green in Figure 12-1,
“Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution”
(p. 12-3).

Scope
LTE-only network elements are fully described in this document. Network elements that
are reused from other networks are sometimes described more briefly. However, all
network element descriptions refer the reader to other Alcatel-Lucent customer
documents for further information on the network element.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent Radio Access Network (RAN) and the network
elements used for Radio Access in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

What is the Radio Access Network?

The Radio Access Network (RAN) is that part of a mobile wireless network that sits
between the UE and the Core Network. The Radio Access Network uses one of several
different forms of radio access to transmit communications to the UE and receive
information from the UE.

Can contain NEs from different wireless networks

The Radio Access Network (RAN) in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution can
contain second generation (2G), third-generation (3G) and LTE network elements.
Network Elements from 2G and 3G wireless networks are used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution when the Alcatel-Lucent LTE Network at a service provider location
is integrated with other non-LTE service provider wireless networks.

Two categories
The network elements used for Radio Access in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution can be divided into the following two categories:
• Network elements that are used only for LTE
• Network elements that are used both in support of LTE and in other Alcatel-Lucent
networks

LTE-only
The Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB is used only in the LTE portion of the network.

9100 MBI/O (BTS) 13-4

About the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) 13-4
Changes in the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support LTE 13-5
For further information 13-6
9125 TC 13-7
About the 9125 TC 13-7
For further information 13-9
9130 BSC/MFS 13-10
About the 9130 BSC/MFS 13-10
Changes in the 9130 BSC/MFS to support LTE 13-11
For further information 13-11
922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS) 13-13
About the 922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS) 13-13
Changes in the 922x 1xEVDO BS to support LTE 13-14
For further information 13-15
9326 NodeB 13-16
About the 9326 NodeB 13-16
Changes in the 9326 NodeB to support LTE 13-17
For further information 13-18
9370 RNC 13-19
About the 9370 RNC 13-19
Changes in the 9370 RNC to support LTE 13-21
For further information 13-21
9412 eNodeB 13-22
About the eNodeB 13-22
About the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB 13-23
How it works 13-23
Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB 13-23
Hardware 13-24
Software 13-26
Connections to other network elements 13-26

User interfaces 13-27

For further information 13-27
LTE RRH 2x Product Family 13-28
About the LTE RRH 2x Product Family 13-28
Advantages 13-30
Hardware 13-32
Support of both FDD and TDD 13-33
Software 13-34
For further information 13-34
9926 eNodeB BBU 13-36
About the Distributed eNodeB Solution 13-37
About the 9926 eNodeB BBU 13-40
Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU 13-40
Hardware 13-41
Support of both FDD and TDD 13-42
Software 13-43
Support for the R-OCM 13-43
User interface 13-45
Changes to support LTE 13-45
For further information 13-45

9100 MBI/O (BTS)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9100 Multi-Standard Base Transceiver Station (BTS)
Indoor/Outdoor (MBI/O) (BTS) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) 13-4

Changes in the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support LTE 13-5
For further information 13-6

About the 9100 MBI/O (BTS)

What is the 9100 MBI/O (BTS)?
The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) is a network element that fills the role of the base transceiver
station (BTS) in Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) networks.

Role of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS)

The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) sends data to and receives data from the GSM User equipment
(UE). The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) provides the physical radio link between the UE and the
rest of the Alcatel-Lucent GSM network.

Advantages of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS)

Advantages of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) include the following:
• The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) is a true Multi-Standard BTS able to support all the different
3GPP technologies.
– GSM and all evolutions (GPRS, EDGE, etc.)
– WCDMA and all evolutions (HSPA, HSPA+, etc.)
– LTE, LTE advanced, etc.
• Different versions of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) exist to answer operator needs, in terms
of size, capacity, and site constraints:
– Macro Indoor BTS: MBI5
– Macro Outdoor BTS: MBO2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Radio Access Network About the 9100 MBI/O (BTS)
9100 MBI/O (BTS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
– Mid Indoor BTS: MBI3
– Mid Outdoor BTS: MBO1
– Compact Outdoor BTS Evolution: CBO
• The main advantage of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS), versus our competitors, is that:
– The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) multi-standard, multi-version range was introduced in
1999 to all our GSM customers.
– Customers can easily evolve their installed base towards WCDMA or LTE
through maximum reuse of their past investment.
– Customers avoid site constraints/site-renegotiations for all new technical
introductions.
– 9100 MBI/O (BTS) cabinets are full-backward compatible - new generations of
modules are able to co-exist with previous generations of modules. For example,
new generations of SDR modules, able to support GSM/LTE simultaneously
within the same module, are able to co-exist in the cabinet with older generations
supporting GSM only.
• Cabinets are fully TCO optimized - IP ready, with minimum power consumption.

Use of the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) in a combined GSM and LTE network
When an Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is integrated with an Alcatel-Lucent GSM wireless
network, the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) continues to be used as the base transceiver station for
GSM user equipment (UE). The modules in the BTS are able to support GSM or LTE
independently. The GSM TRX is connected to the GSM BSS Architecture (BSC, Core
Network) and same is true the LTE network.

Changes in the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support LTE

Support of dual-mode handsets
There are no changes in the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support LTE unless the service
provider wishes to use the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support dual-mode LTE and GSM User
Equipment (UE). Alcatel-Lucent can add software to the 9100 MBI/O (BTS) to support
dual-mode LTE and GSM UE if necessary.
The Multi-Standard BTS is ready to evolve from GSM towards LTE by:
• Plug-in modules supporting LTE or GSM+LTE
• Software Upgrade (SU)
The 9100 MBI/O (BTS) is not designed to support 3GPP2 (CDMA) networks.

For further information

For more information
For documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent GSM base station, go to the following url and
search for “9100”.
https://support.alcatel-lucent.com
Note: All Alcatel-Lucent GSM customer documentation starts with the number
“9100”.
Then click on “Alcatel-Lucent - Customer Support - Product Content-Evolium™ 9100
BTS (Base Transceiver Station)”.

9125 TC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9125 Compact Transcoder (TC) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9125 TC 13-7

For further information 13-9

About the 9125 TC

What is the 9125 TC?
The 9125 TC is a network element that is in charge of voice transcoding between
compressed codecs used on the Global System for Mobile (GSM) radio and G711 used in
the core network.
The 9125 TC is the latest transcoding equipment of the field-proven and widely
successful Alcatel-Lucent family. It has been designed in a modular way, permitting
flexible extensions. Investment can therefore be optimized by purchasing and deploying
the configuration, best suited to the network topology.
The 9125 TC provides speech transcoding between GSM and 64-kbit/s PCM coding laws,
and data-rate adaptation in the BSS. Sub-multiplexing on the Ater interface between TC
and BSC is standard in all configurations and reduces transmission needs or requirements
on the Ater interface by up to 75%. The 9125 TC contains powerful digital
signal-processing devices, sufficient to handle all the different available speech coding
algorithms and several rate adaptation techniques.

Role of the 9125 TC

The functions performed by the 9125 TC are speech transcoding and rate adaptation
together with related OA&M functions.

Advantages of the 9125 TC

Advantages of the 9125 TC include the following:
• Capacity
– Sized to your current need with support for more capacity as your network grows
– 192 A interfaces capacity, that is, up to 5600 Erlang
– A large choice of codecs (HR, FR, EFR, AMR, WB-AMR) is supported
• Compactness
– Compact equipment practice: 19” standard rack - only 2m height
– Unrivalled compactness with only 3.75 liters per A interface

For further information

For more information
For more information on the Alcatel-Lucent 9125 TC, see the following: Alcatel-Lucent
9125 Compact Transcoder Product Description, 3DC 210 16 0007 TQZZA.

9130 BSC/MFS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9130 Base Station Controller/Multi-BSS Fast Packet
(BSC/MFS) Evolution as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9130 BSC/MFS 13-10

Changes in the 9130 BSC/MFS to support LTE 13-11
For further information 13-11

About the 9130 BSC/MFS

What is the 9130 BSC/MFS?
The 9130 BSC/MFS is a network element that fills the role of the Base Station Controller
(BSC) and the Packet Control Unit (PCU) in Global System for Mobile Communications
(GSM) networks. In the current ALU GSM architecture, the Controller is divided into 2
parts: the BSC for Voice and the MFS (Multi-BSS Fast Packet Server) for the Data
(GPRS, EDGE). The MFS is the PCU (Packet Control Unit). So in terms of architecture,
the 9130 BSC/MFS are connected on one side to the BTSs and on the other side to the
Core Network.

Role of the 9130 BSC/MFS

The 9130 BSC/MFS sends data to and receives data from the GSM User equipment (UE).
The 9130 BSC/MFS provides the physical radio link between the UE and the rest of the
Alcatel-Lucent GSM network.

Use of the 9130 BSC/MFS in a combined GSM and LTE network

When an Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is integrated with an Alcatel-Lucent GSM wireless
network, the 9130 BSC/MFS continues to be used as a base transceiver station for GSM
user equipment (UE).

Changes in the 9130 BSC/MFS to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 9130 BSC/MFS when it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

9130 BSC/MFS in LTE

Nothing about the 9130 BSC/MFS changes when the GSM network is integrated with the
LTE network, because the 9130 BSC/MFS only manages the GSM/GPRS/EDGE part of
the network.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the GSM/WCDMA Tendering Portal, go to the following url:
https://all1.us.alcatel-lucent.com/teams/TechDB/Portalpages/portal.aspx
For documentation on the Wireless Marketing Toolbox, go to the following url:
http://wireless.app.alcatel-lucent.com/marketing_toolbox/gsm/products_solutions.htm#
BSC.

922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS) 13-13

Changes in the 922x 1xEVDO BS to support LTE 13-14
For further information 13-15

About the 922x 1xEVDO Base Station (BS)

What is the 922x 1xEVDO BS?
The 922x 1xEVDO BS is the network element that fills the role of the base station (BS) in
the Alcatel-Lucent Evolution-Data Optimized or Evolution-Data Only (1xEV-DO)
network.

What is a 1xEV-DO BS?

An Alcatel-Lucent 1xEVDO Base Station is a Base Station (BS) that has been configured
to support 1xEV-DO.
A Base Station (BS) is a transmission and reception station in a fixed location that is used
to handle cellular traffic and consists of one or more receive/transmit antenna, microwave
dish, and electronic circuitry. The base station serves as a bridge between UEs and the
EPC.

Role of the 922x 1xEVDO BS

The 922x 1xEVDO BS sends data to and receives data from the 1xEV-DO User
equipment (UE). The 922x 1xEVDO Base Station provides the physical radio link
between the UE and the rest of the Alcatel-Lucent 1xEV-DO network.

Connections to other network elements

The BS is connected to the 9271 EV-DO RNC via T1/E1/Ethernet lines that support
maintenance and call processing messages. The T1/E1/Ethernet lines go to a router and
then from the router to the DO-RNC application processors via an Ethernet connection.
These dedicated T1/E1/Ethernet facilities also carry the traffic for each UE.

Changes in the 922x 1xEVDO BS to support LTE

Purpose
The 922x 1xEVDO BS can also be upgraded into a evolved BS. This upgraded product is
called the eBTS.

What is the eBTS?

The Alcatel-Lucent evolved Base Transceiver Station (eBTS), or Converged BTS, is a
software-enhanced EV-DO BS that supports dual mode user equipment. The dual mode
user equipment UE in this scenario supports both EV-DO and LTE. The eBTS supporting
the dual mode UE contains software that can automatically work with eHRPD.
Note: Though the BTS when used with HRPD is called an eBTS, no action needs to
be taken to turn the BS into an eBTS. The software on the BS automatically adjusts to
eHRPD traffic as necessary. .

Advantages
The 922x 1xEVDO BS requires no additional footprint, is easy to converge, and
inexpensive.

No hardware upgrade needed

There are no changes to the BS hardware to support the dual mode user equipment. Any
Alcatel-Lucent EV-DO base station that supports EV-DO Rev A can support the
dual-mode user equipment.

For further information

For more information
For more information on the BTS and the eBTS, see the following documentation.

Table 13-1 Documentation on the BTS and eBTS

Document Number Document Title

401-614-101 1xEV-DO Radio Access System Planning and
Implementation Guide
401-614-104 1xEV-DO Base Station Operation,
Administration, and Maintenance

9326 NodeB

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9326 NodeB network element as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9326 NodeB 13-16

Changes in the 9326 NodeB to support LTE 13-17
For further information 13-18

About the 9326 NodeB

What is the 9326 NodeB?
The 9326 NodeB is one of many alternate Node B products that fill the 3GPP-defined role
of the NodeB in the Alcatel-Lucent Wide band Code Division Multiple Access
(W-CDMA) network.

Role of the 9326 NodeB

The 9326 NodeB acts as a base transceiver station in the W-CDMA network, carrying out
the following functions:
• Network interface management
• Radio access
• Call processing
• Configuration and supervision
• Synchronization
• Performance monitoring

Hardware
The Node B products come in a variety of indoor and outdoor models with a wide range
in capacity. For more information on the hardware of the 9326 NodeB, see the
documentation listed at the end of this section.

Connections to the network

The 9326 NodeB provides the following interfaces
• Iub interface towards an RNC
• Uu interface towards a User Equipment (UE)

User Interfaces
The 9326 NodeB is managed by the 9353 Wireless Management System (WMS).

Use of the 9326 NodeB in a combined W-CDMA and LTE network

When an Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is integrated with an Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA
wireless network, the 9326 NodeB continues to be used as an eNodeB, or base transceiver
station, for W-CDMA user equipment (UE).

Changes in the 9326 NodeB to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 9326 NodeB product when it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Support of dual-mode handsets

There are no changes in the 9326 NodeB to support LTE unless the service provider
wishes to use the 9326 NodeB to support dual-mode LTE and W-CDMA User Equipment
(UE). Alcatel-Lucent can add software to the 9326 NodeB to support dual-mode LTE and
W-CDMA UE if necessary.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent 9326 NodeB, go to the following url:
https://support.alcatel-lucent.com
Note: All Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA customer documentation starts with the numbers
“93”.
Under “Support” on the page, click on the arrow next to “Jump to Content Page” and
select “Documentation”
Click on the range “9000 - 9999”.
Search for “9326”.

Training
To find training on the NodeB, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search for “9326 Node B”.

9370 RNC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9370 RNC as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9370 RNC 13-19

Changes in the 9370 RNC to support LTE 13-21
For further information 13-21

About the 9370 RNC

What is the 9370 RNC?
The 9370 Radio Network Controller (RNC) is the Radio Network Controller for the
Alcatel-Lucent UTRAN. The 9370 RNC supports mobility within a W-CDMA network
and between W-CDMA and GSM networks.

What is the Alcatel-Lucent UTRAN?

The Alcatel-Lucent UTRAN is the Radio Access Network part of the Alcatel-Lucent
W-CDMA wireless network, and contains the following components:
• 9370 RNC
• 939x NodeB
• 9353 WMS

Role of the 9370 RNC

The main functions of the RNC are to control and manage the following:
• Radio Access Network (RAN)
• Signaling between Core Network (CN) parts and the Radio Network System (RNS)
• NodeBs and their corresponding radio resources

Hardware
The 9370 RNC is based on a multiservice data platform called the Multiservice Switch
15000. This is a single-shelf, single-platform in-cabinet product.

Software
For information on the software of the 9370 RNC, see the Alcatel-Lucent 9370 Radio
Network Controller Technical Description, NN-20500-021.

Connections to the network

The 9370 RNC has the following interfaces:
• Iu interfaces: toward the Core Network
• Iub interface: toward the NodeB
• Iur interface: toward another RNC
• Iupc interface: toward the SAS
• OAM&P interface: toward the network management platform (9353 WMS)
• IuBC interface: toward Cell Broadcast Center (CBC)

User Interfaces
The 9370 RNC is managed by the 9353 Wireless Management System (WMS).
The 9353 WMS is the OAM interface . Also, the 9370 RNC can be directly connected to.
It supports a text-based user interface which allows provisioning and query requests.

Use of the 9370 RNC in a combined W-CDMA and LTE network

When an Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is integrated with an Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA
wireless network, there is no impact to the 9370 RNC. The 9370 RNC continues to be
used as an RNC in the W-CDMA UTRAN portion of the network.

Changes in the 9370 RNC to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 9370 RNC when it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

9370 RNC in LTE

No changes are required in the 9370 RNC when it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution as the 9370 RNC does not interact with the LTE network.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent 9370 RNC, go to the following url:
https://support.alcatel-lucent.com
Note: All Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA customer documentation starts with the numbers
“93”. To find all the documentation for the W-CDMA Solution, look under
“UMTS/W-CDMA Solutions”.
Select the Product Index and then search for “9370 RNC”.
See especially, the Alcatel-Lucent 9370 Radio Network Controller Technical Description,
NN-20500-021.

Training
To find training on the 9370 RNC, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search for “9370 RNC”.

9412 eNodeB

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the eNodeB 13-22

About the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB 13-23
How it works 13-23
Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB 13-23
Hardware 13-24
Software 13-26
Connections to other network elements 13-26
User interfaces 13-27
For further information 13-27

About the eNodeB

What is the eNodeB?
The eNodeB is a term created for the LTE reference architecture to denote a more
powerful base transceiver station (BTS) that has been designed to fit into the flatter LTE
network.
For more about the LTE specifications for the eUTRAN and the eNodeB, see “Evolved
UTRAN (eUTRAN) ” (p. 1-31).

About the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB

What is the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB?
The 9412 eNodeB is a compact network element that fills the LTE role of eNodeB in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution. The 9412 eNodeB is a self-contained solution
that is designed to fit easily into small physical spaces and be extremely easy to install.
The 9412 eNodeB is often called the “cube” or the “9412 Compact eNodeB”.

What does the 9412 eNodeB do?

The 9412 eNodeB is a network element that sends data to and receives data from the User
Equipment (UE). The 9412 eNodeB provides the physical radio link between the UE and
the evolved Packet Core (EPC) network, thus performing the base station function of the
Radio Access Network (RAN).

How it works
Transmission-related tasks
The 9412 eNodeB carries out the following transmission tasks during the life of a call:
• Receives and sends radio signals to and from the antennas
• Schedules uplink data from the UE and downlink data to the UE
• Provides Ethernet links to the EPC elements and other eNodeBs
• Communicates with both the user equipment (UE) and the Evolved Packet Core
(EPC)
• Connects the subscriber’s UE to the network.

Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB

Benefits
This topic lists the advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB.

PCMD
Both of the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB offerings are able to supply Per Call (or Connection)
Measurement Data (PCMD).
Per Call (or Connection) Measurement Data (PCMD) is a set of detailed data collected
on the major events associated with the processing of each connection within a session.
This data is typically collected from the eNodeB and the MME via count mechanisms in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-23
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Radio Access Network Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB
9412 eNodeB
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the session/connection management software. The data is forwarded to static store on the
network node, and then ultimately forwarded to a northbound interface, where it can be
analyzed by a service provider postprocessor. In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution, the 9959 NPO performs post-processing on PCMD data.
For further information on the 9959 NPO and PCMD processing, see “9959 NPO”
(p. 19-42).

Advantages of the 9412 eNodeB cube

The Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB cube has the following advantages:
• Ultra-compact size - The ultra-compact 9412 eNodeB cube is designed to fit in small
spaces and be extremely easy to install, and is a fully-integrated version of the
eNodeB. Thus the 9412 eNodeB contains all required equipment, including the radios,
in one compact frame, which increases ease of installation.

Hardware
Purpose
This topic explains the hardware for the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB.

eNodeB parts
All Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB models share the following parts:
• eNodeB radios, which send signals to/from the antennas
• eNodeB Base Band Unit (BBU), which performs the following functions:
– Sends Tx/Rx signals to and from the radio through CPRI link
– Provides Ethernet interface to the network

Hardware for the 9412 eNodeB cube

As a fully integrated system, the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB cube houses all required
parts of the eNodeB in one unit. Within this unit, the baseband functions are done in the
base band unit (BBU) and the radio functions are performed in the built-in Transmitter
Receiver Data Units (TRDUs).

Figure 13-1 9412 eNodeB

The 9412 eNodeB can be installed in an indoor or outdoor cabinet.

The 9412 eNodeB can share antennas with co-located CDMA wireless networks.

Software
Software
Describing the software on the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB is outside the scope of this
document. For information on the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB software, see the documents
listed at the end of this chapter.

Connections to other network elements

Three connections
The Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB has three connections to other network elements within
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution:
• S1-MME interface between the 9412 eNodeB and the 9471 MME
• S1-U interface between the 9412 eNodeB and the serving gateway 7750 SGW
• X2 interface between the 9412 eNodeB and other 9412 eNodeBs Note that the X2
interface is a logical interface and does not have to be a physical one. In the service
provider's network, 9412 eNodeBs are typically not physically connected to each
other.
Table 13-2 9412 eNodeB connections to other network elements

Interface Network Element Purpose

S1-U to 7750 SR-SGW User and control traffic, to
establish the user plane
S1-MME to 9471 MME User traffic, for signaling and
authentication
X2 other eNodeBs There are two X2 interfaces
that link the eNodeBs
together and are used for
handovers.

User interfaces
Managed by the 5620 SAM
Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeBs are managed by the 5620 SAM.

100BaseT interface
Additionally, the eNodeB has a 100BaseT interface allowing connection to a laptop
computer for diagnosing improper system operation.

For further information

For information on the 9412 eNodeB
For more information on the Alcatel-Lucent 9412 eNodeB, see the following documents
and classes.

Table 13-3 Partial list of documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB

Document Document Title

Number
418-000-410 9412 Compact eNodeB System Description
418-000-411 9412 Compact eNodeB Maintenance Guide

For more on the user interfaces

For more information on the user interfaces and OAM&P for the 9412 eNodeB, see the
Long Term Evolution (LTE) Solution Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
(OA&M), 418-111-001.

For training
To find training on the eNodeB, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

Table 13-4 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent eNodeB

Class number Title of class

TMO21020 Alcatel-Lucent LTE Solution Overview
TMO18213 LTE eUTRAN Overview
TMO18214 9400 LTE Radio Principles.

LTE RRH 2x Product Family

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the LTE RRH 2x Product Family as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Part of a distributed eNodeB solution

In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the LTE RRH 2x Product Family is used
as part of a Distributed eNodeB Solution. For a description of the Distributed eNodeB
Solution, see “About the Distributed eNodeB Solution ” (p. 13-37).

Contents

About the LTE RRH 2x Product Family 13-28

Advantages 13-30
Hardware 13-32
Support of both FDD and TDD 13-33
Software 13-34
For further information 13-34

About the LTE RRH 2x Product Family

What is the LTE RRH 2x Product Family?
The LTE Remote Radio Head (RRH) 2x Product Family (formerly called 9442 Remote
Radio Head [RRH] 2x) is a set of radio product offerings built to provide simultaneous
support for both 3G and LTE networks.
The RRH product family is designed for macro-cellular applications, and is an alternative
to conventional Macro BTS.
Note: 2x here means “two transmit paths”.

Characteristics
Characteristics of the LTE RRH 2x Product Family include the following:
Highly Integrated RF (radio, amplifier, filter) components
• Small size – resulting in significant reduction in eNodeB size and footprint
• Same Architecture supports both single cabinet and Distributed eNodeB Solutions
• High Efficiency - utilizing state of the art amplifier technology resulting in significant
reduction in power consumption
• Optimized for advanced antenna technologies demanded by LTE, with scalability in
mind
• Simultaneous LTE and 3G operation up to 20 MHz
– 2 x 40W transmit power for 2x2 MIMO
– Noise figure below 1.8 dB (AWS)
– CPRI based interface
• Low power consumption 280 W = Lower OPEX
• Compact and Lightweight
– Approximately 19.7 x 7.9 x 7.9 inches
– Approximately 37.4 pounds (w/o mounting kit)
– Operating Range -40 C to +50 C
• Flexibility
– Daisy Chaining to existing RRH
– Modular extension for 4x Rx support

Advantages
Advantages of the Distributed eNodeB Solution
One significant benefit of the Alcatel-Lucent Distributed eNodeB Solution (described in
“About the Distributed eNodeB Solution ” (p. 13-37)) is that service providers can
position the LTE RRH 2x Product Family radios close to the antennas and have the LTE
RRH 2x Product Family radios connect to the base station unit. The intention behind the
Distributed eNodeB Solution is to push the radio as close to the antenna as possible.

Flexibility in radio installation

The radio used in the Distributed eNodeB Solution, the RRH 2x, is a zero footprint,
noise-free module that does not require a cabinet and minimizes the impact on the
environment.
For example, the RRH2x40 can be either floor, pole or wall mounted.

Flexibility in placement
The RRH 2x can be placed at a significant distance away from the 9926 eNodeB BBU.
The RRH2x can be placed remotely, such as on the roof of a building, while the base
band unit part can be placed a significant distance away, such as in the basement of the
building. Thus the distributed architecture of the 9926 DBS allows service providers to
work around space limitations.

Faster and cheaper installations

Installation of the RRH 2x components can be done more quickly and more cheaply than
before.
• Due to its small size and weight, operators can locate the RRH2x40 where RF
engineering deems ideal, trade-offs between available sites and RF optimum sites are
minimized
• The RRH2x40 is a zero footprint solution and a noise-free module: this allows for
simpler negotiation with site landlords and minimize the impact on the environment
and neighborhood. Thus fewer civil works are required.
• There is no need for reinforcing steel frames to support heavy outdoor Macro BTS
cabinet (around 300Kg). RRH2x40 weighs less than 20kg.
• The RRH2x40 is an easy-to-install product: the installation can be done by a single
person; no cranes are needed to hoist the BTS cabinet to the rooftop.
• A site can be in operation in less than one day, a fraction of the time required for a
traditional Macro BTS.

Reduced CAPEX
The LTE RRH 2x Product Family reduces a service provider's CAPEX in the following
ways:
• Where dark fiber is available, Node Bs can be centralized (base band hotels), thus
further reducing the site construction and acquisition cost, normally higher in urban
areas: cost is further decreased by the use of one single fiber (thanks to single-mode
CWDM feature) per remote site (assuming daisy-chain), leading to a dark fiber lease
cost reduction factor of up to 6.
• A digital LTE Module can serve several remote sites and Channel Element pooling
amongst them further reduces equipment costs.

Reduced OPEX
The LTE RRH 2x Product Family reduces a service provider's OPEX in the following
ways:
• Up to 50% reduction in power consumption.
• 20% less site visits: as the Channel Element cards are in the digital LTE Module
cabinet, there is no need to visit the remote site for capacity upgrades.
• The RRH2x40 has a high MTBF and uses natural convection cooling to produce a
zero noise high reliability fan-less solution.

Hardware
Product description
The LTE RRH 2x Product Family products are all self-contained radio modules.

Figure 13-2 Sample RRH

Supports up to four-way Rx diversity

All products in the LTE RRH 2x Product Family also support up to 4-way Rx diversity.
Note: 4-way Rx here means “four receive paths”.

Variable bandwidth support

RRH modules are available to support a variety of frequencies to support both LTE and
non-LTE networks.

Support of both FDD and TDD

What are FDD and TDD?
Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD) are different
multiplexing schemes that can be used to separate the uplink and downlink signals in a
wireless network. Both FDD and TDD can be used with LTE.

Supports FDD and TDD

The LTE RRH 2x Product Family supports both FDD and TDD.

Naming convention
TD-RRHx products support TDD.
FD-RRHx products support FDD.

Differences
TDD radio products differ from FDD radio products because of the underlying technical
differences.
For more information on the differences, consult the documentation listed at the end of
this section, or contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Executive.

Software
Software
RRH2 products are configured, controlled and monitored from the OMC through the
digital LTE Module and optical link. SW and firmware downloading is supported. for
each RRH product.

For further information

To find RRH customer documentation
To access documentation on the 9926 eNodeB BBU, carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/ lte/)
• Choose an LTE release and click on it.
• Click on LTE LEx Manuals and Guides where x stands for the software release
• Click on Documents/Manuals
• Choose a release
• Click on the subsystem that the network element belongs to: for example, IMS or
LTE.
Result: A list of customer documentation appears.
• Go to the box called “Model/Subgroup” and from the drop-down select “9926
eNodeB BBU”.
Result: A list appears of customer documentation for the network element you
selected.
For more information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and
navigating the OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the LTE RRH 2x Product Family For a listing of these
classes, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-
lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search on the keyword “D2U”.

Table 13-5 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent LTE RRH 2x Product Family

Class number Title of class

TMO21020 Alcatel-Lucent LTE Solution Overview
TMO18213 LTE eUTRAN Overview
TMO18214 9400 LTE Radio Principles

9926 eNodeB BBU

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9926 eNodeB BBU as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Part of a Distributed eNodeB Solution

In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the 9926 eNodeB BBU is used as part of
a Distributed eNodeB Solution, which is also described in this section.

Simultaneous LTE and non-LTE on the same radios

This section also discusses the use of the R-OCM module in the 9226 D2U BBU. The
R-OCM module gives a service provider the opportunity to use the same radios for LTE
and non-LTE transmissions simultaneously.

Contents

About the Distributed eNodeB Solution 13-37

About the 9926 eNodeB BBU 13-40
Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU 13-40
Hardware 13-41
Support of both FDD and TDD 13-42
Software 13-43
Support for the R-OCM 13-43
User interface 13-45
Changes to support LTE 13-45
For further information 13-45

About the Distributed eNodeB Solution

Logical, not physical architecture
The LTE reference architecture requirements for the eNodeB are logical, not physical.
Alcatel-Lucent designers have taken advantage of the flexibility of the LTE reference
architecture requirements to provide a distributed solution for an eNodeB. This topic
explains the Alcatel-Lucent Distributed eNodeB Solution.

What is the Distributed eNodeB Solution?

This Distributed eNodeB Solution is an eNodeB in which two major components are
geographically separated. The components can be placed hundreds of feet apart and still
work together as a fully functioning eNodeB.
The Distributed eNodeB Solution is designed to provide operators with the means to
achieve a high quality and maximum capacity coverage with minimum site requirements.

Components
The Distributed eNodeB Solution is comprised of the following:
• Antennas
• 9926 eNodeB BBU, the Base Band Unit (BBU)
• RRH 2x, the radio component

Architecture
The following figure shows the architecture of the Distributed eNodeB Solution.

Figure 13-3 Architecture of the Distributed eNodeB Solution

Linked by optical fibers

The 9926 eNodeB BBU and the RRH 2x radios are linked by optical fibers, carrying
downlink and uplink base band digital signals along with OAM information.

Flexibility in placement
Obviously the Distributed eNodeB Solution offers greater flexibility in placement for an
eNodeB. For example, the radios in the distributed eNodeB Solution can be placed
remotely, such as on the roof of a building, while the base band unit component can be
placed at quite a distance, such as in the basement of the same building. Thus the
distributed architecture of the Distributed eNodeB Solution allows service providers to
work around problems of limited space.

Flexibility in radio installation

The radio used in the distributed eNodeB Solution, the RRH 2x, is a zero footprint,
noise-free module that does not require a cabinet and can be placed at a significant
distance away from the 9926 eNodeB BBU.

Low power consumption

The LTE RRH 2x Product Family used in the Distributed eNodeB Solution has low
power consumption, which helps the service provider work around power constraints.

Shared use of cabinets and RF assets

The 9926 eNodeB BBU is a very compact 2U (88mm) unit and takes up little space. The
9926 eNodeB BBU, along with TRDUs and an MC-TRX RF Module, can be installed in
free space in existing Alcatel-Lucent macro cabinets, compact cabinets, and
multi-standard base station cabinets. Shared use of existing cabinet space allows LTE to
share the same RF assets (radio, amplifier, filter, antennas, power equipment) as CDMA
and maintains the existing CDMA footprint.

Support of PCMD
The Distributed eNodeB Solution, like all Alcatel-Lucent eNodeBs is able to supply Per
Call (or Connection) Measurement Data (PCMD).
Per Call (or Connection) Measurement Data (PCMD) is a set of detailed data collected
on the major events associated with the processing of each connection within a session.
This data is typically collected from the eNodeB and the MME via count mechanisms in
the session/connection management software. The data is forwarded to static store on the
network node, and then ultimately forwarded to a northbound interface, where it can be
analyzed by a service provider postprocessor. In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution, the 9959 NPO performs post-processing on PCMD data.
For further information on the 9959 NPO and PCMD processing, see “9959 NPO”
(p. 19-42).

About the 9926 eNodeB BBU

What is the 9926 eNodeB BBU?
The 9926 D2U (digital 2 Unit) Baseband Unit (BBU) is the part of the 9926 DBS that
includes the eNodeB controller and the baseband processing boards (modems) in a very
compact 2U (88mm) unit. The d2U eNodeB can be installed in free space of existing
Alcatel-Lucent macro cabinets, compact cabinets, and multi-standard base station
cabinets. This method allows LTE to share the same radio frequency (RF) assets (radio,
amplifier, filter, antennas, power equipment) as a non-LTE wireless network and maintain
the existing CDMA footprint.

Role of the 9926 eNodeB BBU

The 9926 eNodeB BBU performs the following functions:
• Sends Tx/Rx signals to and from the radio through CPRI link
• Provides Ethernet interface to the network

Advantages of the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU

Advantages
The benefits of the 9926 eNodeB BBU include the following:
• The 9926 eNodeB BBU is a very compact 2U (88mm) unit that takes up little space
and can be installed in existing cabinets.
• The 9926 eNodeB BBU is easy to install; it is so lightweight that it can be carried by
one person.
• The modem and controller in the 9926 eNodeB BBU are field replaceable.

Hardware
9926 eNodeB BBU hardware
The following figure shows the 9926 eNodeB BBU hardware.

Figure 13-4 9926 eNodeB BBU

The 9926 d2U consists of four types of hardware boards:

• The controller unit, or eCCM-U, controls OA&M management, transport,
external/internal alarm connectivity and external synchronization reference interfaces.
• The modem unit, or eCEM-U, is the main call processing engine performing base
band transmit/receive digital signal processing. A d2U eNodeB supports one to three
CEMs.
• The Rack Back Plane, or RBP, supports all internal links between the CCM and CEM
modules.
• The Rack User Commissioning, or RUC, provides for the commissioning of
nonvolatile memory and fan alarms.
The Transmit / Receive Duplex Units (TRDUs) perform the RF processing for the LTE
base station. A TRDU includes a radio with two transmitters and two receivers, two TX
power amplifiers, and double duplex filter in a single shelf-mounted module.

Figure 13-5 Transmit/Receive Duplex Unit (TRDU)

Compact size
The 9926 eNodeB BBU has a compact design (2U height) and a minimal weight
(<12Kg).

Support of both FDD and TDD

Supports FDD and TDD

The 9926 eNodeB BBU supports both FDD and TDD.

Sub-racks
In LE3.0, some sub-racks in the 9926 eNodeB BBU are individualized to support either
FDD or TDD. The following table lists the details

Table 13-6 9926 eNodeB BBU sub-racks that support FDD vs TDD in LE3.0

In LE3.0, this component supports this multiplexing scheme

d2UV3 FDD
d2UV4 TDD
d2UV5 Both FDD and TDD

Controller
In LE3.0, the eCCM-U supports both FDD and TDD, (but different variants of it).

Modems
In LE3.0, the eCEM support FDD and the bCEM supports both FDD and TDD.

Software
Software-defined load
Software on the 9926 eNodeB BBU defines whether the 9926 eNodeB BBU supports
W-CDMA or LTE.

Support for the R-OCM

What is the R-OCM?
The Reverse Optical Communication Module (R-OCM) is an optional circuit pack that
acts as an interface module to connect the 9926 eNodeB BBU to the existing OneBTS
Digital Shelf. The R-OCM converts the optical Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI)
from the BBU and connects to the OneBTS backplane to facilitate use of OneBTS RF
assets. The R-OCM gets its name because the R-OCM has the inverse functionality of the
existing OneBTS CPRI Module (OCM) available on OneBTS (to support CPRI
connection out to remote radio equipment).

Use with both CDMA and 1xEV-DO

The R-OCM module is used with the 92xx series of base stations that are currently
supporting 3G1X and/or EVDO radio access technologies.

R-OCM connections
Customers who have deployed Alcatel-Lucent systems can add LTE capability to that
system by inserting a Reverse OneBTS CPRI Module (R-OCM) in the OneBTS digital
shelf and cabling the R-OCM to the 9926 eNodeB BBU that is part of the LTE
Distributed eNodeB Solution. The new R-OCM module replaces a slot of a CCU (CDMA
modem) and connects on one side with the LTE 9926 eNodeB BBU through CPRI links,
and on the other side with the CDMA BTS backplane that itself connects to the radio
modules. Thus, the R-OCM provides a cross connection between the LTE eNodeB and
CDMA (3G1x/EV-DO) base stations.

Purpose
The purpose of the R-OCM is to enable Modcell 4.0B and Compact 4.0B base stations to
simultaneously support both CDMA and LTE in the same RF chain in the same base
station.

Benefits
Use of the R-OCM provides the following benefits:
• Simultaneous reuse of radios - After the R-OCM is installed, the same radio can be
used for CDMA and LTE.
• Asset protection - OneBTS RF assets can be used for LTE upgrade instead of
scrapped.
• Smooth transition to LTE - Use of R-OCMs gives CDMA service providers who
currently have the OneBTS platform a smooth transition to simultaneous support for
CDMA and LTE.
• Internal combining - Use of R-OCMs gives the ability to provide internal combining.
Internal combining allows use of same antenna paths without needing external
combiners/duplexers. Use on internal combining eliminates the dB loss on the cables
that is caused by external combiners/duplexers.

Ease of migration to LTE

As mentioned, introduction of the R-OCM allows a smooth migration path to LTE for our
existing 3G1x customers who have the OneBTS platform. When 4G technology is added,
the customer simply adds a R-OCM to an available channel card slot inside the OneBTS
shelf and an LTE BBU, RF assets (including radio, amplifier and filter panel) can be
reused as long as there is sufficient RF power available at the amplifier. If more RF power
or an additional transmit path is required, additional amplifiers can be added in the same
way that a CDMA carrier is added. This migration strategy allows significant asset
protection by reusing the RF assets. Another benefit is that this upgrade strategy requires
a relatively simple installation/upgrade effort.

Unique in the industry

Alcatel-Lucent's R-OCM is unique in the industry. No other competitor offers this
opportunity to use radios for LTE and non-LTE transmissions simultaneously.

User interface
Managed by the 5060 SAM
The 9926 eNodeB BBU is managed by the 5620 SAM.

Changes to support LTE

Software load
To support LTE instead of W-CDMA, a different software load on 9926 eNodeB BBU is
required. Both software loads are loaded on to each 9926 eNodeB BBU and the switching
between loads occurs automatically, as needed.

For further information

To find 9926 eNodeB BBU documentation
To access documentation on the 9926 eNodeB BBU, carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/ lte/)
• Choose an LTE release and click on it.
• Click on LTE LEx Manuals and Guides where x stands for the software release
• Click on Documents/Manuals
• Choose a release
• Click on the subsystem that the network element belongs to: for example, IMS or
LTE.
Result: A list of customer documentation appears.
• Go to the box called “Model/Subgroup” and from the drop-down select “9926 D2U
BBU”.
Result: A list appears of customer documentation for the network element you
selected.
For more information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and
navigating the OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9926 eNodeB BBU. For a listing of these classes, go
to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/
Saba/Web/Main and search on the keyword “D2U”.

Table 13-7 Training on the Alcatel-Lucent 9926 eNodeB BBU

Class number Title of class

TMO21020 Alcatel-Lucent LTE Solution Overview
TMO18213 LTE eUTRAN Overview
TMO18214 9400 LTE Radio Principles

To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:

https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

Overview
Purpose
This chapter covers the following topics:
• how LTE backhaul differs from other types of backhaul
• the impact of LTE on the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
• help that is available with designing and optimizing your LTE transport network
• Sources of further information
• The network elements used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to support
the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

Contents

For further information 14-12

7750 SR 14-14
About the 7750 SR 14-14
How it works 14-15
Advantages 14-15
Hardware 14-17
Software 14-18
Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network 14-18
Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE 14-20
For further information 14-20

About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network used within the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

Segments of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network 14-3

Connectivity models 14-5
Security 14-5
Changes caused by LTE 14-6
Challenges for the customer 14-6
Solution 14-7

Segments of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network

Introduction
The Backhaul Part of the Transport Network can be viewed as a multi-segment
architecture with function and scale dividing the network into three separate segments.
These segments are explained in this topic.

Cell site segment

The cell site segment of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network carries out the
following functions:
• aggregator
• multiservice support (TDM, ATM, IP, ETH over packet)
• Ingress SLA enforcement in upstream, that is, to make sure that the upstream traffic is
in line with the agreed Service Level Agreement (SLA)
• Network Clock delivery to base stations

Aggregation segment
The function of the aggregation segment is to reduce the number of lower speed
interfaces in the MLS front-ending the PGW or the MLS.
The aggregation segment of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network carries out the
following functions:
• aggregation of MBH traffic
• connectivity of the X2 interface (a new interface for LTE)
• Network Clock distribution (plus optimizations to deal with network clock quality and
scalability)
Technologies used in the aggregation segment include the following:
• Fiber
• MW
• SDH leased links
• Access multiplexer
Topologies used in the aggregation segment include the following:
• ptp
• rings
• mesh
Note: The closer you are to the network controllers, the higher the relevance of ring or
mesh networks.

Mobile gateways segment

The function of the switching segment is to connect the Backhaul Part of the Transport
Network with the RAN Controllers such as SGWs and MMEs for LTE.

Connectivity models
Multiple models
On top of physical infrastructure of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network described
in “Segments of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network” (p. 14-3), multiple logical
connectivity models can be supported, including the following:
• Virtual Private Wire Service (VPWS) (TDM, ATM or ETH) containing Layer 2 point
to point service with possibly an optimization to improve scalability
• Multipoint layer 2 with E-LAN or E-Tree for IP or Ethernet base stations
• Multipoint layer 3, with IP only and a mixture of IP and layer 2 multi-point

Security
Security
From a security standpoint, either the underlying delivery network is trusted, or the
packet delivery network must enforce security with special mechanisms. One of the ways
of ensuring that data (user or control) is not corrupted and not tampered with is by the use
of IPsec which uses encryption to tunnel packets securely through the network ensuring
data integrity and privacy.

Changes caused by LTE

Carries more traffic
LTE networks carry significantly more traffic in the backhaul between the UE and the
Core Network than in other non-LTE Radio Access Networks. As fourth generation cell
sites are rolled out in support of Long Term Evolution (LTE) services, and the increase in
mobile data services continues unabated, it is expected that average bandwidth
requirements will increase to tens of Mb/s per site.

Changes
LTE traffic brings the following changes to the network:
• More bandwidth
• Capacity for base station to base station communication (X2 protocol)
• Flex architecture
• IP-only base stations
• Use of IPsec tunnels within the network, for example, to protect data being sent over a
leased network segment
• More QOS classes
• Need for synchronization solution over packet data
• IP traffic only
• Flatter architecture
• Simpler architecture, with a reduced number of network elements

Challenges for the customer

New problems
LTE brings new problems and challenges for service provider backhaul networks. To
successfully implement LTE, a service provider must do the following:
• Reduce and control network costs
• Maintain competitiveness while still meeting end-user demand for new multimedia
services
• Manage increased traffic driven by new broadband services
• Transport traffic efficiently

TDM backhaul too costly

The price of TDM backhaul to cover the greatly increased demands of LTE traffic are
prohibitive.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Challenges for the customer
Transport Network
About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Need to switch to packet-based transmissions
Packet-based technologies offer the only competitive solution. Packet-based technologies
can be used over a variety of currently-existing physical media, without incurring the
expense of purchasing additional TDM backhaul.

Solution
Solution
Alcatel-Lucent's solution for the transport problems faced by service providers migrating
to LTE is the Mobile Backhaul Solution.

What is the Mobile Backhaul Solution?

The Mobile Backhaul Solution is a product offering developed by Alcatel-Lucent that
provides the industry's first and most comprehensive framework for mobile transport
evolution to all-IP.

Completely packet-based
The Mobile Backhaul Solution is made up of completely packet-based technologies that
can be used to increase the capacity of any wireless technology.

Key network elements

Described in the rest of this chapter are two key building blocks for a Mobile Backhaul
Solution:
• 7705 SAR
• 7750 SR
There are, however, many other network elements that are be used to make up a complete
Mobile Backhaul Solution, which are commonly represented in diagrams in this
document by the MT/BT function and the MG/BG function.

MT/BT function
The MSP Termination Device (MT) is a cell site device providing aggregation of base
station (BS) traffic and termination of Mobile Backhaul (MBH) network at the cell site.
The BTP Termination Device (BT) is a cell site device providing backhaul network
termination in a backhaul transport provider application and aggregation of base station
traffic from multiple mobile operators at the cell site.

For further information

For more about the Mobile Backhaul Solution, its network elements, and documentation
and training for the Mobile Backhaul Solution, see Appendix B, “Mobile Backhaul
Solution”.

7705 SAR

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 7705 SAR as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 7705 SAR 14-9

How it works 14-10
Hardware 14-10
Software 14-12
User Interfaces 14-12
For further information 14-12

About the 7705 SAR

What is the 7705 SAR?
As used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the Alcatel-Lucent 7705 Service
Aggregation Router (SAR) is a cell site edge aggregation platform providing Ethernet
Backhaul transport for the eNodeB.

What is Ethernet Backhaul?

Ethernet Backhaul (EBH) is a solution that allows both LTE and CDMA applications to
be transported using Internet Protocol (IP) over Ethernet facilities.

How it works
What does the 7705 SAR do?
The primary function of the 7705 SAR is to aggregate LTE and CDMA 1x and EVDO
traffic from macro cell sites and provide backhaul transport of this traffic to the Mobile
Switching Office (MSO). At the MSO the traffic is typically terminated at the IP/MPLS
layers on the 7750 SR.

Provides for routing

In an LTE network, the 7705 SAR provides a demarcation point between the eNodeB and
the User-to-Network Interface (UNI) of the Ethernet Access Transport Network (EATN).
(The UNI is the EATN interface facing toward the cell site. UNI stands for User-Network
Interface.)
In combination with the 7750 SR that functions as an MLS, the 7705 SAR provides for
routing between the eNodeB and the various LTE and OAM&P elements.

Hardware
Hardware description
Industry-leading scalability and density is provided in the 7705 SAR-8, a two rack unit (2
RU) version of the 7705 SAR that supports up to 96 T1/E1 Any Service, Any Port
(ASAP) ports. The platform can be optionally configured with a redundant control and
switch module and uplinks. The Alcatel-Lucent 7705 SAR-8 has eight slots; two are
allocated for control and switch modules (CSMs), with the remaining six being available
for user traffic adapter cards.

Figure 14-1 SAR-8 hardware

Fixed configuration version

The 7705 SAR-F is a fixed configuration version of the Service Aggregation Router. The
7705 SAR-F is packaged in a one rack unit (1 RU) high form factor that supports up to 16
T1/E1 any service any port (ASAP) ports. The ASAP ports can be configured to support
ATM, inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA), TDM and MLPPP. Six 10/100 Base-T
auto-sensing Ethernet ports are provided, plus two further ports supporting 10/100/1000
Base TX with small form factor pluggable optics (SFPs).

Software
Software description
The Alcatel-Lucent 7705 SAR owes much of its development heritage to the
Alcatel-Lucent Service Router (SR) product line. Sharing much of the market-leading
Service Router Operating System (SR OS) feature set, the Alcatel-Lucent 7705 SAR
brings a powerful, service-oriented capability to the RAN.

User Interfaces
5620 SAM
The Alcatel-Lucent 7705 SAR greatly augments the IP/MPLS RAN transport solution
with end-to-end LTE IP service management under the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM. The
Alcatel-Lucent 7705 SAR has a full set of operations, administration and maintenance
(OAM) features. These features, when under the control of the Alcatel-Lucent 5620
management portfolio, ensure rapid fault detection as well as efficient backhaul
troubleshooting.

For further information

For more information
For more information on the 7705 SAR, see the following documents and class.

Document Number Document Title

3HE 04954 AAAA TQZZA 7705 SAR Basic System Configuration Guide
3HE 04956 AAAA TQZZA 7705 SAR Interface Configuration Guide
3HE 04958 AAAA TQZZA 7705 SAR MPLS Guide
3HE 05128 AAAA TQZZA 7705 SAR OAM and Diagnostics Guide
3HE 04960 AAAB TQZZA Quality of Service Guide
3HE 04957 AAAA TQZZA Router Configuration Guide
3HE 04961 AAAA TQZZA Routing Protocols Guide
3HE 04959 AAAA TQZZA Services Guide
3HE 04955 AAAA TQZZA System Management Guide
3HE 04949 AAAA TQZZA SAR-8 Chassis Installation Guide

Table 14-1 Training on the 7705 SAR

Class number Title of class

TMO18213 eUTRAN Solution Description

To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:

https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

7750 SR

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 7750 Service Router (SR) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 7750 SR 14-14

How it works 14-15
Advantages 14-15
Hardware 14-17
Software 14-18
Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network 14-18
Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE 14-20
For further information 14-20

About the 7750 SR

What is the 7750 SR?
The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) product family is a suite of multiservice
edge routers designed to deliver high-performance, high availability routing with
service-aware operations, administration, management, and provisioning. The 7750 SR
also serves as a host for other key LTE network elements.

How it works
Role of the 7750 SR
The main function of the 7750 SR router is to provide combined IP/MPLS service-aware
aggregation in the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network and between MSOs within the
Core Network and other parts of the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network.

Provides converged network infrastructure

The 7750 SR integrates the scalability, resiliency, and predictability of MPLS along with
the bandwidth and economics of Ethernet and a broad selection of legacy interfaces to
enable a converged network infrastructure for the delivery of next-generation services.

Multiple deployment options

The 7750 SR has an advanced and comprehensive feature set that enables the 7750 SR to
be deployed as an aggregation router in mobile backhaul applications, or as a mobile
gateway (MGW) for wireless networks. The 7750 SR can also be used as a Broadband
Network Gateway (BNG) for residential services, as a Multiservice Edge for Carrier
Ethernet and IP VPN business services. With support for service enabled high density
10GigE and 100GigE interfaces, the 7750 SR is also well suited for core routing
applications. Available in five chassis variants, the 7750 SR scales from 40 Gb/s to 2 Tb/s
of capacity, providing cost-effective solutions to address the smallest to the largest
network locations.

Advantages
Benefits
The 7750 SR offers the service provider the following benefits:
• High-bandwidth, high- performance user plane processing
The 7750 SR has a unique product architecture with inhouse advanced packet
processing technology (FP2) . The 7750 SR has a wireline performance of up to 25
Gbps bidirectional (per slot). With advanced packet processing turned on (for
example, security and deep packet inspection [DPI]), the performance is up to 10
Gbps.
• Fully redundant hardware and software with advanced high reliability features
The 7750 SR has availability levels of 99.9999%, which are needed to achieve or
improve QoE for voice and data customers.
• Increased revenues with innovative, differentiated services

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 14-15
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Backhaul Part of the Advantages
Transport Network
7750 SR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Support for advanced networking services allows service providers to capitalize on
information embedded in the network to provide subscriber-centric Internet and
connectivity services. Subscriber, service, and application awareness can be used to
provide differential QoS treatment of higher-value traffic streams and manage the
online experience.
• Service Awareness
The advanced gateway product architecture of the 7750 allows wirespeed
performance with high-scale, dynamic in-band processing of L4-L7 traffic in millions
of IP flows The 7750 SR also has application awareness of connections, traffic flows
and their mapping to network services. This awareness is essential for introducing
new service models and is fully aligned with wireless broadband service
requirements. Service awareness is also important for advanced packet processing
such as DPI.
• Reduced operational expense
By combining wireline and wireless services on a 7750 SR-based converged provider
edge, network operations are simplified because all services run over a platform with
consistent feature set, operational model, and management, while supporting the
service scalability required to combine services. As legacy services are migrated to
the new converged service network, the legacy networks that carried the service can
be decommissioned, further simplifying overall network operations and expenditure.
In addition, the 7750 SR has numerous features for automated provisioning of
subscribers. Services, based on service templates and interacting with other
operational systems for authentication and authorization, continually evolve in step
with customer requirements providing an unprecedented level of investment
protection.
• Investment protection
From its introduction, the 7750 SR family has evolved with customer feature and
scaling requirements. The 7750 SR sophisticated and flexible hardware has a track
record of allowing new features and enhancements to be introduced “in-place” in
software, rather than through a rapid series of ever-changing hardware iterations. The
award-winning FP2 network processing silicon ensures 7750 SR platform capacity
and service scale can continually evolve in step with customer requirements providing
an unprecedented level of investment protection.
• Environmentally friendly
Pioneering advances in power efficiency are incorporated into each member of the
Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR family, reducing the expense of both powering and cooling
when comparing products with less advanced silicon technology. Combined with
environmentally sensitive manufacturing processes, careful materials selection, and a
view to sustainable product life cycle management, the 7750 SR family assists service
providers in reducing their environmental impact.

Hardware
Diagram
The following diagram shows the basic hardware of the 7750 SR as used in the LTE
Network.

Software
Own software release
The 7750 gateway release is delivered on its own software release, in addition to the
standard 7750 SR-OS release.

For further information

For further information on the software on the 7750 SR-12, see the documentation and
classes listed at the end of this section.

Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network

Aggregation
Typically located in a hub or mobile switching office (MSO), the 7750 SR is the
multiservice edge aggregation router within the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network
that terminates all of the Ethernet IP/MPLS traffic coming from the eNodeBs and routes it
to the Evolved Packet Core. This same 7750 SR can perform the aggregation routing and
multi-layer switching functions within a CDMA Backhaul Network and forward this
traffic to the appropriate CDMA 1X voice or EVDO network. The 7750 SR is able to
provide this service differentiation of both LTE and CDMA traffic using its advanced
IP/MPLS and QoS capabilities. The 7750 SR is also a high-performance, scalable,
service-aware core router with 2 Terabits capacity and high-density FE/GE, 10GE and
100GE interfaces.

Example
The following figure shows how the 7750 SR is used in a sample LTE and CDMA
Network. This network uses T1 and Ethernet Backhaul.

Figure 14-2 Use of the 7750 SR in LTE Network

Host for key network elements

The 7750 SR is used as host for several LTE core network elements, including the 7750
PGW/7750 GGSN and 7750 SGW. The 7750 SR is also used in the Backhaul Part of the
Transport Network portion of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution. For further
information about uses of the 7750 SR in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution,
see the following topics:
• “7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)” (p. 15-18)
• “7750 SR (SGW)” (p. 15-30)
• “About the Backhaul Part of the Transport Network” (p. 14-3)

Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE

For supporting Mobile Backhaul
There are no specific changes to the 7750 SR hardware to support the LTE Backhaul Part
of the Transport Network. However, software updates and configuration changes to the
existing 7750 SR supporting the 2G/3G Backhaul Network provide additional features
and network capabilities.

For hosting Core Network Elements

The 7750 SR becomes a Mobile Gateway in the LTE Core Network with the addition of
the Mobile Gateway-Integrated Service Module (MG-ISM) and the SR-OS-MG software.
The 7750 SR becomes either a Serving Gateway (SGW) or a combined Packet Date
Network/Gateway GPRS Support Node (PGW/GGSN). The MG-ISM used for all these
functions is identical. The SR-OS-MG software and licensing determine if the 7750 SR
functions as either an SGW or a combined PGW/GGSN.
Note that the 7750 SR can also host a stand-alone PGW or stand-alone GGSN if
necessary.

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR when the 7750 SR is used as an
aggregation router/Ethernet Switch, see the following table:

Table 14-2 Documentation on the 7750 SR

Document Title Number

750 SR OS Routing Protocols Guide 8.0r5 793-0074-07-03
7750 SR OS Services Guide 8.0R5 93-0076-07-03
7750 SR OS System Management Guide 8.0r5 93-0071-06-02
7750 SR-Series OS multiservice Integrated 93-0262-01-01
Services Adapter Guide
7x50 MDA-XP Installation Guide 93-0218-02-04
7750 Advanced Configuration Guide 93-0267-01-01
Alcatel-Lucent 7x50 10 Gigabit Ethernet 93-0253-01-02
Tunable DWDM MDA Installation Guide

Document Title Number

Alcatel-Lucent 7x50 High Scale (HS) MDA 93-0235-02-02
Installation Guide
Alcatel-Lucent 7x50 High Scale (HS) MDA 93-0235-02-03
Installation Guide
Alcatel-Lucent 7x50 MDA-XP Installation 93-0218-02-02
Guide
Alcatel-Lucent 7x50 MDA-XP Installation 93-0218-02-03
Guide
Alcatel-Lucent SR-Series Channelized 93-0186-02-02
OC3/OC12/STM-1 Circuit Emulation Services
(CES) CMA/MDA Installation Guide
Alcatel-Lucent SR-Series Channelized 93-0186-02-01
OC3/STM-1 Circuit Emulations Services
(CES) CMA/MDA Installation Guide
OS multiservice Integrated Services Adapter 93-0262-01-03
Guide 8.0R5

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 7750 SR. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “7750 SR”.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent network elements used in the Core Network in
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Not included in this document

The Core Network in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution contains 2nd and 3rd
generation and LTE network elements.

What is the Core Network?

The Core Network (also called Network Core) is the central part of a wireless network
that provides services to the customers who are connected by the access network. One of
the main functions of the Core Network is to route calls across the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN). A Core Network is usually made up of high capacity
communication facilities that connect primary nodes.

Can contain NEs from different wireless networks

The Core Network in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution can contain second
generation (2G), third-generation (3G) and LTE network elements. Network Elements
from 2G and 3G wireless networks are used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution when the Alcatel-Lucent LTE Network at a service provider location is
integrated with other non-LTE service provider wireless networks.

Contents

5780 DSC 15-4

About the 5780 DSC 15-4
How it works 15-5

Advantages 15-6
Benefits 15-6
Hardware 15-7
Software 15-10
Connections to the network 15-11
User interfaces 15-12
For further information 15-12
7500 SGSN 15-13
About the 7500 SGSN 15-13
Changes in the 7500 SGSN to support LTE 15-16
For further information 15-16
7750 SR (PGW/GGSN) 15-18
About the 7750 SR PGW and GGSN functions 15-19
How the functions work 15-20
Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE 15-21
Advantages 15-22
Hardware 15-23
Software 15-27
Connections to the network 15-28
User interfaces 15-28
For further information 15-29
7750 SR (SGW) 15-30
About the 7750 SR (SGW) 15-30
How it works 15-31
Advantages 15-31
Hardware 15-32
Software 15-36
Connections to the network 15-37
User interfaces 15-39
For further information 15-39
9380 3G MSC 15-41
About the 9380 3G MSC 15-41
User interface 15-46
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Overview

For further information 15-46

9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) 15-47
About the 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) 15-47
Advantages 15-48
Hardware 15-49
Software 15-52
Connections to the network 15-52
User interfaces 15-53
For further information 15-54
9471 Wireless Mobility Manager 15-55
About the 9471 WMM 15-55
How it works 15-56
Advantages of the 9471 WMM 15-56
Hardware 15-56
Connections to other network elements 15-57
User interfaces 15-58
Changes in the 9471 WMM to support LTE 15-58
For further information 15-58
HSGW 15-59
About the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) 15-59
Hardware 15-60
Software 15-60
Connections to other network elements 15-60
User interfaces 15-61
For further information 15-61

5780 DSC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5780 Dynamic Services Controller (DSC) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 5780 DSC 15-4

How it works 15-5
Advantages 15-6
Benefits 15-6
Hardware 15-7
Software 15-10
Connections to the network 15-11
User interfaces 15-12
For further information 15-12

About the 5780 DSC

What is the 5780 DSC?
The Alcatel-Lucent 5780 Dynamic Services Controller (DSC) is a carrier-grade platform
that provides the Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) for 3G packet core and 4G
evolved packet core networks according to the 3GPP Release 7, 8 and 9 specifications.
Thus the 5780 DSC is the network element that provides centralized policy control in
both the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution and in the Alcatel-Lucent 3G1x
Ultimate Wireless Packet Core (UWPC).

What is policy control?

Policy control is the process whereby service providers dynamically instantiate business
rules into their network. Such rules include access to resources, kinds of services, Quality
of Service (QoS), charging, and amount of usage. The rules can be widespread or tailored
to an individual user. Policy controls can also be used to utilize network resources more
effectively.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network About the 5780 DSC
5780 DSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
What is the Subscriber Profile Repository (SPR)?
The Subscriber Profile Repository (SPR) is a database that stores subscriber profiles,
including all the details required for determining the appropriate QoS for a session.

Purpose of the 5780 DSC

The 5780 DSC allows service providers to manage and control network behavior based
on their business rules, application requirements, network status, and subscriber
entitlement and preferences. After these decisions are implemented, the decisions are
instantiated and enforced in the network as a set of network policies.

RADIUS support
In addition the 5780 DSC offers the ability to provide RADIUS support in an existing
AAA environment and acts as a converged policy manager operating in both a wireless
and wireline environment.

3GPP-compliant
The 5780 DSC implements the Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) function as
defined in the 3GPP standard, in Technical Specification 23.203.

Need for the 5780 DSC

Faced with rapidly increasing mobile data traffic and growing subscriber expectations,
mobile service providers are looking for ways to grow revenue and profitability while
enhancing the subscriber experience. The Alcatel-Lucent 5780 Dynamic Services
Controller (DSC) enables service providers to monetize and optimize network resources
while offering personalized choice for the subscriber in both a 3G and 4G environment.

How it works
Role of the 5780 DSC
The 5780 DSC is the decision-making engine that allows the authorization of network
resources based on application requests and network conditions. Network resource
authorization consists of gating packets from a specific service data flow (SDF) as per
application request, QoS control for specific SDFs, and flow-based per SDF charging.

What does the 5780 DSC do?

The Alcatel-Lucent 5780 Dynamic Service Controller (DSC) ensures adherence to
predefined QoS in both the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution and in the
Alcatel-Lucent 3G1x Ultimate Wireless Packet Core (UWPC) via network-wide

Operates throughout the life cycle of the call

The 5780 DSC operates throughout the life cycle of the user interaction with the network.
For example, the 5780 DSC is used during initial User Equipment (UE) attachment, and
during the establishment of additional resources to support the establishment of an
application session.

Advantages
Advantages of the 5780 DSC
Key advantages of the 5780 DSC include the following:
• The 5780 DSC is a purpose-built, flexible platform that provides scalable
performance against a wide range of complicated use cases.
• The 5780 DSC has a carrier-grade, NEBS-certified platform.
• ALU has a long history in policy management, stemming from being a leader in
TPSDA and having over 25 customers worldwide for wireline policy management.
• Flexible rules engine allowing operators to easily update and modify policies.
• A platform that is, in general, easy to install and get up and running.

Benefits
Benefits to the service provider
Benefits of the 5780 DSC to the service provider include the following:
• Provides the tools to allow operators to personalize their service offerings with scale
and velocity to attract new subscribers while more efficiently monetizing each bit
delivered
• Provides concurrent support for wireline access models, thus providing massive
operational benefits while future-proofing the operator’s network
• Supports Alcatel-Lucent Application Assurance (AA) functionality in legacy PPPoE
BRAS environments and allows easy migration to 7750 Service Router (SR)-based
subscriber management with minimal additional investment
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Benefits
5780 DSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Empowers mobile operators to monetize their network assets and build new business
models, allowing them to enter into the value chain with ACP partners
• Leverages Wireless Network Intelligence to dynamically protect subscriber QoE
while maintaining the integrity of the network
• Experience to integrate seamlessly into existing OSS environments with flexible
ability to access subscriber records distributed across multiple sources (horizontal) or
ability to stitch together subscriber records across multiple rows (vertical)
• Provides seamless charging flexibility with support for pre-paid/post-paid models
while providing application-specific treatment such as zero rating for some traffic
flows
• Provides support for a complete IMS solution
• With Gx session correlation, allows operators to seamlessly leverage the L7 packet
inspection techniques offered by a DPI enforcement point with existing bearer-plane
enforcement points to further enhance the breadth of policy-controlled in-line data
plane capabilities
• Demonstrates capability to interoperate with a leading DPI vendor through the Gx
interface
• Provides exceptional reliability, scalability and performance to support a vast number
of subscribers, services and applications
• Provides flexible hardware deployment options
• Provides easy, simple-to-understand and simple-to-build pricing models that scale
with wireless and wireline sessions

Hardware
Hardware description
The Alcatel-Lucent 5780 DSC is built on the NEBS certified, carrier-grade
Alcatel-Lucent ATCA 14-slot blade server platform.
The 5780 DSC uses a common ATCA v2 shelf that is used for several Alcatel-Lucent
products including the 5780 DSC, the 8650 SDM HSS, the 9471 MME, and IMS
platforms enhancing operational support and sparing.
The 5780 DSC platform is carrier grade, NEBS certified, and compliant with the ATCA
standard (PICMG 3.0 and PICMG 3.1 standards). The 5780 DSC is an Integrated
solution, encompassing housing, switching, computing/IO blades and storage in one
cabinet.
The 5780 DSC platform employs 1+1 hot-redundancy on all cards with no single point of
failure.

Figure 15-1 5780 DSC

Figure 15-2 Hardware configuration of the 5780 DSC

Blades
The Alcatel-Lucent 5780 DSC uses two main processing blades: the Common Services
blade and the PCRF Services blade.
The Common Services blade is configured in a 1+1 pair for redundancy, and a single pair
is required per ATCA shelf.
The PCRF Services blade is configured in 1+1 pair for redundancy and up to five pairs
can be deployed in a single ATCA shelf.

Software
Software on the Common Services blade
The main software on the Common Services blade is the OAM Service Module. The
OAM Service Module provides a centralized interface with the PCRF instance using the
web-based GUI console or the northbound interface for integration with the OSS/BSS and
the 5620 SAM management capabilities. The OAM Service Module is the single point of
contact to administer and distribute the policy rules to the PCRF services, load-balance
requests to the PCRF Services blades, and to report the overall system status and
management.

DPA
The main software in the Common Services module is called the DPA Service Module.
The DPA Service Module provides the interface with the external entities (that is, SGW,
PGW, SPR, and the PCRF processing modules), and dispatches and performs load
balancing on requests among the external entities.

Software on the PCRF Services blade

The main software on the PCRF Services blade is the PCRF Services Blades Module. The
core function of the PCRF Services Blades Module is the policy decision engine that
maintains service data flow states, creates application session bindings, and provides
event forwarding.

Software on the Switching Hub blades

The Switching Hub Blades provide internal communication between processing blades.
The switching hub blades are housed in the middle two slots in the chassis and are
configured in a 1+1 redundancy pair.

Connections to the network

Connections to other network elements
The following figure show the network connections of the 5780 DSC.

Figure 15-3 5780 DSC logical design and connections to other network elements

Note: The SPR is shown twice in the diagram, because the 5780 DSC can handle the
SPR in two ways. The 5780 DSC can interact with an external SPR, as shown at
number 1 in the figure. Or the 5780 DSC can host the SPR internally, as shown in
number 2 in the figure. In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 5780
DSC supports both internal and external (on the SDM) SPR.

User interfaces
User interfaces
The 5780 DSC is supported by the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager (5620
SAM).
The 5780 DSC provides a web-based GUI to configure PCRF rules to meet network
requirements.

For further information

For online information
For online information about the 5780 DSC, see the Alcatel-Lucent customer product
page for this document: www.alcatel-lucent.com/5780dsc.

Data sheet
See especially the data sheet at the following link:
&& (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/wps/portal/!ut/p/kcxml/04_
Sj9SPykssy0xPLMnMz0vM0Y_QjzKLd4w3dnTRL8h2VAQADYR9IA!!?LMSG_
CABINET=Solution_Product_Catalog&ampLMSG_CONTENT_FILE=Products/
Product_Detail_001131.xml#tabAnchor4)

7500 SGSN

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 7500 SGSN as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 7500 SGSN 15-13

Changes in the 7500 SGSN to support LTE 15-16
For further information 15-16

About the 7500 SGSN

What is the 7500 SGSN?
The Alcatel-Lucent 7500 Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) is the network element
used in an Alcatel-Lucent end-to-end GPRS/W-CDMA packet core network to provide
the mobility and IP packet management functions for mobile broadband end-users. Built
upon a scalable, high-performance industry standard platform, the 7500 SGSN provides
the flexibility to support GPRS/EDGE, HSPA/HSPA+ or combined services all from a
single rack.

Alternate: 9471 WMM

The 9471 Wireless Mobility Manager (WMM) network element can also be used as an
SGSN. For more about the 9471 WMM, see “9471 Wireless Mobility Manager”
(p. 15-55).

Role of the 7500 SGSN

The Alcatel-Lucent 7500 SGSN is a powerful, versatile, all-IP, 2G/3G SGSN that
supervises the mobility events in a Packet Core and provides the following functions:
• Mobility management
• Session management
• Packet relaying, transfer and routing of user packets
• Legacy 2G/3G and IP Radio Access interfaces
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-13
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network About the 7500 SGSN
7500 SGSN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Security and access control
• Management of subscription data
• Packet Core Operations and Maintenance

Advantages of the 7500 SGSN

The Alcatel-Lucent 7500 SGSN is essential for delivering the bandwidth and mobility
management needed to deliver EDGE/HSPA mobile broadband services both in packet
core network renovations and expansions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7500 SGSN is a key component of Alcatel-Lucent 3GPP mobile packet
core and the Wireless Broadband Network.
The Alcatel-Lucent 7500 SGSN provides:
• High capacity and scalability - all in a compact cabinet. Based on industry standard
ATCA design providing state of the art architecture and capacity.
• Platform homogeneity:
Thanks to a common ATCA platform, the 7500 SGSN provides the same look and feel
as the other Alcatel-Lucent mobile core elements.
• Configuration Flexibility:
2G and 3G capabilities in one product allowing smooth evolution from 2G or 3G to
combined 2G/3G operation.
• Interface Variety:
Legacy ATM , Frame Relay, SS7 interfaces, and all-IP interfaces are supported
simultaneously for a smooth network evolution.
• Reliability:
Full redundancy ensuring service continuity with geo-redundancy, load-sharing and
security mechanisms.
• Cost optimization:
Supports mobile operators IP network transformation, reducing capacity expansion
costs and sharing of radio access network infrastructure with other service providers,
and delivery of multimedia services (mobile TV, radio) over existing network
infrastructure.
• Easy and fast integration:
Multivendor-tested for seamless integration into any 2G/3G radio and core network
environment.
• Supported by the industry’s leading all-IP network and service aware management
portfolio.

Hardware
The following figure shows a 7500 SGSN.

Figure 15-4 7500 SGSN

Use of the 7500 SGSN in LTE Network

The 7500 SGSN is a key network element in the interworking and handover procedures
between an existing GSM/W-CDMA network and an LTE network.
In this role, the 7500 SGSN supports Inter Radio Access Technology (IRAT) handovers
between 2G GERAN or 3G UTRAN and LTE eUTRAN, including:
• User (data) plane traffic forwarding between BSC or RNC and LTE SGW
• Control plane traffic between BSC or RNC and LTE MME
• Roaming between Home and Visited networks
• Charging and billing statistics collection

Changes in the 7500 SGSN to support LTE

No changes
No changes are required on the 7500 SGSN to support LTE interworking because the LTE
EPC provides the 3GPP pre-release 8 Gn/Gp control and user interfaces.

For further information

For information
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 7500 SGSN go to the following site:
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/wps/portal/Products)

For documentation
For documentation on the 7500 SGSN go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) web site (https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/).
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Table 15-1 Documentation for the 7500 SGSN

Document Title Document Number

Access Control Management 3CM59857FECFPCZZA
Access Control Management 3CM59857FGAAPCZZA
AAlarm Management 3CM59853FECEPCZZA

Document Title Document Number

ABatch Management 3CM76912FECEPCZZA
ALog Management 3CM61979FECFPCZZA
APerformance Management 3CM 40555 EDCD PCZZA
APSCN Security Management 3BL40709ECAAPCZZA
ASGSN Alarms Dictionary 3BL28368ECAARKZZA
ASGSN Application Management 3BL40706ECAAPCZZA
ASGSN Configuration Guide 3BL40706FAAAPCZZA
ASGSN Hardware Management 3BL65028ECAAPCZZA
ASGSN HW Management Guide 3BL65028FAAAPCZZA
ASGSN Maintenance Guide 3BL65033FAAAPCZZA
ASGSN Observation Counters Dictionary 3BL40723EDAARKZZA
ASGSN Observation Counters dictionary 3BL40723HABADTZZA
ASGSN Parameters dictionary 3BL40724GABADTZZA
ASignaling Management 3CM77602EDCBPCZZA

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 7500 SGSN. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “7500 SGSN”.

7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)

Overview
Purpose
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router
(SR) is used to perform the LTE Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN gateway or PGW)
function and the Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN) functions. This configuration is
described in this section.

Special case
Note: For LE3.0, the eHRPD IW was validated using a 3rd Party PGW.

Contents

About the 7750 SR PGW and GGSN functions 15-19

How the functions work 15-20
Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE 15-21
Advantages 15-22
Hardware 15-23
Software 15-27
Connections to the network 15-28
User interfaces 15-28
For further information 15-29

About the 7750 SR PGW and GGSN functions

Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent delivers mobile gateway functionality via the industry-leading, all-IP
service-aware platform, the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router. With the addition of a
Mobile Gateway Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM), the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service
Router extends its broad applicability to the mobile environment, supporting the
following applications:
• Evolved Packet Core (EPC) gateways:
– Serving Gateway (SGW)
– Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW)
• GPRS Gateway Support Node (GGSN) applications
The 7750 SR is used in the role of PDN Gateway (PGW) in LTE environments, and in the
role of the GGSN in GPRS/WCDMA environments (that is, a gateway in
2G/2.5G/3G/2.5G/3G/3G+). A single 7750 SR system can be configured to perform the
roles of PGW and GGSN simultaneously.

What is the 7750 SR (PGW)?

The 7750 SR (Packet Data Network [PDN] Gateway) is the IP-anchor core element, in
charge of management of IP address domains in LTE, that connects to external data
networks and provides connectivity between UEs and between a UE and external IP
domains.

What is the 7750 SR (GGSN)?

The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR (Gateway GPRS Support Node [GGSN]) is the
GPRS/WCDMA mobile core gateway that provides connectivity with external networks
by defining and managing access to Access Point Names (APNs). APNs are IP addresses
of external Packet Data Networks (PDNs).

How the functions work

What does the 7750 SR (PGW) do?
Like the 7750 SR (SGW), the 7750 SR (PGW) is the termination point of the packet data
interface towards external Packet Data Networks. As an IP anchor point for subscriber
bearers within the LTE network, the PGW carries out the following functions:
• Provides the UE with an IP address (IPv4, IPv6 or both)
• Facilitates flow based charging under control of the PCRF, such as the following:
– Providing Uplink and Downlink service level charging (for example, based on
Service Data Flows (SDFs) defined by the PCRF
– Serving as enforcement point for policy decisions coming from the PCRF
• Connects user to PDNs (packet data networks, or external IP networks)
• Serves as the cross-technology mobility anchor by supporting mobility between 3GPP
access and non-3GPP access, and between different non-3GPP accesses
• Provides per-user based packet filtering
• Provides additional traffic inspection and processing in order to achieve better control
of network resources and better performance of network applications. This
functionality, L4-L7 packet inspection and processing, is called Application
Assurance and is performed “inline”, on the 7750 SR.

Characteristics of the 7750 SR (GGSN)

The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR (GGSN) has the following characteristics:
• Highly scalable in terms of sessions, PDP contexts and throughput
• Facilitates content-based charging: by application (that is, different pricing for MMS,
e-mail, WAP access) and combined bearer-level and application-level charging (that
is, by time, volume and service value with different pricing for on-portal, off-portal,
roaming, GPRS, WLAN)
• Fully supports prepaid solution: standards-based real-time date prepaid solution by
supporting a variety of the protocols that are used to contact billing and mediation
device systems including Radius and Diameter
• Flexible management of Access Point Names: APN aliasing concept and single APN
facility on Gn & APN differentiation

Changes in the 7750 SR to support LTE

No change needed when used for LTE
The 7750 SR supports LTE gateway functionality (PGW and SGW) on the same platform
as which the 7750 SR supports the GGSN functionality. When introduced as the LTE
PGW, the 7750 SR allows converged gateway capabilities and extending its role to
perform the GGSN functionality for GPRS/WCDMA. The 7750 SR can also act as a
common IP anchor for LTE and previous generations of 3GPP (WCDMA, HSPA, and
HSPA+, for example). As such, the 7750 SR facilitates seamless interconnectivity of LTE
with previous generations of 3GPP networks and facilitates handover between these
networks.
The 7750 SR performs the functions of the PGW or GGSN (or a combined functionality
of PGW and GGSN). There are no changes required to the product.

Mobile Gateway Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM)

No additional hardware is required to support LTE. Additional hardware in the form of
the Mobile Gateway Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM) is needed for higher mobile
gateway capacity and scalability of data connections.

Advantages
Purpose
This topic describes the advantages of the 7750 SR that provides both the LTE PGW and
GPRS/WCDMA GGSN functionality.

Benefits of the 7750 SR

The Serving Gateway functionality is implemented on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR. The
key advantage to use of the 7750 SR is the ability to use the same high-performance,
highly scalable platform to perform a number of functions in the LTE network, including
the Serving Gateway function. Other benefits include the following:
• Wireline performance of up to 25 Gb/s bidirectional (per slot). With advanced packet
processing turned on (security, DPI), the performance is up to 10 Gbps.
• Availability levels of above 99.999%, providing the availability that service providers
need to achieve or improve QoE goals for voice and data customers
• Minimize service and business risks when introducing LTE
• Ability to grow subscriber base and services for years to come without having to
physically replace the equipment
• Application awareness of connections, traffic flows and the mapping of connections
and traffic flows to network services. This awareness is essential for introducing new
service models and is fully aligned with wireless broadband service requirements. The
awareness is also important for advanced packet processing (DPI).
• Ability to enforce end-to-end QoS with per-service/application, per-user granularity
and increase the overall Quality of Experience (QoE) for wireless broadband services
• High performance, high capacity user plane processing for 2G/2.5G/3G/3G+ and
LTE.
• Field-proven as fixed edge/core with high availability and with nonstop services
• Full redundancy of critical user plane functions (routing and forwarding). The
distributed and isolated mobile gateway functionality allows independent scaling of
control plane for mobility-based functions and L3 routing functions.
• Full set of IPv4/IPv6 routing capabilities to tie directly to IP aggregation and
backbone
• Integrated and virtualized L2 and L3 services to manage mobile network overlays
• The functionality is added to a proven platform, that has more than 48,000 units
deployed in more than 350 customer networks.

Hardware
Hardware description
To perform PGW and GGSN functionality, the 7750 SR-7 and the 7750 SR-12 platforms
can be used. The following section shows examples of the mobile gateway functionality
based on the 7750 SR-12.

Figure 15-5 7750 SR hardware

About the MG-ISM

A single blade - the Mobile Gateway-Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM) - is added in
one of the 10 available slots of the 7750 SR to allow the Mobile Gateway functionality.
The MG-ISM is a full-height, hot-swappable module that fits into any of the Input/Output
(I/O) slots of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router to provide the SGW or PGW
functionality for LTE or the GGSN functionality for 2G/3G. User plane (LTE bearers or
Packet Data Protocol [PDP] contexts) traffic is directed to the module via the router’s
backplane and switching fabric, thus eliminating the need for directly supporting external
connections by the module and maximizing its packet processing performance. The
MG-ISM ensures service continuity at the user/data plane for Service Data Flows (SDFs)
— which are carried over virtual containers — bearers and PDP contexts. The MG-ISM
supports flow detection and communicates with the PCRF. As instructed by the PCRF, the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Hardware
7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MG-ISM performs the Policy Charging Enforcement Function (PCEF). The MG-ISM
also facilitates flow-based charging through interfaces toward offline and online billing
and charging systems.

Sub-elements of the MG-ISM

The MG-ISM comes as factory-installed and is preconfigured. The MG-ISM is composed
of the following sub-elements:
• 1 Input/Output Module 3-XP (IOM3-XP). The Input Output Module (IOM)3-XP
contains bays for two ISAs and makes the routing decisions and performs QoS
enforcement. The IOM3-XP also communicates with the CPM for management
purposes via the 7750 SR’s backplane.
• 2 Integrated Service Adapters (ISAs). Each Integrated Services Adapter (ISA)
provides the key functionality and performs identification of applications to enable
dynamic per-user, per-application, per-IP flow QoS policy control.

Figure 15-6 MG-ISM configuration

Software
Determines function
The SR-OS-MG software and licensing determine if the MG-ISM performs as a PGW, as
a Serving Gateway (SGW), as a GGSN, or, as described in this topic, a combined PGW
and GGSN.

Own software release

The 7750 gateway release is delivered on its own software release, in addition to the
standard 7750 SR-OS release.

SR Operating System
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Router Operating System (SR OS) is a carrier-grade, highly
fault-tolerant, and feature-rich operating system that provides the mobile gateway
functions with an LTE or GPRS/W-CDMA network. The software enables the following
functions:
• Basic Mobile Gateway System Configuration and operations
• System security and access as well as event logging and accounting logs
• IOM, Media Dependent Adapter (MDA), and port level provisioning
• IP Routing and associated attributes such as an IP addressing, port, link aggregation
group (LAG) as well as IP and MAC-based filtering
• Routing Protocols
• Mobile Gateway Multi-protocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Label Distribution
Protocol (LDP).
• Configuration of service parameters such as GTP, subscriber information, and user
bearer services
• Operations, Administration and Maintenance (OA&M) and Diagnostics
• Quality of Service (QoS) and policy management.

For further information

For further information on the software on the 7750 SR-12, see the documentation
available from the Alcatel-Lucent On-Line Customer Support Documentation Service
(OLCS).
See especially the following documents:
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Basic System Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0299
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0298
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Interface Guide 2.0, 93-0301
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway MPLS Guide 2.0, 93-0304
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-27
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Software
7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway OAM and Diagnostics Guide 2.0, 93-0317
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Quality of Service Guide 2.0, 93-0306
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Router Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0302
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Routing Protocols Guide 2.0 , 93-0303
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Services Guide 2.0 , 93-0305
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway System Management Guide 2.0, 93-0300
• 7750 SR-7 Installation Guide, 93-0032
• 7750 SR-12 INSTALLATION GUIDE, 93-0019
For information on accessing OLCS, see “Accessing and navigating the OLCS web site”
(p. 21-9).

User interfaces
5620 SAM
The 7750 SR mobile gateways are managed by the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware
Manager (SAM) for assured, simplified and integrated operations across both network
and service management domains. The 5620 SAM is designed to manage services and
provide service level visibility into the LTE network.

For further information

For more on the 7750 SR
For further information on the 7750 SR, see “7750 SR” (p. 14-14).

Documentation
For a list of customer documentation on the 7750 SR, see Table 14-2, “Documentation on
the 7750 SR” (p. 14-20).

Training on the 7750 SR (PGW)

For training on the 7750 SR (PGW), see the following class.

Table 15-2 Training on the 7750 SR (PGW)

Class number Title of class

TMO21026 EPC Technical Overview

Training on the 7750 SR (GGSN)

Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 7750 SR (GGSN). For a listing of these classes, go to
the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search on the
keyword “7750 GGSN”.
To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

7750 SR (SGW)

Overview
Purpose
This topic describes the 7750 SR (SGW).

Contents

About the 7750 SR (SGW) 15-30

How it works 15-31
Advantages 15-31
Hardware 15-32
Software 15-36
Connections to the network 15-37
User interfaces 15-39
For further information 15-39

About the 7750 SR (SGW)

What is the 7750 SR (SGW)?
Alcatel-Lucent delivers mobile gateway functionality via the industry-leading, all-IP
service-aware platform, the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR). With the addition
of a Mobile Gateway Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM), the Alcatel-Lucent 7750
Service Router extends its broad applicability to the mobile environment, supporting the
following applications:
• Evolved Packet Core (EPC) gateways:
– Serving Gateway (SGW)
– Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW)
• GPRS Gateway Support Node (GGSN) applications
In the role of the SGW, the 7750 SR 7750 Service Router (SR) (Serving Gateway [7750
SR SGW]) is the network element that provides IP connectivity between the eUTRAN and
the EPC. The 7750 SR (SGW) also connects to a number of eNodeB network elements.

How it works
What does the 7750 SR (SGW) do?
The 7750 SR (SGW) performs the following functions:
• Serves as the local mobility anchor for UE by terminating the packet data network
interface towards the eUTRAN and the UE
• Manages user-plane mobility by performing IP routing and forwarding functions and
maintaining data paths between eNodeBs and the PGW
• Serves as the local mobility anchor point for inter-eNodeB and inter-3GPP handovers
• Performs session supervision for the eNodeB
• Performs mobility anchoring for mobility with other 3GPP technologies, such as
2G/GSM and 3G/W-CDMA
• Performs the IDLE mode downlink packet buffering and initiation of network
triggered service request procedure
• Performs packet routing and forwarding
• Performs accounting on user and QoS Class Identifier (QCI) granularity for
inter-service provider charging
• Performs Uplink and Downlink charging per UE and per PGW

Advantages
Purpose
This section describes the advantages of the 7750 SR that provides the SGW
functionality.

Benefits of the 7750 SR

Hardware
Hardware description
The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR (SGW) is based on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router
(SR-12) (12-slot) service router.

Figure 15-7 Hardware for the 7750 SR (SGW)

About the MG-ISM

A single blade - the Mobile Gateway-Integrated Services Module (MG-ISM) - is added in
one of the 10 available slots of the 7750 SR to allow the Mobile Gateway functionality.
The MG-ISM is a full-height, hot-swappable module that fits into any of the Input/Output
(I/O) slots of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router to provide the SGW or PGW
functionality for LTE or the GGSN functionality for 2G/3G. User plane (LTE bearers or
Packet Data Protocol [PDP] contexts) traffic is directed to the module via the router’s
backplane and switching fabric, thus eliminating the need for directly supporting external
connections by the module and maximizing its packet processing performance. The
MG-ISM ensures service continuity at the user/data plane for Service Data Flows (SDFs)
— which are carried over virtual containers — bearers and PDP contexts. The MG-ISM
supports flow detection and communicates with the PCRF. As instructed by the PCRF, the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-33
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Hardware
7750 SR (SGW)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MG-ISM performs the Policy Charging Enforcement Function (PCEF). The MG-ISM
also facilitates flow-based charging through interfaces toward offline and online billing
and charging systems.

Sub-elements of the MG-ISM

Figure 15-8 MG-ISM configuration

The MG-ISM is placed in one of 10 available slot on the 7750 SR-12. Multiple MG-ISMs
may be installed to allow greater capacity. MG-ISMs can be configured as 1:1 redundant
pair(s).

Software
Determines function
The SR-OS-MG software and licensing determine if the MG-ISM performs as an SGW or
a PGW.

About the SR-OS-MG software

Mobile gateway functionality on the 7750 SR is enabled by the SR-OS-MG software
(operating system). SR-MG-OS is a special variant of the Alcatel-Lucent Service Router
Operating System (SR-OS), a carrier-grade, highly fault-tolerant, and feature-rich
operating system that provides the mobile gateway functions with an LTE or
GPRS/W-CDMA network. The software enables the following functions:
• Basic Mobile Gateway System Configuration and operations
• System security and access as well as event logging and accounting logs
• IOM, Media Dependent Adapter (MDA), and port level provisioning
• IP Routing and associated attributes such as IP addressing, port, link aggregation
group (LAG) as well as IP and MAC-based filtering
• Routing Protocols
• Mobile Gateway Multi-protocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Label Distribution
Protocol (LDP)
• Configuration of service parameters such as GTP, subscriber information, and user
bearer services
• Operations, Administration and Management (OA&M) and Diagnostics
• Quality of Service (QoS) and policy management.

Own software release

The 7750 SR Mobile Gateway release will be delivered via the SR-OS-MG software
release, separate from the standard 7750 SR-OS release.

For further information

For further information on the software on the 7750 SR-12, see the documentation
available from the Alcatel-Lucent On-Line Customer Support Documentation Service
(OLCS).
See especially the following documents:
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Basic System Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0299
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0298
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Interface Guide 2.0, 93-0301
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway MPLS Guide 2.0, 93-0304
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-36 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network Software
7750 SR (SGW)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway OAM and Diagnostics Guide 2.0, 93-0317
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Quality of Service Guide 2.0, 93-0306
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Router Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0302
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Routing Protocols Guide 2.0 , 93-0303
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Services Guide 2.0 , 93-0305
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway System Management Guide 2.0, 93-0300
• 7750 SR-7 Installation Guide, 93-0032
• 7750 SR-12 INSTALLATION GUIDE , 93-0019
For information on accessing OLCS, see “Accessing and navigating the OLCS web site”
(p. 21-9).

Connections to the network

Figure 15-9 7750 SR (SGW) connections to other network elements

Table 15-3 7750 SR (SGW) connections to other network elements

Interface Network Element Purpose

S5/S8 From the PGW User and control traffic
S11 To the MME Control traffic
S1-U To the eNodeB User traffic

For further information

For more on the 7750 SR
For further information on the 7750 SR, see “7750 SR” (p. 14-14).

For documentation
For documentation on the 7750 SR go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) web site (https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/)
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).
See especially the following documents:
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Basic System Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0299
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0298
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Interface Guide 2.0, 93-0301
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway MPLS Guide 2.0, 93-0304-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway OAM and Diagnostics Guide 2.0, 93-0317-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Quality of Service Guide 2.0, 93-0306-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Router Configuration Guide 2.0, 93-0302-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Routing Protocols Guide 2.0 , 93-0303-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Services Guide 2.0 , 93-0305-01-01
• 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway System Management Guide 2.0, 93-0300-01-01
• 7750 SR-7 Installation Guide, 93-0032-08-07
• 7750 SR-12 INSTALLATION GUIDE , 93-0019-08-08

Table 15-4 Training on the 7750 SR (SGW)

Class number Title of class

TMO21026 EPC Technical Overview

9380 3G MSC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9380 3G MSC 15-41

User interface 15-46
For further information 15-46

About the 9380 3G MSC

What is the 9380 3G MSC?
The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC is the 3rd Generation Mobile Switching Center portion
of the UMTS circuit core network. The primary function of the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G
MSC is UMTS/GSM wireless mobility management and voice call control for UMTS
mobile subscribers.
Figure 15-10, “Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC in the UMTS Circuit Core Network”
(p. 15-42) shows the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC in the UMTS circuit core network.
The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC interfaces to the UMTS radio access network via the
3GPP Standards defined Iu-cs interface and the GSM A interface for 2G services. The
Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC also interfaces to a Network Management System (NMS),
GSM Service Control Function (gsmSCF), Gateway Mobile Location Centre (GMLC),
Equipment Identification Register (EIR), Home Location Register (HLR), another MSC,
PSTN and other PLMNs for full support of mobile-to-land and mobile-to-mobile voice
calls.

Figure 15-10 Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC in the UMTS Circuit Core Network

Alcatel-Lucent has based its complete Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC offer on a

softswitch-based architecture that seamlessly evolves through software upgrade. With
architecture ready for the circuit-switched and packet-switched domain voice offers,
Alcatel-Lucent can provide total assurance to the network operator of investment
protection in circuit-switched infrastructure.
Alcatel-Lucent’s 9380 3G MSC offer consists of the following elements:
• MSC Server on the Alcatel-Lucent Control Platform (CP)
• Alcatel-Lucent Network Gateway (NG)
• Alcatel-Lucent 8688 Media Resource Server
The Alcatel-Lucent MSC Server is built on the Alcatel-Lucent Control Platform (LCP).
The Alcatel-Lucent Control Platform is a highly scalable platform based on proven
technology with an extremely flexible software architecture that enables rapid
development of new protocols, variants and service applications. The MSC Server
performs mobility management and call processing, terminates signalling protocols and
controls bearer gateways, and performs to OAM&P and billing functions. The Release 99
UMTS circuit-switched domain is shown in Figure 15-11, “Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC
within R4 UMTS Network” (p. 15-43).

Figure 15-11 Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC within R4 UMTS Network

Role of the 9380 3G MSC

The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC is the circuit-core network component that provides
circuit switched mobility services. The initial architecture is based on the 3GPP Release 4
architectures in which the control and bearer planes are separated, and is designed to
evolve to the future 3GPP Releases.

Advantages of the 9380 3G MSC

Advantages of the 9380 3G MSC include the following:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-43
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network About the 9380 3G MSC
9380 3G MSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reduced Cost
Alcatel-Lucent’s spread-spectrum experience and unrivalled deployment expertise
coupled with a unique portfolio of network tools and technical solutions pioneered by
Bell Labs, enable operators to reduce capital and operating expenditures (CAPEX and
OPEX).
The introduction of UMTS gives operators the opportunity to select new hardware
elements in the UMTS network. This enables operators to introduce solutions that are
designed to give maximum return on investment. The Alcatel-Lucent solution supports
3GPP Release 99, Release 4, Release 5 and beyond with software only upgrades, thus
providing:
• Cost effective, reliable platforms that in the unlikely event of equipment failure
guarantee maximum possible operation with little or no service degradation for end
users.
• Cost-effective ways to integrate enhanced services.
• The extensive use of carrier class, industry standard hardware and the use of open,
flexible interfaces that will enable the fast deployment of new and exciting, revenue
generating services.
Alcatel-Lucent’s 9380 3G MSC has been designed around these principles, offering
maximum investment protection and OPEX reduction.
Reduced Time to Market
Rapid deployment of enhanced services is one of the most critical components in
maximizing revenue. When it comes to being the first to market with new services,
operators need to prevent long lead times for enhanced services development and be able
to customize and differentiate once the services are available.
The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC’s modular software components are implemented
within a powerful finite state machine environment. The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC
Server uses a patented Programmable Protocol Language (PPL) software tool set for
software implementation. Using a Graphical User Interface (GUI), Alcatel-Lucent
developers can create or modify state machines by editing standard templates using
graphical technology. State machine flow charts are automatically converted into a state
table configuration that can be downloaded and activated in the switch. Alcatel-Lucent’s
PPL allows service providers to enable differentiating services faster than it is possible on
traditional second generation switching platforms.
Investment Protection
The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC network elements evolve their functionality as packet
networks evolve to provide a wireless end-to-end VoIP solution. Deployment of
Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSCs in a service provider's network provides investment
protection for providing today's wireless services and also sets the stage for the upcoming
VoIP evolution.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
15-44 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network About the 9380 3G MSC
9380 3G MSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Scalability
Scalability is one of the most important factors in minimizing initial deployment costs.
The scalability of the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC allows operators to grow with
subscriber demand (pay as you grow). Increased capacity is realized by adding cards to
the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC.
Progressive increments of growth are made possible through modular components with
high port density, allowing operators to maintain the most efficient port provisioning
based on subscriber population, while ensuring sufficient capacity at all times.
Standard Interoperability
As wireless networks grow worldwide, it will be extremely important for switch
platforms to support a variety of protocols and interfaces. The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G
MSC operates with a multitude of control protocols such as Bearer Independent Call
Control (BICC), Session Initiation Protocol (SIP-I), Integrated Services Digital Network
User Part (ISUP), Mobile Application Part (MAP), Radio Access Network Application
Part (RANAP), BSS Application Part (BSSAP), Radio Interface Layer 3 (RIL3) and
transport technologies such as Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and Internet Protocol
(IP). Numerous ISUP variants are available within the protocol library, including
adaptations suitable for major North American Region/EMEA/CALA and APAC
networks.
H.248 support allows Lucent’s softswitch-based MSC Server to be able to control media
gateways that comply with the 3GPP standards.
Future proof
As customers build out UMTS networks, they also must consider the evolution of these
networks to 3GPP Release 5 and beyond. The traditional MSC solutions do not easily
support the IMS architecture defined in 3GPP Release 5. Consequently, customers are
seeking solutions that can evolve to IMS. The Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC is designed
to support 3GPP Release 99 networks with softswitch technology that evolves to 3GPP
Release 5 architecture and beyond.
A core network solution must provide a high quality of service to the end customers,
irrespective of packet or circuit domain. The highly successful Internet model is evolved
to provide telecommunications and multimedia services in Release 5. Reuse of core
network elements during evolution from Release 99 through Release 5 minimizes
expenditures and allows upgrades to be made without service interruption.
Flexibility and reliability
The heart of the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 3G MSC Server is the Alcatel-Lucent Network
Controller, on the Alcatel-Lucent Control Platform. This platform provides the flexibility
of a softswitch with the reliability of a more traditional switching architecture using the
knowledge and expertise that made Lucent’s 5ESS the only switch meeting six nines
reliability.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 15-45
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Core Network About the 9380 3G MSC
9380 3G MSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use of the 9380 3G MSC in LTE Network
The 9380 3G MSC's role in the LTE Network is to leverage the 3G network for voice,
that is, re-use of the existing Circuit Switch.

User interface
Managed by OMC-CN
All functions of the 9380 3G MSC can be managed via the OMC-CN.

For further information

For information on the OMC-CN
For information on the OMC-CN, see “OMC-CN” (p. 19-48).

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 9380 MSC, see the 3G-MSC/9380
Wireless Call Server Application User Guide: (http://webint.cic.lucent.com/pdfdocs1/
pristore205/448426.pdf).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9380 3G MSC. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “9380 3G MSC”.

9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) 15-47

Advantages 15-48
Hardware 15-49
Software 15-52
Connections to the network 15-52
User interfaces 15-53
For further information 15-54

About the 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME)

What is the 9471 MME?
The Alcatel-Lucent 9471 Mobility Management Entity (MME) is the network element that
provides mobility and session control management and authentication for user equipment
(UE).

What does the 9471 MME do?

The 9471 MME performs the signaling and control functions to manage UE access to
network connections, and the assignment of network resources and the management of
the mobility states to support tracking, paging, roaming, and handovers.

Manages control plane

The 9471 MME also controls all control plane functions related to subscriber and session
management.

Sets up bearer plane

The 9471 MME also performs the bearer management control functions to establish the
bearer paths that the UE uses.

Gateway selection
The 9471 MME is the key element for gateway selection within the EPC (Serving and
PDN). The 9471 MME also performs signaling and selection of legacy gateways for
handovers for other 2G/3G networks.

Can manage thousands of eNodeBs

The 9471 MME can manage from one to thousands of eNodeB elements, which is one of
the key differences from requirements previously seen on Serving GPRS Support Node
(SGSN) platforms.

Advantages
Advantages
The major advantages of the 9471 MME include the following:
• Platform technology designed for telecommunications companies' call processing
• High capacity, highly scalable architecture optimized for flexibility and scalability
• Inhouse design and manufacturing which maximizes performance, lifecycle, and
sparing, since the platform is common across multiple products
• The 9471 MME uses mature, field proven hardware and software assets, which makes
for carrier grade functionality and reliability
• Independent and seamless scaling of signaling and bearer throughput

Hardware
Hardware description
The Alcatel-Lucent 9471 MME is built on the Alcatel-Lucent 5400 Linux Control
Platform (LCP). The 5400 LCP is an Advanced Telecommunications Computing
Architecture (ATCA) based platform and is a common platform for many other
Alcatel-Lucent products, such as the 5450 IMS Session Manager/Application server and
the 5780 DSC which is the PCRF in the EPC.

Figure 15-12 9471 MME hardware

Hardware configuration
The following figure shows the hardware configuration of the 9471 MME.

Figure 15-13 Hardware configuration of the 9471 MME

The 9471 MME contains the following blades (in left to right order):
• 1 pair of OAM Server blades, to provide provisioning, shelf management, and
software administration
• 1 pair of MME Interface Function (MIF) blades, to provide control functionality and
load balancing
• 1 pair of MME Application Function (MAF) blades, to handle mobility and the SGW
interface application and HSS queries and responses

Software
Software description
The Alcatel-Lucent 9471 MME software architecture consists of three functional blocks:
• MPH – The MME Packet Handling Function. This function provides the interface to
the external entities (eNodeB, SGW, HSS, another MME, SGSN) over SCTP, UDP.
This function also provides the IPsec function for MME interfaces.
• MIF - The MME Interface Function. This function provides Load Balance and
Interface Service including paging broadcast, link management, and load balancing of
UE attaches across MME application service boards.
• MAF - The MME Application Function. This function provides the MME
functionality: Mobility, SGW interface application handling. This function also
handles the query/responses to HSS at the protocol level - S1-MME, S6a, S11, S10,
and S13.

Connections to the network

Connections to other network elements
The 9471 MME has the following interfaces to other network elements:
• S1-MME (eNB) (subset = NAS to UE)
• S10 (MME)
• S11 (SGW)
• S6a (HSS)
• Gn (pre-rel8 SGSN)
• SGs (3GPP Rel8 MSC)
• x1 MME to LIG Admin Function
• x2 MME to LIG Mediation Function
In LM3.0, the 9471 MME adds the following interfaces:
• S3 interface to Rel8 SGSN
• S13 interface to EIR (Equipment Identity Register)

User interfaces
User interfaces
The 9471 MME is supported by the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager (5620
SAM), a single management platform that provides common OA&M across the entire
Alcatel-Lucent LTE EPC including the SGW, PGW, and PCRF.
From the SAM GUI client, you can perform configuration management for the 9471
MME by launching and using the MI-Agent GUI and the MME Provisioning GUI.

For further information

For more information
For more information on the 9471 MME, see the following documents and classes.

Document Number Document Title

418-111-200 9471 MME Technical Description
418-111-203 9471 MME Security Management
418-111-207 9471 MME Configuration Management
418-111-208 9471 MME Alarm Dictionary
418-111-209 9471 MME Observation Counters
418-111-210 9471 MME Site Preparation
418-111-250 9471 MME Chassis-Only Site Preparation

Table 15-5 Training on the 9471 MME

Class number Title of class

TMO21026 ePC Technical Overview
TMO21027 EPC Fault & Alarm Management
TMO21024 MME Overview
TMO21025 MME OAM

9471 Wireless Mobility Manager

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9471 Wireless Mobility Manager (9471 WMM)
as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9471 WMM 15-55

How it works 15-56
Advantages of the 9471 WMM 15-56
Hardware 15-56
Connections to other network elements 15-57
User interfaces 15-58
Changes in the 9471 WMM to support LTE 15-58
For further information 15-58

About the 9471 WMM

9471 Wireless Mobility Manager (WMM)
The 9471 Wireless Mobility Manager (9471 WMM) is a network element that functions as
a scalable, high-performance Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) within the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Alternate: 7500 SGSN

The 7500 SGSN also can be used as the SGSN within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution. For more information on the 7500 SGSN, see the “7500 SGSN”
(p. 15-13).

How it works
Role of the 9471 WMM
The 9471 WMM when used as an SGSN supervises the mobility events in a Packet Core
and provides the following functions:
• Mobility management
• Session management
• Packet relaying, transfer and routing of user packets
• Legacy 2G/3G and IP Radio Access interfaces
• Security and access control
• Management of subscription data
• Packet Core Operations and Maintenance

Advantages of the 9471 WMM

Future merging with the 9471 MME
The 9471 WMM will, in a future release, be able to support combined SGSN/MME
functionality in the same system. This combined functionality will enable service
providers to converge their existing GSM/W-CDMA GRPS packet core and LTE EPC.
This convergence will simplify the network design and reduce cost.

Hardware
ATCA platform
The Alcatel-Lucent 9471 WMM is built on the Alcatel-Lucent 5400 Linux Control
Platform (LCP). The 5400 LCP is an Advanced Telecommunications Computing
Architecture (ATCA) based platform and is a common platform for many other
Alcatel-Lucent products, such as the 5780 DSC. The 5400 LCP is shown in Figure 15-12,
“9471 MME hardware” (p. 15-50).

Figure 15-14 9471 WMM interfaces

User interfaces
User interfaces
The 9471 WMM is supported by the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Service Aware Manager (5620
SAM), a single management platform that provides common OA&M across the entire
Alcatel-Lucent LTE EPC including the MME, SGW, PGW, and PCRF.

Changes in the 9471 WMM to support LTE

No changes
No changes are required on the 9471 WMM to support LTE interworking because the
LTE EPC provides the 3GPP pre-release 8 Gn/Gp control and user interfaces.

For further information

For information
For a detailed description of the 9471 WMM go to the following site:
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/wps/portal/Products)

For information on the 5620 SAM

For information on the 5620 SAM, see “5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)” (p. 19-16),

For documentation
For documentation on the 9471 WMM go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for “9471 WMM”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9471 WMM. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “9471 WMM”.

HSGW

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) 15-59

Hardware 15-60
Software 15-60
Connections to other network elements 15-60
User interfaces 15-61
For further information 15-61

About the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW)

What is the HSGW?
The HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) is a network element that functions as a gateway to
support 3GPP to 3GPP2 (that is, LTE to eHRPD) interworking.

What is eHRPD?
evolved High Rate Packet Data (eHRPD) is an application that integrates existing
1xEV-DO wireless networks with LTE wireless networks, using the HRPD Serving
Gateway (HSGW).
For more information on eHRPD, see “About the HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) ”
(p. 15-59).

What does the HSGW do?

The HRPD Serving Gateway provides the binding between the HRPD interfaces
(A10/A11+) and the PGW (PMIPv6).

Hardware
Hardware
For a description of the HSGW hardware, see the HSGW vendor documentation.

Software
Software
For a description of the HSGW software, see the HSGW vendor documentation.

Connections to other network elements

Table 15-6 HSGW Interconnections

Interface Network Element Purpose

A10/A11 To the eHRPD User (A11) and control (A10)
traffic
H1/H2 To other HSGWs User and control traffic
S2a To the PGW Control and mobility support
to the bearer plane
Gxa To the PCRF Signalling interface for the
transfer of policy control
information (QoS)
S103 To the SGW Bearer plane interface
forwards DL data that
minimizes packet losses
during mobility

User interfaces
User interfaces
For information on the user interfaces for the HSGW consult the vendor documentation.

For further information

For further information
For further information on the HSGW consult the vendor documentation.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter is for network elements that combine the functions of several of the
component areas and thus are called “hybrid” network elements. The hybrid status of
these network elements is indicated by their dual colors (mixed green and blue-green) in
Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution” (p. 12-3).

What is a hybrid network element?

A hyhrid network element is an older network element that fills two functions: for
example, both Radio Access Network and Core Network functions. The reason we have
this “radio/Core” classification is a combining of functions differently in older
technologies. LTE makes a clean break between eNodeB and Core. and has strict
mapping and clear delineation of roles. LTE also splits up the RNC between NEs and the
MME and then gets rid of the RNC. But in older technology the functions of the Core and
functions of the eUTRAN are combined in various NEs. So these NEs have the box that
is half radio and half core, and half green and half blue-green, to show network elements
where the functionality is divided up differently in older technologies.

Changes made by LTE in network element functions

LTE makes a clean break between the eNodeB (Radio Access Network) and the evolved
Packet Core (Core Network). The LTE designers made a strict mapping of the functions
of the eNodeB and the EPC and a clear delineation of the roles of each. Also, the LTE
designers split the functions of the Radio Network Controller (RNC) between other
network elements and then removed the RNC from the LTE network. Thus the 9271
eRNC is defined as a hybrid network element.

Also used in other networks

Hybrid network elements are standard Alcatel-Lucent NEs that are used in connecting the
LTE network with other networks. These network elements also used in other
Alcatel-Lucent networks and products.

Contents

9271 eRNC 16-3

About the 9271 Evolved Radio Network Controller (eRNC) 16-3
How it works 16-4
Hardware 16-4
Software 16-5
Connections to other network elements 16-5
User interfaces 16-6
For further information 16-6

9271 eRNC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9271 evolved Radio Network Controller
(eRNC) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9271 Evolved Radio Network Controller (eRNC) 16-3

How it works 16-4
Hardware 16-4
Software 16-5
Connections to other network elements 16-5
User interfaces 16-6
For further information 16-6

About the 9271 Evolved Radio Network Controller (eRNC)

What is the 9271 eRNC?
The Alcatel-Lucent 9271 evolved Radio Network Controller (eRNC) is a network element
that supports access to the LTE network from an existing EV-DO network. The 9271
eRNC is a software enhancement of the existing 9271 DO-RNC. The 9271 DO RNC also
provides a wireless interface into the Packet Data Service Network (PDSN).

How it works
What does the 9271 eRNC do?
The eRNC adds to the basic 9271 EV-DO RNC functionality the ability to select the
HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) for the network interface. The eRNC also supports
LTE-to-HRPD handover. The LTE-to-HRPD handover is done via a new interface from
the eRNC to the MME, called the S101.

Hardware
Supported frame types
The Alcatel-Lucent 9271 eRNC is available on the following frame types:
• Alcatel-Lucent Release 1 Satellite Ready (R1SR) frame
• Alcatel-Lucent Universal Network Cabinet (UNC)
• Alcatel-Lucent Advanced Telecom Computing Architecture (ATCA) frame

Hardware description
The 9271 eRNC hardware is identical to the 9271 RNC hardware for all frame types.

Server components
Each 410S drawer in the diagram represents a 9271 eRNC server. Each 9271 EV-DO
RNC server contains:
• Application processors (APs), to perform Overhead Channel Management, signaling
processing, and OAM&P control functions
• Traffic processors (TPs), to perform bearer functions
• A disk for persistent storage of configuration data
• Alarm card, to monitor the health of the cards within the drawer

Software
Software description
The 9271 eRNC contains its own set of System Management services, Call Control
functions, and Traffic Plane functions.
These functions include:
• Session establishment and release
Performed by a functional entity called:
– Overhead Manager (OHM)
• Frame selection and Radio Link Protocol (RLP) processing
Performed by functional entities called:
– Selector Function Main (SFM)
– RLP and Signaling Manager (RSM)
These are collectively referred to as 9271 EV-DO RNC functions.
The 9271 EV-DO RNC also provides signaling and traffic processing control for each
session.
The basic eRNC functionality is a SW feature (FID 39111.10) on the RNC.
Non-optimized LTE to eHRPD handoff is supported, but it is not functionally provided by
the eRNC. Non-optimized handoff is supported by the PDN Gateway and the HSGW.
Note: FID 39111.10 is controlled by a license.

Connections to other network elements

Table 16-1 9271 eRNC connections to other network elements

Interface Network Element Purpose

S101 to MME Supports the LTE to HRPD
Handover.
Note that for LE3.0 the S101
interface has not yet been
developed.

User interfaces
User interfaces
Just like the existing 9271 DO RNC, the 9271 eRNC is managed through the OMC-RAN.
The 9271 eRNC also uses the 9256 Operations and Management Platform for OAM&P
purposes.
The LMT user interface terminal can also be used for the 9271 eRNC.

For further information

For more information
For more information on the eRNC, see the following document and classes.

Table 16-2 Partial list of documentation for the 9271 eRNC

Document Number Document Title

401-614-102 9271 1xEV-DO Radio Network Controller
Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
(OA&M),

Table 16-3 Training on the 9271 eRNC

Class number Title of class

CL5061C/W 9271 EV-DO RNC Bulk Data Provisioning
CL5594W 1xEV-DO HDLC to MLPPP Conversion
CL5597W Ethernet Backhaul (EBH) Conversion
CL5660C/W 9271 EV-DO Radio Access System OA&M
CL5661 9271 EV-DO Radio Access System OA&M

Class number Title of class

CL8306 1xEV-DO Rev 0 RF Design Engineering and Call Processing
CL5691S 1xEV-DO Deployment Seminar
CL5901 1xEV-DO Technology

To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:

https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

Overview
Purpose
The topics on this chapter describe network elements that fill the role of the LTE-defined
common core network elements in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

What is the common core?

The Common Core is a set of network elements that perform functions common to both
LTE and IMS core, including HSS, and Offline Charging systems (OFCS) and Online
Charging systems (OCS).

Also used in other networks

The network elements described in this chapter are standard ALU NEs that are used in
connecting the stand-alone LTE Solution with other networks. Thus the network elements
described in this chapter are not LTE network elements per se but are also used in other
Alcatel-Lucent networks and products.

Contents

1357 LIG 17-3

About the 1357 LIG 17-3
Advantages of the 1357 LIG 17-4
Hardware 17-4
Software 17-4
Connections to other network elements 17-5
User interfaces 17-5
Changes in the 1357 LIG to support LTE 17-6
For further information 17-6

8615 IeCCF (OFCS) 17-7

About the 8615 IeCCF 17-7
For further information 17-8
®
8620 SurePay 17-9
About 8620 SurePay® 17-9
Changes in 8620 SurePay® to support LTE 17-11
For further information 17-11
8650 SDM HSS 17-12
The 8650 SDM HSS 17-12
How it works 17-13
Advantages of the 8650 SDM HSS 17-13
Hardware 17-14
Software 17-16
Connections to other network elements 17-16
User interfaces 17-17
8965 C3S 17-18
About the 8965 C3S 17-18
Changes in the 8965 C3S to support LTE 17-19
For further information 17-19

1357 LIG

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 1357 Lawful Interception Gateway (1357 LIG) network
element as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 1357 LIG 17-3

Advantages of the 1357 LIG 17-4
Hardware 17-4
Software 17-4
Connections to other network elements 17-5
User interfaces 17-5
Changes in the 1357 LIG to support LTE 17-6
For further information 17-6

About the 1357 LIG

What is the 1357 LIG?
The 1357 Lawful Interception Gateway (LIG) is the network element that provides the
mediation function within the Alcatel-Lucent complete lawful interception solution, the
1357 ULIS.

For more on the 1357 ULIS

For an explanation of the mediation function and an overview of the complete 1357 ULIS
solution, see Chapter 10, “Government-mandated services”.

Multiple 1357 LIGs

Multiple LIGs may be needed per network, depending on size and traffic constraints in
the network to be intercepted.

Advantages of the 1357 LIG

Centralized solution
The 1357 ULIS (of which the 1357 LIG is a part) provides a centralized solution for all of
a service provider's lawful interception needs. This centralized management can be used
for multivendor mediation functions and can allow a network operator or a Law
Enforcement Agency (LEA) to centralize lawful interception management.
Other advantages of the 1357 ULIS are listed in “Advantages of the 1357 ULIS”
(p. 10-5).

Hardware
HP ProLiant DL380
The 1357 LIG runs on a generic platform HP ProLiant DL380.

Two configurations
Two configurations are available:
• The normal configuration, which is 230V AC powered
• A Network Equipment Building System (NEBS)-compliant configuration, which is
48V DC powered and is equipped with a NEBS kit

Software
Common software architecture
The 1357 ULIS applications share a common software architecture that has optimized
flexibility and modularity to quickly introduce new “HIx” interface standards and
associated protocols.

Lawful Interception platform

The 1357 ULIS applications run on top of a Lawful Interception platform that is
composed of:
• 1357 customized Linux Redhat enterprise distribution
• WALI (Web Applications for Lawful Interception) that is the Alcatel-Lucent LI
product middleware
• a database framework
• installation and maintenance services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used in the Common Core Network Software
1357 LIG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• pre-hardening and HA services
• server configuration services based on XML

Connections to other network elements

Handover Interface 3 (HI 3)
The Handover Interface 3 (HI3) interface is used by the 1357 LIG to transmit the
intercepted call content to the Law Enforcement Monitoring Facility (LEMF). For LTE
HI3 is defined according to 3GPP 33108, as ASN1 encoding over TCP or UDP.

Connections to the network

The 1357 LIG uses the following interfaces:
• HI 1 — the provisioning interface. The HI 1 interface can be local to the 1357 LIG
using the GUI or direct from the LEA to the 1357 LIG using an electronic interface.
• HI 2 — the interface that is used to provide IRI to the LEA
• HI 3 — the interface that is used to provide content to the LEA.
• X1 — the target marking interface from the 1357 to the NE. This is a proprietary
interface.
• X2 — used by the NE to provide information related to the call to the 1357 LIG. This
is a proprietary interface.
• X3 — used by the NE to provide content of communication to the 1357 LIG. This is a
proprietary interface.

User interfaces
1357 IMC
The 1357 LIG is managed by the 1357 IMC.

1357 ULIS Graphical User Interface

A graphical user interface called the 1357 ULIS Graphical User Interface exists on the
1357 LIG and is used for system administration.

Changes in the 1357 LIG to support LTE

Minor changes
Minor change were done to the LIG-PS to support 4G nodes.

For further information

For details on the hardware
For detailed specifications on the HP ProLiant DL380 hardware, see the following link:
(http://h18004.www1.hp.com/products/quickspecs/13234_div/13234_div.html).

For information on the 1357 IMC

For information on the 1357 IMC, see “1357 IMC” (p. 19-12).

How to access customer documentation

For instructions on how to access customer documentation at OLCS, see “Accessing and
navigating the OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training on the 1357 ULIS

Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 1357 ULIS. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “1357 ULIS”.

8615 IeCCF (OFCS)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 8615 Instant Enhanced Charging Collection
Function (IeCCF) for Offline Charging Systems (OFCS) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 8615 IeCCF 17-7

For further information 17-8

About the 8615 IeCCF

What is the 8615 IeCCF?
The Alcatel-Lucent 8615 Instant enhanced Charging Collection Function (IeCCF), a key
product within the Converged Payment solution, enables service providers deploying an
IMS network to benefit from an end-to-end IMS charging solution, whatever the access
network is (WiMAX, WiFi).
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the 8615 IeCCF supports Offline
Charging Systems (OFCS).

Role of the 8615 IeCCF (OFCS)

The 8615 IeCCF is a mandatory building block for IMS/WiMAX/UMTS Offline
charging. In contrast to legacy networks, where each node may generate their own CDRs,
in IMS core there is no tracking of the network resource usage without IeCCF. It retrieves
Offline events, collects charging information from IMS core and application nodes,
correlates these events, and transfers them to the convergent billing chain such as the
8620 SurePay Instant Convergent Billing product or 3rd-party billing system.

Advantages of the 8615 IeCCF

The 8615 IeCCF provides the following advantages:
• Fully integrated and tested with each IMS release
• Complement to 8620 SurePay charging

Use of the 8615 IeCCF in IMS

The IP Multimedia Core Network Subsystem (IMS) has introduced new convergence
network elements based on IP based signaling protocols and bearer connections. The goal
is to create a harmonized wireless and wireline IP based control network for
telecommunications.
The new nodes include the following:
• Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF)
• Interrogating-CSCF (I-CSCF)
• Serving-CSCF (S-CSCF)
• Media Gateway Control Function (MGCF)
• Breakout Gateway Control Function (BGCF)
• Media Resource Function Controller (MRFC)
• external Application Servers (ASs)
These nodes use the SIP call control protocol for signaling and are described in detail in
both 3GPP and 3GPP2 standards. Each network element generates charging information.
To perform charging functions in the converged IMS network, each new element has a
defined interface to a new node called the Instant Enhanced Charging Collection Function
(IeCCF).

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 8615 IeCCF, see 8615 Instant Enhanced
Charging Collection Function (IeCCF) 28.0 Operations, Administration, and
Maintenance, 270-725-058R28.0.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on 8615 IeCCF. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “8615 IeCCF”.

8620 SurePay®

Overview
Purpose
This section describes 8620 SurePay® as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About 8620 SurePay® 17-9

®
Changes in 8620 SurePay to support LTE 17-11
For further information 17-11

About 8620 SurePay®

What is 8620 SurePay®?
The 8620 SurePay is a real-time charging solution which provides prepaid and postpaid
services for wireless and wireline telecommunication systems. This solution is
interoperable in Global System for Mobile communications (GSM), General Packet
Radio Service (GPRS), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), and Code
Division Multiple Access (CDMA) networks with a high level of scalability and
reliability.

Role of 8620 SurePay®

SurePay offers:
• A Convergent PrePaid/PostPaid Real-time Solution: Wireline, Wireless, ANSI
CDMA, 1XRTT, EVDO, GSM, GPRS, UMTS, IMS, and LTE
• Complete Solution: Includes rating, charging, customer care system (CCS), recharge
management (RMS), eCommerce (eCGS), and MVNO/Reseller Support.
• Blended Services Rating & Charging: Voice, Data, Content, Session, Event, SMS,
MMS, eCommerce, and mCommerce.
• Proven Solution: Deployed today in over 20 networks with a 132+ Million subscriber
base.
• Reliable Solution: 99.9999% availability.

Used only in certain configurations

The 8620 SurePay® is used only in existing customer configurations. with a Starent PGW.

Advantages of 8620 SurePay®

8620 SurePay® allows operators to:
• Dynamically launch new tariffs and promotion packages.
• Provide flexible loyalty programs.
• Use unifying rating engine to support both prepaid and postpaid.
• Shorten time-to-market by using rule engine to introduce new offerings.
• Minimize training requirements through consistent administration, management, and
reporting for all rating and charging needs - prepaid and postpaid.
• Utilize SurePay to support MVNE/MVNO.
8620 SurePay® allows users to:
• Have flexible accounts that fit personal/business life style.
• Share value and usage with family members.
• Have dynamic service control and authorization.
• And more.

Use of the 8620 SurePay® in IMS

8620 SurePay® can be deployed simultaneously in multiple networks including wireless,
wireline, and IMS and has additional capabilities to provide loyalty management,
HomeZone/OfficeZone, m-payments, billing solution, and scratch cards/recharge cards.
The 8620 SurePay® solution can also integrate third-party billing systems and CRM
systems to expand billing alternatives.

Changes in 8620 SurePay® to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in 8620 SurePay® when it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

8620 SurePay support for LTE

There are enhancements on 8620 SurePay® to support LTE. Examples are:
• Support for flow-based charging.
• Support for real-time usage counters
• Support for usage counter counting priority and cross-limit treatment options.
• Support for near-threshold warnings and cross-limit notifications.
• Support for real-time periodic usage report.
• Support for alternate subscriber identifier.
Details regarding these features are provided in the 8620 SurePay ® Online Charging
System Software Update Guide.

For further information

For documentation
Details regarding these features are provided in the 8620 SurePay ® Online Charging
System Software Update Guide.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on IMS. For a listing of these classes, go to the following
url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search on the keyword
“IMS”.

8650 SDM HSS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 8650 Subscriber Data Manager (SDM) HSS as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

The 8650 SDM HSS 17-12

How it works 17-13
Advantages of the 8650 SDM HSS 17-13
Hardware 17-14
Software 17-16
Connections to other network elements 17-16
User interfaces 17-17

The 8650 SDM HSS

What is the 8650 SDM HSS?
The 8650 Subscriber Data Manager (SDM) HSS is a powerful and versatile database
management platform. The 8650 SDM HSS is a required part of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution because of the capabilities of the 8650 SDM HSS to support
application enablement and data mining.

What is the HSS?

The Home Subscriber Server (HSS) is a master user database that supports the network
entities that handle the network connections. The HSS contains subscription-related
information about each user, which is also called a user profile.

How it works
What does the 8650 SDM HSS do?
The 8650 SDM HSS performs the following functions:
• Maintains the unique service profile (user profiles) for each end user including 2G/3G
(HLR), LTE and IMS service data
• Provides all standardized subscription related data needed to setup multimedia
sessions.
• Performs authentication and authorization of the user.
• Provides information about the user's physical location.
• Supports authentication at LTE registration and at IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS)
registration.
• Using the S6a interface, enables the transfer of subscription and authentication data to
the MME for verifying and allowing user access to the EPC.

Advantages of the 8650 SDM HSS

Distributed architecture
The unique distributed architecture of the 8650 SDM HSS differentiates the 8650 SDM
HSS from other market offerings. With the 8650 SDM HSS, front ends and/or back ends
can be easily added depending on traffic patterns and database growth.

Central to application enablement

The 8650 SDM HSS is a central part of Alcatel-Lucent's application enablement strategy.
The 8650 SDM has the ability to drive new applications and also provides the information
and capability that can give service providers ways of making money from their extensive
collection of information about subscriber usage patterns and preferences.

Benefits
The 8650 SDM HSS also provides the following benefits:
• Easily scales to support the smallest to largest of networks.
• Evolves networks toward All-IP (HSS, WiMAX, and SIGTRAN) while preserving
initial investment and integration costs.

Hardware
Hardware description
The 8650 SDM HSS is an Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture
(ATCA) based platform.

Figure 17-1 8650 SDM HSS hardware

Software
Applications suite
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 8650 SDM supports in a single
network element all the following applications:
• HLR (for GSM/W-CDMA networks)
• LTE-HSS (for LTE network)
• IM-HSS (for IMS network
• MNP (Mobile Number Portability)
• EIR (Equipment Identity Register)

LDAP interface
The 8650 SDM also provides LDAP interface for storage of 3rd party application's data,
such as AAA, PCRF, or any other application.

Support of AAA server

Another major application on the 8650 SDM HSS supports an interface with the 8950
AAA server over LDAP for 3GPP2 access.

Connections to other network elements

Connections to the network
The 8650 SDM HSS uses the S6a interface to connect to the 9471 MME and, through the
9471 MME, to the other network elements within the EPC.
The 8650 SDM HSS also supports other interfaces:
• Cx/Sh interfaces towards IMS Core equipment (I/S-CSCF, TAS/MMTEL
• MAP Interfaces to 2G/3G Core network

User interfaces
Managed by 1300 XMC
The 8650 SDM HSS and the applications on the 8650 SM HSS are managed via the 1300
XMC.

8965 C3S

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 8965 C3S as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.
This section describes the 8965 C3S as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 8965 C3S 17-18

Changes in the 8965 C3S to support LTE 17-19
For further information 17-19

About the 8965 C3S

What is the 8965 C3S?
The Alcatel-Lucent 8965 Convergent Charging Collection Solution (8965 C3S) is a
powerful advanced billing mediation solution designed to collect and process charging
data from all network technologies.

What is billing mediation?

Billing Mediation involves the collection, storage, processing and distribution of charging
information to billing, fraud management, interconnection, data analysis, legal retention
and other systems.

Role
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 8965 C3S supports the Ga interface
over UDP for offline charging.
Note: The 8965 C3S also supports the Rf i/f interface.

Supplies Ga interface
The role of the 8965 C3S in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is to support the
Ga interface over User Datagram Protocol (UDP).

Changes in the 8965 C3S to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 8965 C3S when the 8965 C3S is used to
support LTE.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 8965 C3S go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for keyword “8965 C3S”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 8965 C3S. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “8965 C3S”.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter covers the following topics:
• The IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform and Alcatel-Lucent's IMS product
• The IMS functions used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
• The network elements used to support IMS in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution

Contents

About IMS 18-4

What is IMS? 18-4
What does IMS do? 18-5
The Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution 18-6
IMS functions implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution 18-7
5060 MGC-8 18-9
About the 5060 MGC-8 18-9
For further information 18-10
5100 CMS 18-11
About the 5100 Converged Messaging System 18-11
Changes in the 5100 CMS to support LTE 18-12
For further information 18-12
5110 SMSC 18-13
About the 5110 SMSC 18-13
For further information 18-15

5410 PS/XDMS 18-16

About the 5410 PS/XDMS 18-16
Changes in the 5410 PS/XDMS to support LTE 18-17
For further information 18-18
5420 CTS 18-19
The 5420 CTS 18-19
Changes in the 5420 CTS to support LTE 18-20
For further information 18-21
5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) 18-22
About the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) 18-22
Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions 18-23
For further information 18-25
5900 MRF 18-26
The 5900 MRF 18-26
Changes in the 5900 MRF to support LTE 18-27
For further information 18-27
7510 MGW 18-29
About the 7510 MGW 18-29
Type of LTE/IMS function 18-30
Advantages of the 7510 MGW 18-31
Hardware 18-31
Software 18-34
Connections to other network elements 18-34
User interfaces 18-36
Changes in the 7510 MGW to support LTE 18-37
For further information 18-37
7520 MGW 18-38
The 7520 MGW 18-38
Advantages of the 7520 MGW 18-39
Hardware 18-39
Software 18-40
User interfaces 18-40
For further information 18-40
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS Overview

8950 AAA 18-41

About the 8950 AAA 18-41
For further information 18-44
VitalQIP ENUM/DNS 18-45
About the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS 18-45
Changes in the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS to support LTE 18-48
For further information 18-48

About IMS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) platform in general and
Alcatel-Lucent's IMS Solution.
Note that although the master diagram subdivides IMS into three categories (access
gateway, session control and applications), all of the IMS network elements are covered
here in this one chapter,

Contents

What is IMS? 18-4

What does IMS do? 18-5
The Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution 18-6
IMS functions implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution 18-7

What is IMS?
What is IMS?
IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) is an architectural framework, designed by the 3GPP
standards body, that is a platform for delivering Internet Protocol (IP) packet-based
multimedia “Internet-like” services to end-users. The IMS platform provides a common
set of functions and procedures for session control, bearer control, policy, and charging.
When these functions and procedures are used by an application the application is said to
be IMS-enabled.

Developed separately from LTE

IMS was developed separately, before LTE, and is currently used in 3GPP-based wireline
and wireless networks throughout the world.

What does IMS do?

Role of IMS
IMS provides communication services such as video communications, Instant Messaging,
and Voice over IP (VoIP).

Support for other applications

IMS provides the UE user the ability to simultaneously support web browsing, File
Transfer Protocol (FTP), streaming video, and other data applications.
Key supported applications include:
• IMS Applications, such as VoIP and Video Telephony
• Non-IMS Applications. for example, as Streaming Video, Transmission Control
Protocol / Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Applications, Web browsing, FTP, and
Corporate IP Security (IPsec) Virtual Private Network (VPN)

Functions supported in the Solution

For an explanation of the main functions IMS supports in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution, see “IMS functions implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution” (p. 18-7).

The Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution

Alcatel-Lucent IMS
Alcatel-Lucent has an IMS Solution that can be deployed to complement the LTE offer.
The EPS (LTE) provides a bearer path of a certain Quality of Service (QoS). Control of
multimedia applications such as VoIP is provided by the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).
IMS and VoIP functionality can be introduced together with other high-value applications
to support voice and data service.

Call scenarios
Call scenarios supported by the Alcatel-Lucent IMS include the following:
• Voice over IP (VoIP) calls from UE to UE. The calls can use the same or different
codecs.
• SMS
• PSTN access, including
– UE to Landline
– Landline to UE

Technical description document

For a detailed description the Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution, see Alcatel-Lucent IP
Multimedia Subsystem Solution Technical Description, 275-100-000.

For information on how to access IMS documentation

For information on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

For training
For classes on Alcatel-Lucent's IMS Solution, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the
following url and search on the term “IMS”:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

IMS functions implemented in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE

End-to-End Solution
Introduction
The IMS Solution used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution supports three
general categories of functions. This topic describes the IMS functions supported in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution and where to find the network elements for
each.

Functional areas
IMS specifications provide functions and common procedures in three functional areas:
• Bearer control/Access Gateway control
• Session control
• IMS-enabled applications

Bearer Control/Access Gateway

The transport and endpoint layer initiate and terminate SIP signaling to set up sessions
and provide bearer services such as conversion of voice from analog or digital formats to
IP packets using Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP). This layer provides the media
gateways for converting the VoIP bearer streams to the PSTN TDM format. The media
server provides many media-related services.
Grouped in with the bearer control functions are the gateway functions that provide
secure access to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) and access to other IP
networks.
An example of a gateway network element in the IMS Solution is the 5450 ISC.
Network elements used for Bearer Control are indicated in orange and labelled “Access
Gateway” in Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution” (p. 12-3). NEs used for Bearer Control/Access Gateway are
designated “Access Gateway” under “IMS function” in the network element description.

Session control
The session control layer contains the Call Session Control Function (CSCF), which
provides the registration of the endpoints and routing of the SIP signaling messages to the
appropriate application server. The CSCF interworks with the access and transport layer
to guarantee QoS across all services. The call session control layer includes the Home
Subscriber Server (HSS) database that maintains the unique service profile for each end
user.

IMS-enabled applications
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the Alcatel-Lucent IMS Solution is used
to host selected applications that are IMS-enabled.
This hosting of selected applications is performed by what is known as the Application
Layer in the IMS architecture. The Application Layer contains the application servers that
provide the end-user service logic. The IMS architecture and SIP signaling is flexible
enough to support a variety of telephony and non-telephony application servers. For
example, SIP standards have been developed for telephony services and IM services (and
other multimedia and presence applications).
An example of an application hosted by the IMS Application Layer is the 5110 Short
Message Service Center (SMSC).

5060 MGC-8

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 5060 Media Gateway Controller-8 (MGC-8) as
used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 5060 MGC-8 18-9

For further information 18-10

About the 5060 MGC-8

What is the 5060 MGC-8?
The Alcatel-Lucent 5060 Media Gateway Controller-8 (MGC-8) enables service
providers to seamlessly migrate from legacy TDM to VoIP to converged IMS on a single
platform. The Alcatel-Lucent 5060 MGC-8 provides the classic media gateway controller
function for both TDM and VoIP networks with any-to-any switching, including
TDM-to-TDM, TDM-to-IP, and IP-to-IP, while delivering a full range of
access/toll-tandem services and protocols. The Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 uses the Advanced
Telecommunications Computing Architecture (ATCA) standards-based platform.

Role of the 5060 MGC-8

The 5060 MGC-8 allows service providers to integrate the signaling gateway
functionality in the same chassis.
The 5060 MGC-8 supports several applications that are key for LTE:
• IMS Media Gateway Control Function (MGCF)
• Interconnection Border Control (IBCF)

Advantages of the MGC-8

Advantages of the 5060 MGC-8 include:
• ATCA-based platform simplifies operations through a shared management system and
hardware platform with other Alcatel-Lucent IMS components
• Single, easy-to-manage, self-contained package
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-9
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS About the 5060 MGC-8
5060 MGC-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Seamless migration from legacy TDM through VoIP to converged IMS on the same
platform
• Offers superior flexibility and cost efficiencies for both network renovation and
IP-network transformation
• Supports legacy revenue streams while enabling the growth of next-generation
services
• Reduces CAPEX and OPEX while providing carrier-class reliability, scalability, and
performance

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8, see (http://www.alcatel-lucent.
com/wps/DocumentStreamerServlet?LMSG_CABINET=Docs_and_Resource_Ctr&
LMSG_CONTENT_FILE=Brochures/May_2010_5060_MGC-8_R8__Product_
Description.pdf).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, including documentation on the
5060 MGC-8, see “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site”
(p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on MGC-8 in LTE. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “MGC-8 in LTE”.

5100 CMS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5100 CMS as it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 5100 Converged Messaging System 18-11

Changes in the 5100 CMS to support LTE 18-12
For further information 18-12

About the 5100 Converged Messaging System

What is the 5100 CMS?
The 5100 Converged Messaging System (5100 CMS) is an IMS network element that is
used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to host the voice mail server
function for LTE.

What is a Voice Mail Server?

The Voice Mail Server functional entity provides voice mail service for unanswered video
calls and video sharing sessions. This voice mail server should be shared with the video
mail server for normal voice calls so the user may have a single mailbox. A subscriber
placing an unanswered video call will be offered the ability to leave a voice mail. The
ability to leave a video message will be supported in a later release.

How it works
The 5100 CMS supports mixed-media messaging applications. End users have the
flexibility to use Terminal User Interface (TUI) or Messaging Application Broker (MAB)
enabled devices via an Integrated Maintenance Administration Panel (IMAP) or HTTP, as
well SMS, Email, and video mail. End users can receive and print faxes and email that is
sent to their account.

Interfaces
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) and Internet message application protocol 4
(IMAP4) are the standard e-mail interfaces, and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP) is the standard directory interface, used across the Wide Area Network (WAN) in
a distributed configuration.

Changes in the 5100 CMS to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 5100 CMS when the 5100 CMS is used to
support LTE.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 5100 CMS go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) web site (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com) and search on “5100 CMS”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 5100 CMS. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5100 CMS”.

5110 SMSC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5110 SMSC as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 5110 SMSC 18-13

For further information 18-15

About the 5110 SMSC

What is the 5110 SMSC?
The Alcatel-Lucent 5110 Short Message Service Center (SMSC) is an IP Multimedia
Subsystem (IMS)- and long term evolution (LTE)-ready messaging solution that enables
mobile subscribers to send and receive short messages using a mobile device in
multinetwork, multiprotocol environments. The 5110 SMSC helps service providers
differentiate their data messaging services by offering enhanced applications to increase
customer satisfaction and subscriber loyalty. Support for both traditional 3GPP/3GPP2
networks and new IMS and LTE networks helps to minimize operating costs.
The 5110 SMSC is interoperability proven-successfully integrated with
• SHLR,
• HSS,
• ICC,
• and 5100 CMS.
The 5110 SMSC is extremely reliable with Active/Active Mated Pair available with
geo-diverse deployment. The 5110 SMSC provides automatic failover detection and
guaranteed message delivery.

Capacity and performance

The 5110 SMSC supports SMS delivery over IMS and LTE Next Generation Networks.
Key details for capacity and performance include the following:

Advantages of the 5110 SMSC

Some advantages of the 5110 SMSC are:
• Complete end-to-end next generation SMSC solution (SMS, FDA, and Voting)
• Multiple technologies (CDMA, GSM, UMTS, IMS, and TDMA)
• Highly scalable, modular, and flexible carrier grade messaging platform that supports
up to four servers delivering 120 million busy hour message delivery attempts
• Solid network reliability and elimination of any single point of failure - providing
99.999% availability with geo-diverse deployment
• Operational and deployment flexibility to support individual/multiple regions or the
entire network
• Seamless migration of traffic from legacy to new SMSC
• Proven migration and integration team with the expertise to transition your network
with minimal impact to subscribers
• Operational ease of use with real time monitoring and configuration management
tools

TSIS
Troubleshooting, monitoring, and provisioning the 5110 SMSC is done by the
Troubleshooting and Statistical Interface (TSIS) tool. For more about TSIS, see “TSIS”
(p. 19-53).

For further information

How to access IMS documentation
For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on 5110 SMSC. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5110 SMSC”.

5410 PS/XDMS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5410 PS/XDMS as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 5410 PS/XDMS 18-16

Changes in the 5410 PS/XDMS to support LTE 18-17
For further information 18-18

About the 5410 PS/XDMS

What is the 5410 PS/XDMS?
The 5410 Presence Server (PS)/XDM Server (XDMS) is the IMS network element that
supports the Enhanced Address Book (EAB) contact list on the Video Communications
Service client.

Compliant with standards

The implementation of the PS/XDMS in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is
fully compliant with the Presence/XDMS part of the GSMA RCS 1.0 standard.

What is the Enhanced Address Book?

Video Communications Service 1.0 also includes an Enhanced Address Book (EAB) on
the client. The Enhanced Address Book (EAB) is address book software that contains
typical subscriber information but is also presence-enabled. Presence-enabled address
books contain additional real-time information about where the subscriber is located and
real-time information about the present capability of the end user's contacts.

How the EAB works

The EAB uses the Presence Server (PS) functional entity and the XDM Server (XDMS)
functional entity (both hosted by the 5410 PS/XDMS).

Role of the Presence Server

The presence server (PS) is responsible for aggregating all service capability information
published by all device and terminal clients, and distributing this information to all
authorized watchers.

Role of the XDM Server functional entity

The XDMS server is used to store all presence-related lists, for example the list of
subscribed contacts (which in Video Communications Service is called the Video
Communications Service buddy list) and the presence authorization lists.

HP ProLiant DL380
The 5410 PS/XDMS runs on a generic platform HP ProLiant DL380 Generation.

Changes in the 5410 PS/XDMS to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 5410 PS/XDMS when the 5410
PS/XDMS is used to support LTE.

For further information

For information on Video Communications Service
For information on Video Communications Service and on use of the 5410 PS/XDMS in
Video Communications Service, see “The Video Communications Service approach”
(p. 9-7).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, including documentation on the
5410 PS and 5410 XDMS functions, “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on
the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

For details on the hardware

For detailed specifications on the HP ProLiant DL380 hardware, see the following link:
(http://h18004.www1.hp.com/products/quickspecs/13234_div/13234_div.html).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 5410 PS/XDMS. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5410 PS/XDMS”.

5420 CTS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5420 CTS as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

The 5420 CTS 18-19

Changes in the 5420 CTS to support LTE 18-20
For further information 18-21

The 5420 CTS

What is the 5420 CTS?
The 5420 Converged Telephony Server (5420 CTS) is an IMS Telephony Application
Server (TAS) that supports a comprehensive set of voice and video supplementary
services for consumer and business endpoints. The 5420 CTS, as an IMS Telephony
Application Server, provides services to all types of fixed and mobile TDM and IP
endpoints through access network conversion methods.

What is a Telephony Application Server (TAS)?

A Telephony Application Server (TAS) is a network element that acts as a back to back
user agent and provides call processing supplementary services. Examples of TAS
functions include in-network call forwarding, call transfer, and multi-way conferencing.

Role of the 5420 CTS

The role of the 5420 CTS in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is to provide
voice and video supplementary services.

Advantages of the 5420 CTS

The 5420 CTS has many advantages for the service provider, including the following:
• The 5420 CTS supports both voice and video in a single application server.
• The 5420 CTS is highly scalable, supporting both consumer and residential services.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-19
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS The 5420 CTS
5420 CTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• The 5420 CTS was designed and built to support IMS networks and IMS interfaces
and also supports subscriber data storage in the HSS.
• The 5420 CTS is fully pre-integrated into the IMS solution with common OAM&P to
speed deployment and reduce IT integration expense.
• The 5420 CTS is compliant with all key standards (3GPP, GSMA, and so forth).
• The 5420 CTS has open Application Program Interfaces (APIs), enabling service
creation and new use cases, which can lead to new revenue and subscriber growth for
the service provider.
• The 5420 CTS provides 99.999% reliability through local 1+1 redundancy. Additional
geo-redundancy is supported.
The 5420 CTS is commercially deployed throughout the world with deployments
exceeding 2M live subscribers.

How it works
Within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 5420 CTS contains the service
logic that provides all types of endpoints with both basic and advanced call processing
services.

ATCA platform
The Alcatel-Lucent 5420 CTS is built on the Alcatel-Lucent 5400 Linux Control Platform
(LCP). The 5400 LCP is an Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture
(ATCA) based platform and is a common platform for many other Alcatel-Lucent
products, such as the 5780 DSC.

Changes in the 5420 CTS to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 5420 CTS when the 5420 CTS is used to
support LTE.
The 5420 CTS is compliant with relevant IMS and GSMA standards.

For further information

Product description
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 5420 CTS TAS, see Alcatel-Lucent 5420
Converged Telephony Server (CTS) Product Description, 275-900-367.

For documentation
For documentation on the 5420 CTS TAS go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer
Support (OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.
do?path=Documentation) and search for “5420 CTS”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, including documentation on the
5420 CTS, “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site”
(p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 5420 CTS. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5420 CTS”.

5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) 18-22

Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions 18-23
For further information 18-25

About the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)

What is the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)?
The Alcatel-Lucent 5450 IP Session Controller (ISC) is the session control engine at the
heart of several Alcatel-Lucent solutions. It manages SIP-based sessions for voice, video,
and data communications over any SIP-based wireline or wireless device, as well as
traditional access devices. The 5450 ISC also provides functions ensuring the control of
access network IP boundaries.

Role of the 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)

The 5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF) includes the following features:
• All IMS standards-based session control functionalities are provided from one single
product, e.g. Proxy Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF), Interrogating CSCF
(I-CSCF), Serving CSCF (S-CSCF) and Emergency CSCF (E-CSCF)
• Support of Breakout Gateway Control Function (BGCF) for selection of the
appropriate MGCF to provoke PSTN/PLMN breakout.
• Supported on Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture (ATCA) and
Compact Packet Switching Backplane (cPSB) hardware

Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions

Introduction
The 5450 ISC in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution carries out all the Call
Session Control Function (CSCF) roles defined in the 3GPP IMS standard. These roles
are the following: the Proxy CSCF (P-CSCF), Interrogating CSCF (I-CSCF), and Serving
CSCF (S-CSCF). The 5450 ISC also serves the Breakout Gateway Control Function
(BGCF).
This topic defines these roles.

What is CSCF?
Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions provide session management for
IP-based calls. The standard breaks down the session management functions into four
groups and assigns each group to one of four logical entities. Like all entities defined in
the standards, these entities are logical and not physical. Therefore when these entities are
implemented, these entities do not require each require a separate physical network
element. In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, these four logical entities are
implemented on one physical platform the 5450 ISC.

Interrogating CSCF (I-CSCF)

The Interrogating CSCF (I-CSCF) is the contact point within an operator’s network for
all connections destined to a subscriber of that network operator, or a roaming subscriber
currently located within that network operator’s service area. The I-CSCF performs the
following functions:
• •Assigning a S-CSCF to a user performing SIP registration
• Routing a SIP request received from another network towards the S-CSCF.
• Obtaining from the HSS the Address of the S-CSCF.
• Forwarding the SIP request or response to the S-CSCF determined by the previous
step

Serving CSCF (S-CSCF)

The Serving CSCF (S-CSCF) supports the SIP ISC interface to the application servers
such as TAS. This interface is defined in 3GPP 23.228, section 4.2.4.

Breakout Gateway Control Function (BGCF).

The Breakout Gateway Control Function (BGCF) selects the appropriate MGCF in which
PSTN/PLMN breakout is to occur based on the destination and/or origination of the call.
The MGCF will be responsible for the actual interworking with the PSTN/PLMN
network.

Emergency CSCF
One very important application handled by IMS in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution is the CSCF.
The 5450 ISC also provides the Emergency CSCF used to route emergency 112 or 911
calls. For 3.0 on, emergency calls are also handled using CSFB to 2G/3G as defined in
3GPP 23.272, Section 4.6.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS Providing Call Session Control Function (CSCF) functions
5450 ISC (P/S/I-CSCF)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For more information on CSCF
CSCF servers are defined in the 3GPP IMS standard. Specific references to the standard
are mentioned previously in this topic.

For further information

How to access IMS documentation
For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, including documentation on the
5420 ISC, “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site”
(p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on 5450 ISC. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5450 ISC”.

5900 MRF

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5900 Media Resource Function (5900 MRF) as it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

The 5900 MRF 18-26

Changes in the 5900 MRF to support LTE 18-27
For further information 18-27

The 5900 MRF

What is the 5900 MRF?
The 5900 Media Resource Function (5900 MRF) is the network element that provides the
Media Resource Function (MRF) in Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

What is the media resource function?

The media resource function is defined in the IMS standards as a function used for
conferencing, for playing of tones and announcements and for providing media related
functions such as media manipulation (for example, voice stream mixing).

Role
The role of the 5900 MRF in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution is to provide
multimedia processing and necessary service related to user interaction features.

Services provided
In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution the 5900 MRF provides the following
services:
• Play back of fixed and variable audio announcements
• Conferencing
• Multilingual announcements

Support for lawful interception

The 5900 MRF is also used to do media replication for calls that require lawful
interception (LI).

What is media replication?

Media replication is a process performed by the 5900 MRF while legal interception is
going on. During legal interception the 5900 MRF intercepts and replicates the flow of
information between the selected user device and other user devices. The original flow of
information is carried without interruption between the selected user device and other
user devices. However, at the same time, the 5900 MRF replicates the original flow of
information and sends the replicated flow of information to a recording room where the
information can be preserved for law enforcement officials.

Changes in the 5900 MRF to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 5900 MRF when the 5900 MRF is used
as part of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 5900 MRF go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for “5900 MRF”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 5900 MRF. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “5900 MRF”.

7510 MGW

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 7510 Media Gateway (7510 MGW) as used in
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 7510 MGW 18-29

Type of LTE/IMS function 18-30
Advantages of the 7510 MGW 18-31
Hardware 18-31
Software 18-34
Connections to other network elements 18-34
User interfaces 18-36
Changes in the 7510 MGW to support LTE 18-37
For further information 18-37

About the 7510 MGW

What is the 7510 MGW?
The Alcatel-Lucent 7510 Media Gateway (MGW) is a network element that provides a
gateway between disparate networks such as Public Switch Telephone Networks
(PSTNs), Next Generation Networks (NGNs), and Public Branch eXchanges (PBXs). The
7510 MGW provides the media gateway function for both TDM and VoIP networks with
any-to-any switching, including TDM-to-TDM, TDM-to-IP, and IP-to-IP.

Flexibility
The flexibility of the 7510 MGW enables service providers to seamlessly migrate from
legacy TDM to VoIP to converged IMS on a single platform. In addition, the 7510 MGW
can interconnect several VoIP; IMS or LTE/IMS networks using the Interconnect Border
Gateway Function (IBGF) capability directly.

Role of the 7510 MGW

The 7510 MGW functions as a virtual MGW to support many functions on a single
chassis, including the following:
• IMS media gateway (IMS-MGW)
• Trunking media gateway function (T-MGF)
• Interconnect Border Gateway Function (IBGF)
• SIP Signaling Firewall (SIP-FW)
• Centralized Access Border Gateway (C-BGF)
• Signalling gateway for M3UA, M2UA, IUA (SGW)
• Centralized Access Gateway (C-AGW)
• Virtual Media Gateway (VMG)

Type of LTE/IMS function

Functions
The 7510 MGW supports the following LTE/IMS functions:
• IMS - Media Gateway (IMS-GW)
• Interconnect Border Gateway Function (IBGF)
• Centralized Access Border Gateway (C-BGF)

Advantages of the 7510 MGW

Market leader
The 7510 MGW is used in many customer networks today and is the leading MGW in the
high density MGW market segment.

Advantages
The 7510 MGW offers many advantages to the service provider, including the following:
• Reduced CAPEX and OPEX and minimizes the cost of ownership.
• Delivery of critical end-user services with high quality and high reliability.
• Because of the 7510 MGW's Virtual Media Gateway concept, allows the splitting of a
single physical MGW chassis into several logical Media Gateways. Each Virtual
MGW can support different functions simultaneously. The Virtual Media Gateway
concept offers flexibility and cost efficiencies for both network renovation and
IP-network transformation.
• Support of multiple functions, which allows the operator a flexible network migration
and evolution including CAPEX protection.
• Proven reliability in a multivendor network architecture.

Hardware
Hardware description
A single Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW consists of the following components:
• One NEBS Level 3 compliant chassis, designed to meet international power,
grounding, and shielding requirements, and which is mounted in a standard
telecommunication rack
• A high-speed midplane that interconnects all Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW modules
• Three fan trays
• One air filter
• Up 16 application-specific modules
• System modules

About the chassis

The chassis is fitted with 20 vertical slots, which are divided by the midplane. Each
application-specific module consists of a processor board that is installed from the front
of the chassis, and an I/O board that is installed from the rear of the chassis.

Figure 18-1 7510 MGW hardware

Of the 20 slots available, four slots are dedicated to hold two Switch Fabric Modules, and
two System Control Modules. To maximize the Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW port density,
the remaining 16 generic slots can be filled using Media Conversion Modules, Packet
Interface Modules, or Circuit Interface Modules.
Each board that is inserted into the Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW chassis has a fully
redundant Ethernet MAC connection. Connections to the System Control Module switch
fabrics (the c-PSFs) allow communication with the control plane, while connections to
the packet switch fabrics on the Switch Fabric Modules (the d-PSF) provide the packet
switch used to transfer data in the data plane; these connections are made at the midplane.
Each module has its own power circuit and distribution, supplied, for example, by the
distributed -48 V or -60 V DC exchange power sources.

Software
7510 MGW software
The Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW contains a distributed software system that uses a
layered, modular software architecture. The 7510 MGW architecture is based on an open,
programmable call control model that performs call processing independent of other
functions such as resource management, routing, or forwarding.
The Software inside of the 7510 MGW is structured into Kernel Software, Network Layer
Software; Application Layer Software, Voice Processing, Software Redundancy

Connections to other network elements

Interfaces
Because of its rich feature set, the 7510 MGW can support many types of network
connections. Typical 7510 MGW interfaces are shown in the following figure.

Figure 18-2 7510 MGW interfaces

Supported gateways
The Virtual Media Concept on the 7510 allows multiple gateways to be supported at once,
including the following:
Trunking Gateway (TGW) The Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW offers high port density in
VoIP trunking on a true carrier grade platform, thereby enabling reliable and
cost-efficient utilization of IP network for transit voice traffic. By supporting TDM
hairpinning (native TDM switching) and avoiding burdening IP network with local
calls, the Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW enables efficient treatment of local calls while
the service provider is migrating to an NGN Class 4 solution.
Centralized Access Gateway (C-AGW), The Centralized Access Gateway (C-AGW),
under the control of the signalling-compatible MGC-like Alcatel-Lucent 5020 MGC,

User interfaces
Managed by OMC-P
All functions of the 7510 MGW can be managed via the 1310 OMC-P.

Functions supported
The following functions are supported:
• Chassis Management — The Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW contains a high-level chassis
management system that operates from the active System Control Module.
• Configuration Management — The configuration database, which is stored in files in
the Flash Memory of the System Control Module, maintains all Alcatel-Lucent 7510
MGW configuration information.
• Fault Management — Fault management concerns detection, isolation, and correction
of abnormal operations in an Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW.
• Diagnostic Test - Bit Error Rate test (BERT) — The BERT generates and evaluates bit
patterns to verify the proper functioning of all equipped modules.
• System Logging and Debugging — In addition to monitoring extensive statistical
data, the Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGW supports a complete set of diagnostic features.

Other OA&M interfaces

Alternatively, the 7510 MGW can be managed using the text-based CLI , the GUI-based
Alcatel-Lucent 7510 MGEM on the system or the 1300 XMC.

Changes in the 7510 MGW to support LTE

No changes
There are no changes to the functionality of the 7510 MGW when the 7510 MGW is used
as part of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 7510 MGW go to the following Alcatel-Lucent Online
Customer Support (OLCS) web site product index url (https://infoproducts.alcatel-lucent.
com/aces/cgi-bin/dbaccessproddoc.cgi.edit?entryId=1-0000000002649&doctype=DOC)”.
See especially the Product Description, 3FZ 08014 AAAx DEZZA.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, of which the 7510 MGW is a part,
see “Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

For documentation on the OMC-P

For information on the OMC-P, see “1310 OMC-P” (p. 19-9).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 7510 MGW. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keywords “7510 MGW”.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 18-37
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS Overview
7520 MGW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7520 MGW

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 7520 Media Gateway (7520 MGW) as used in
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

The 7520 MGW 18-38

Advantages of the 7520 MGW 18-39
Hardware 18-39
Software 18-40
User interfaces 18-40
For further information 18-40

The 7520 MGW

What is the 7520 MGW?
The 7510 Media Gateway (7520 MGW) is a gateway network element that provides the
media gateway function for both TDM and VoIP networks with any-to-any switching,
including TDM-to-TDM, TDM-to-IP, and IP-to-IP. The 7520 MGW enables service
providers to seamlessly migrate from legacy TDM to VoIP to converged IMS on a single
platform.

What is a Media Gateway?

A Media Gateway (MGW) is a network element that transforms media from one
transmission format, usually Public Switched Telephone Network Time Division
Multiplexed (PSTN TDM) circuits, to another format, such as Voice over Packet (VoP).

Role of the 7520 MGW

The 7520 MGW functions as a virtual MGW to support many functions on a single
chassis, including the following:
• IMS media gateway (IMS-MGW)
• Trunking media gateway function (T-MGF)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-38 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS The 7520 MGW
7520 MGW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Signalling gateway for M2UA, IUA (SGW)
• Virtual Media Gateway (VMG)

As used in the Solution

The 7520 MGW is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution to support the
9380 3G MSC. The 7520 MGW is the only gateway supported by the 9380 3G MSC.

Advantages of the 7520 MGW

Advantages
The 7520 MGW offers many advantages to the service provider, such as the following:
• The MGW delivers reduced CAPEX and OPEX and minimizes the cost of ownership.
• The 7520 MGW delivers critical end-user services with high quality and high
reliability.
• The Virtual Media gateway concept allows the splitting of a single physical MGW
chassis into several logical Media Gateways. Each Virtual MGW can support different
functions at the same time. The Virtual Media gateway concept offers flexibility and
cost efficiencies for both network renovation and IP-network transformation.
• The 7520 MGW's support of multiple functions allows the operator a flexible network
migration and evolution including CAPEX protection.
• The 7520 MGW has been proven to be reliable in a multivendor network architecture.

Hardware
Hardware description
The 7520 MGW shares the same chassis as the 5020 MGC-8, that is, the 23–inch wide
Alcatel-Lucent Gateway Platform (LGP), The Gateway Platform is 14RU. For a summary
of the hardware, see the 275-100-000, IMS Solution Technical Description.

Software
7520 MGW software
The Alcatel-Lucent 7520 MGW contains a distributed software system that uses a
layered, modular software architecture. The 7520 MGW architecture is based on an open,
programmable call control model that performs call processing independent of other
functions such as resource management, routing, or forwarding.

User interfaces
Managed by OMC-P
Most functions of the 7520 MGW can be managed via the 1310 OMC-P. For more on the
OMC-P, see “1310 OMC-P” (p. 19-9).

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 7520 MGW go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for “7520 MGW”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

8950 AAA

Overview
Purpose
This section describes 8950 Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) as used
in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 8950 AAA 18-41

For further information 18-44

About the 8950 AAA

What is the 8950 AAA?
The Alcatel-Lucent 8950 AAA is the Authentication, Authorization and Accounting
(AAA) server of choice for major service providers, ISPs, and Enterprises, due to its
proven performance and its flexible, extensible architecture built on Java ™-based
programming language. 8950 AAA provides the tools needed to support the technologies
of today as well as the technologies and services of tomorrow, including fixed-mobile
roaming and blended multimedia services.
Based on a powerful multi-threaded engine and a robust core request queue processor, the
8950 AAA server offers the most extensive set of AAA features available today for
wireline, broadband, and wireless networks. Extensive support for IETF RFCs (AAA,
RADIUS, Diameter, and EAP), TIA (IS-835), 3GPP, and 3GPP2 standards means the
8950 AAA server is equipped to support a wide array of access technologies including:
CDMA, GSM/GPRS, UMTS, Broadband, LTE, WiMAX, Femto, and VPN/tunnelling.
While most AAA servers provide limited flexibility, the Alcatel-Lucent 8950 AAA server
offers a built-in programming language, known as PolicyFlow, for writing complex
authentication and accounting policies. The 8950 AAA policy flow language is easy to
learn and can easily be used to implement new policies or maintain existing policies as
service offerings evolve. The flexibility afforded by PolicyFlow helps service providers
reduce the time to market for new and innovative services, allowing them to stay ahead of
the competition and increase their revenues.

Role of the 8950 AAA

The 8950 AAA is required when interworking with a CDMA (eHRPD) network, or
whenever interoperability with a non-3GPP network is required. In a 3GPP architecture,
8950 AAA serves as the “3GPP-AAA”. It can also act as the standard 3GPP2 1xEVDO
AAA if needed.
In an LTE network with eHRPD interworking, 8950 AAA acts as interface between the
HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) and the Home Subscriber Server (HSS), and also
between the PDN Gateway (PGW) and the HSS. The 3GPP interface to HSGW is
referred to as STa; for PGW the interface supported is S6b, and to HSS the interface
supported is SWx.
8950 AAA provides EAP-AKA authentication via STa to eHRPD UEs requiring access to
the EPC. It obtains subscriber authentication vectors from the HSS via SWx to do so.
8950 AAA also supports the S6b functions for access authorization, and for forwarding of
location updates from the PGW to the HSS.
8950 AAA maintains an in-core database of active LTE-eHRPD sessions, and this can be
accessed by a operator/administrator to monitor network usage. It can also process
requests from the HSS to update or terminate selected sessions.
8950 AAA provides an out-of-the-box solution for basic LTE-eHRPD interworking, but it
can be extended or customized for more complex needs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-42 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS About the 8950 AAA
8950 AAA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Upon installing 8950 AAA, an operator/administrator will need to configure Diameter
interfaces to HSGW, PGW, and HSS. Some configuration activity in all those nodes will
be required. No end-user provisioning is normally performed in the 3GPP-AAA (all LTE
user data resides in the HSS), but 8950 AAA can support locally provisioned data for
specialized customizations.

Advantages of the 8950 AAA

The Alcatel-Lucent 8950 AAA is designed with a modular architecture to provide the
highest levels of flexibility, performance and availability, and the broadest ranges of
scalability. Advantages of the 8950 AAA include:
Flexibility and performance
• Extensibility
– PolicyFlow AAA programming language for flexible service definition to provide
extreme configurability
– Strong authentication based on token cards
– Fully configurable accounting record creation
• Multiple configurations to support all environments, including:
– Standalone AAA server capability
– AAA with a pre-integrated LDAP directory server: Alcatel-Lucent 8661 DS
– AAA integration with the Alcatel-Lucent 8650 SDM for complete centralization
of subscriber profiles
– Available for the most popular platforms: Sun Solaris ™, Linux, and Microsoft®
Windows
• Highly flexible policy-management capabilities and a broad toolset of capabilities
enable personalized services, making the 8950 AAA the most flexible AAA server on
the market
• Competitive performance advantage
– Intelligent transaction processing of requests, including flexible retry/alternate
data source logic
– Software optimized for performance: fully multi-threaded application with
processor thread tuning to take full advantage of multiprocessor systems
• Server monitoring and statistics tools, including extensive logging capabilities such as
Syslog and SNMP
• Complete support for Proxy RADIUS and Diameter, including support for 3GPP
standards-defined Diameter interface to provide interoperability with IMS core
network components
• Support for both local and geographical redundancy for high availability and
improved resilience

For further information

For documentation
To order Alcatel-Lucent documents, contact your local sales representative or use Online
Customer Support (OLCS): (http://support.alcatel-lucent.com)
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 8950 AAA, refer to the 8950 AAA Quick
Start Guide, 365-360-007.

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on 8950 AAA. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “8950 AAA”.

VitalQIP ENUM/DNS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS product as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS 18-45

Changes in the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS to support LTE 18-48
For further information 18-48

About the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS

What is the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS?
VitalQIP is an IP address management system used by over 800 customers worldwide,
including several service providers. In brief, it maintains an inventory of allocated IP
addresses and address ranges, as well as associated networks, subnets, and domains
(www.example.com, etc.) in a database. VitalQIP generates configuration and data files
from this database, and distributes them to downstream DNS (and DHCP) servers.
Additionally, VitalQIP provides many related functions, including data validation checks,
automation aids, templates, threshold warnings, permission-based administrative roles,
audit trails, and reports.
The VitalQIP ENUM Manager Module is a module available for VitalQIP, and is used by
several service providers worldwide. The primary purpose of ENUM Manager is to
support the administration of ENUM domains (for example, 1.e164.arpa) and the Naming
Authority Pointer (NAPTR) records in them. Usually for a subscriber there are one or
more NAPTR records.

Role of the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS

Key Aspects of VitalQIP Technology include the following:
• Innovative Profiling Capabilities
• Flexible Subnet Management
• Customizable User Interface

Advantages of the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS

Advantages of the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS include:
• Reduce infrastructure support costs - less support staff
• Reduce address assignment process and departmental costs
• Reduce disaster recovery time and cost
• Improve the availability of network infrastructure
• Reduce operator effort and misconfigurations
• Reduce troubleshooting time and support costs due to inaccurate configuration
• Improve overall network operational efficiencies
• Maintain consistent and accurate IP inventory
• Control operating expenses through automation
• Provide high availability for clients/subscribers
• VitalQIP is performance proven in the most demanding networks
• Rapidly provision address space and reliably deliver critical IP name and service In
step with new technology and services: VoIP, ENUM, RFID, IPv6, Mobile HSD and
IP Video, etc.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-46 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Network elements used for IMS About the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS
VitalQIP ENUM/DNS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use of the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS in IMS
DNS translates URLs and domain names into IP addresses.
In IMS, DNS is used to resolve the following IP addresses:
• IP addresses of IMS network elements for communication between IMS network
elements
• IP addresses of servers that are requested by users
IMS network elements rely on the DNS to find each other. For example, a P-CSCF
receives messages that contain domain names for further routing to a S-CSCF. The
domain name cannot be used to route a message, so a DNS query must be performed to
find the IP address that is related to the domain name.
This type of DNS is performed by on-board Alcatel-Lucent CP functionality and is only
used internally in the IMS core network. Once a translation from domain name to IP
address is performed, the translation is stored in on-board cache memory. On-board
storage reduces the number of queries that are needed and speeds up processing.
IMS subscribers that use the Internet rely on the DNS to translate the URL into IP
addresses, to find the servers that are offering services and applications. This type of DNS
uses external DNS servers. DNS servers are common resources and are used by many
applications and services.
In IMS, the VitalQIP ENUM manager supports the administration of ENUM domains (for
example, 1.e164.arpa.) and the Naming Authority Pointer (NAPTR) records in the ENUM
domains. Usually for a subscriber there are one or more NAPTR records. A NAPTR
record maps an E.164 number (basically, a phone number) to a URI. For example, a
NAPTR record maps an E.164 number to a URI for an I-CSCF that’s used to reach a
subscriber’s home network, and during call or session setup a SIP Invite message is sent
to this I-CSCF.
In the ENUM Manager GUI, an administrator can split and merge ENUM domains to
manage the size of ENUM zone files that are used in DNS servers. The GUI also allows
an administrator to create, update, delete, and search the NAPTR records.
Additionally, the VitalQIP ENUM supports an electronic interface for upstream
provisioning systems to create, update, delete, and search NAPTR records in the VitalQIP
ENUM. The NAPTR records are stored in the ENUM database, which is shared with
VitalQIP. VitalQIP accesses this database, and uses the data in it to update DNS servers,
either through zone file pushes or in near-real time with Dynamic DNS Updates.

Changes in the VitalQIP ENUM/DNS to support LTE

VitalQIP ENUM/DNS in LTE
The VitalQIP ENUM/DNS product itself doesn't change. In IMS, DNS is used to resolve
the IP addresses of IMS network elements for communication between IMS network
elements - this still basically applies, except now it's for LTE network elements instead of
IMS network elements. However, the purpose of the NAPTR records change. They are no
longer associated with subscribers. Instead, as per 3GPP specifications like TS 29.303 on
DNS procedures in LTE networks, LTE network elements use NAPTR records to find
other network elements that are topologically close by matching the maximum number of
labels in domain name suffixes.

For further information

For documentation
For details on VitalQIP DNS/DHCP and IP, refer to: System Planning in VitalQIP
Administrator Reference Manual, 190-409-042.
For details on the VitalQIP ENUM, refer to: VitalQIP Add-On ENUM Manager - User's
Guide, 190-409-067.

How to access IMS documentation

For instructions on how to access IMS documentation, see “Accessing and navigating
IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on VitalQIP. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “VitalQIP”.

Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent Operations, Administration, Maintenance and
Provisioning (OAM&P) products that are used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

Layers of OAM&P support 19-4

About the Network Management Layer (NML) 19-4
About the Element Management Layer 19-5
About the Network Element Layer 19-5
1300 XMC 19-6
About the 1300 XMC 19-6
Changes in the 1300 XMC to support LTE 19-7
For further information 19-8
1310 OMC-P 19-9
About the 1310 OMC-P 19-9
Changes in the 1310 OMC-P to support LTE 19-11
For further information 19-11
1357 IMC 19-12
About the 1357 IMC 19-12
Advantages of the 1357 IMC 19-13
Hardware 19-13
Software 19-13

Connections to other network elements 19-14

Changes in the 1357 IMC to support LTE 19-14
For further information 19-15
5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) 19-16
5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) 19-16
Hardware 19-17
For further information 19-18
8950 SAM 19-19
About the 8950 SAM 19-19
Changes in the 8950 SAM to support LTE 19-21
For further information 19-22
9153 Operations and Maintenance Center For Radio (OMC-R) 19-23
About the OMC-R 19-23
Advantages 19-24
For further information 19-25
9253/9254 OMC-RAN 19-26
About the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN 19-27
Hardware description 19-27
Software 19-28
Connections to other network elements 19-28
User interfaces 19-28
For more information 19-28
9256 OMP 19-30
About the 9256 OMP 19-30
For further information 19-32
9353 WMS 19-33
About the 9353 WMS 19-33
Changes in the 9353 WMS to support LTE 19-34
For further information 19-35
9452 WPS 19-36
About the 9452 WPS 19-36
For further information 19-38
9958 WTA 19-39
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
OAM&P products Overview

About the 9958 WTA 19-39

Changes in the 9958 WTA to support LTE 19-41
For further information 19-41
9959 NPO 19-42
About the 9959 NPO 19-42
Hardware 19-44
Software 19-44
Changes in the 9959 NPO to support LTE 19-44
For further information 19-44
NEM 19-46
About the NEM 19-46
Changes in the NEM to support LTE 19-47
For further information 19-47
OMC-CN 19-48
About the OMC-CN 19-48
Changes in OMC-CN to support LTE 19-50
For further information 19-50
SMT 19-51
The SMT 19-51
How it works 19-51
Changes in the SMT to support LTE 19-52
For further information 19-52
TSIS 19-53
About TSIS 19-53
Changes in the TSIS to support LTE 19-55
For further information 19-56

Layers of OAM&P support

Overview
Purpose
The Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Performance management support for
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution falls into the three logical TMN layers
defined in ITU-T Recommendation M.3010:
• Network Management Layer (NML)
• Element Management Layer (EML)
• Network Element Layer (NEL)
The topics in this section describe the three logical TMN layers of OAM&P support
available within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the Network Management Layer (NML) 19-4

About the Element Management Layer 19-5
About the Network Element Layer 19-5

About the Network Management Layer (NML)

What is the Network Management Layer?
The Network Management Layer (NML) manages the interactions between network
elements, without knowing the internal details of each network element. A Network
Management Server (NMS) provides oversight services to aid in managing major sections
of the network. According to the standards, there may be several NMSs within a network.

About the Element Management Layer

What is the Element Management Layer?
The Element Management Layer (EML) manages individual network elements and sub
networks and hides vendor-specific management functions from layers above. An
Element Management Server (EMS) provides oversight and coordination of services from
groups of network elements.

About the Network Element Layer

What is the Network Element Layer
The Network Element Layer (NEL) provides agent services, mapping of physical aspects
of the equipment into logical representations. The network elements themselves
implement the NEL.

1300 XMC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 1300 XMC as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 1300 XMC 19-6

Changes in the 1300 XMC to support LTE 19-7
For further information 19-8

About the 1300 XMC

What is the 1300 XMC?
The Alcatel-Lucent 1300 Cross-Domain Management Center (XMC) integrates
management of Next Generation Network and IP Multimedia Subsystem (NGN/IMS)
products, including fixed and mobile access, Packet Switching Network, and Unlicensed
Mobile Access (UMA).

Role of the 1300 XMC

Thanks to its portal architecture, the 1300 XMC is well suited to support the migration of
legacy networks. It acts as an umbrella on top of the installed base, allowing supervision
and navigation of the:
• Alcatel-Lucent 1300 CMC,
• Alcatel-Lucent 1300 OMC-CS,
• Alcatel-Lucent 1300 OMC-PS,
• Alcatel-Lucent OMC-P.
The Alcatel-Lucent 1300 XMC also provides the corresponding Operations Support
System (OSS) Application Programming Interfaces (APIs), such as SNMP interfaces for
Fault Management and 3GPP R6 interfaces (Fault Management and Performance
Management). Deployed on both HP UX and HP Linux baseline, 1300 XMC covers all
Tier 1, 2, and 3 scalability requirements.

Uses of the 1300 XMC

The main functions provided by the 1300 XMC include the following:
• Management of network elements
• A view of the network topology that covers all the network and provides an animated
tree / view of the network
• Alarm collection and centralized alarm management
• Customizable, centralized collection of performance-related information
• Seamless navigation between integrated and non integrated (distributed) applications
• Centralized operations and profile management
• Northbound interface for OSS access
• Optional Northbound interface for SOAP/XML access
• Centralized NE software download and backup/restore
• Log management
• XMC platform management

Changes in the 1300 XMC to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 1300 XMC when it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

1300 XMC in LTE

The 1300 XMC is one product that covers IMS and may cover LTE as well, if the
Network Elements part of an LTE network are covered by the XMC. There is no change
between XMC in an IMS context and XMC in an LTE context.

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 1300 XMC, see Alcatel-Lucent 1300
XMC Product description, 3DN 00801 ABAA DEZZA.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on IMS. For a listing of these classes, go to Alcatel-Lucent
University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and
search on the keyword “IMS”.

1310 OMC-P

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 1310 OMC-P as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 1310 OMC-P 19-9

Changes in the 1310 OMC-P to support LTE 19-11
For further information 19-11

About the 1310 OMC-P

What is the 1310 OMC-P?
The Alcatel-Lucent 1310 Operations and Management Console – Plus (OMC-P) is an
Operations and Maintenance Center used to support the Control Platforms (1000 and
1800 Models), the Gateway Platform (Formerly the Plexus™ 9000), Compact Switch,
Network Controller, Network Gateway, Signaling Gateway, and related platforms,
regardless of applications and nodal configurations.

Role of the 1310 OMC-P

The 1310 OMC-P provides an easy-to-use interface where all critical operations tasks,
such as performance monitoring, provisioning, security, and fault management, can be
performed.
In addition, the EMS can provide the following northbound interfaces that allow for
OSS/BSS integration with services providers:
• An SNMPv2c interface is provided for the delivery of fault management information
• An SFTP interface is provided for the delivery of performance management
information in XML format
• A high speed machine to machine XML/SOAP interface is provided for the delivery
of high volume provisioning messages

Use of the 1310 OMC-P in IMS

The 1310 OMC-P is a full-featured, highly robust element management system (EMS)
that provides fault management, configuration, performance and security (FCAPS)
support and value-added maintenance features to the Alcatel-Lucent IP Multimedia
Subsystem (IMS) core.
It is also the management system for all Alcatel-Lucent IMS-based and border-gateway
(IP-peering) solutions, the Alcatel-Lucent 5060 IP Call Server (ICS)-based integrated
IMS configuration, and the Alcatel-Lucent 5060 Media Gateway Controller - 8
(MGC-8)-based tandem-switch solutions.
In addition, the 1310 OMC-P is the element manager for the:
• Alcatel-Lucent 5060 ICS,
• Alcatel-Lucent 5450 IP Session Controller (ISC),
• Alcatel-Lucent 5450 IP Resource Controller (IRC),
• 7510/7515/7520 Media Gateway (MGW),
• Alcatel-Lucent 5060 MGC-8,
• and Alcatel-Lucent 5420 Converged Telephony Server (CTS).

Changes in the 1310 OMC-P to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 1310 OMC-P when it is used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

1310 OMC-P in LTE

The 1310 OMC-P does not manage any more or less when LTE is used. Instead, the 5620
SAM is used to manage the LTE components while the 1310 OMC-P/1360 COM is used
to manage the IMS components.
The 1310 OMC-P and the 1300 XMC work together to manage the IMS core
environment. Starting with IMS 10.1, the IMS core will be managed by a single,
consolidated EMS called the 1360 Centralized Operations Manager (COM). The 1300
XMC is the only asset managing the PS/XDMS/MMIM, CMS, and SDM assets today.
The 1310 OMC-P does not manage these assets. The COM will bring the 1300 XMC and
1310 OMC-P together in a single EMS and manage all of the elements that the 1300
XMC and 1310 OMC-P manage today.

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the 1310 OMC-P, go to: (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/
portal/productContent.do?productId=null&entryId=1-0000000001749).
Click on the documentation available.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the OMC-P. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “OMC-P”.

1357 IMC

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 1357 Interception Management Center (1357 IMC) network
element as it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 1357 IMC 19-12

Advantages of the 1357 IMC 19-13
Hardware 19-13
Software 19-13
Connections to other network elements 19-14
Changes in the 1357 IMC to support LTE 19-14
For further information 19-15

About the 1357 IMC

What is the 1357 IMC?
The 1357 Interception Management Center (IMC) is the network element that provides
the administration function and OA&M support for the 1357 LIG(s) in the Alcatel-Lucent
complete lawful interception solution, the 1357 ULIS.

For more on the 1357 ULIS

For an explanation of the 1357 ULIS solution, see “1357 Unified Lawful Interception
Suite (ULIS)” (p. 10-2).

One IMC for all the intercepted networks

One IMC can handle multiple LIGs in multiple networks (Mobile-PS, Mobile CS, IMS,
IP broadband and so forth). Therefore one IMC is able to manage all the requests from the
Law Enforcement Agencies (LEAs) for all the networks of a service provider.

Advantages of the 1357 IMC

Centralized solution
The 1357 ULIS (of which the 1357 IMC is a part) provides a centralized solution for all
of a service provider's lawful interception needs. This centralized management can be
used for multivendor mediation functions and can allow a network operator or a Law
Enforcement Agency (LEA) to centralize lawful interception management.
Other advantages of the 1357 ULIS are listed in “Advantages of the 1357 ULIS”
(p. 10-5).

Hardware
HP ProLiant DL380
The 1357 IMC runs on a generic platform HP ProLiant DL380.

Software
Common software architecture
1357 ULIS applications share a common software architecture that has optimized
flexibility and modularity to quickly introduce new “HIx” standards and associated
protocols.

Lawful Interception platform

1357 ULIS applications run on top of a Lawful Interception platform that is composed of:
• 1357 customized Linux Redhat enterprise distribution
• WALI (Web Applications for Lawful Interception) that is the Alcatel-Lucent LI
product middleware
• a database framework
• installation and maintenance services

Connections to other network elements

Handoff Interface 1 (HI 1)
The Handover Interface 1 (HI 1) is a manual or electronic interface between the LEA and
the IMC. Through this interface, the LEA provides the warrant to intercept subscribers.

Handoff Interface 2 (HI 2)

The IMC uses Handoff Interface 2 (HI 2) to send the interception-related information
(IRI) to the Law Enforcement Monitoring Facility (LEMF).

Connections to the network

The 1357 IMC uses the following interfaces:
• HI 1 — the provisioning interface. The HI 1 interface can be local to the 1357 LIG
using the GUI or direct from the LEA to the 1357 LIG using an electronic interface.
• HI 2 — the interface that is used to provide IRI to the LEA
• X1 — the target marking interface from the 1357 to the NE. This is a proprietary
interface.
• X2 — used by the NE to provide information related to the call to the 1357 LIG. This
is a proprietary interface.
• X3 — used by the NE to provide content of communication to the 1357 LIG. This is a
proprietary interface.

Changes in the 1357 IMC to support LTE

Minor changes
Minor changes to the 1357 IMC were required to include support for the new nodes
(HSS, MME and S/P-GW).

For further information

Customer documentation
An entire set of customer documentation for the 1357 IMC is available from the online
customer support (OLCS) web site for customers who have purchased the 1357 ULIS
product. For instructions on using OLCS, see “Accessing and navigating the OLCS web
site” (p. 21-9) and other helpful information in Chapter 21, “Resources”.

1357 LIG
The 1357 LIG is explained in “1357 LIG” (p. 17-3).

Training on the 1357 ULIS

5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) 19-16

Hardware 19-17
For further information 19-18

5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)

What is the 5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM)?
The 5620 Service Aware Manager (SAM) provides operators with a single, integrated
network management solution for EPC, mobile backhaul and the eNodeBs. The 5620
SAM enables end-to-end management of the supported network elements (NEs), the
mobile layer and the IP routing layer within the eUTRAN, Backhaul and Core Networks.
The 5620 SAM also provides flexible configuration and provisioning tools with
automation capabilities that reduce the possibility of human error for both network
elements and IP routing. Combined with powerful, standards-based OSS interfaces, the
5620 SAM provides operators with an advanced management solution that easily adapts
to their existing OSS environment for faster and more cost-effective integration.

5620 SAM overview

The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 SAM provides a comprehensive set of element, end-to-end
network and IP management capabilities for the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution
(7750 SR [SGW], 7750 SR [PGW], 9471 MME and 5780 DSC). The 5620 SAM
service-aware management solution provides the following key capabilities for the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution:
• Configuration management – allowing coordinated deployment of configuration data
across network elements operating at both the mobile and transport layers.
• Management of Solution eNodeBs

Capabilities provided
For more details on the capabilities of the 5620 SAM for LTE, refer to the "Service-aware
IP management for the Ultimate Wireless Packet Core" Application Note on
www.alcatel-lucent.com/5620sam.

Hardware
Hardware description
The 5620 SAM is supported on a number of different industry standard computing
platforms. The sizing of the computing platform is based upon network sizing and
operational requirements.

For further information

For more information
For more information on the 5620 SAM, see the following documents and class.

Table 19-1 Documentation on the 5620 SAM

Document Number Document Title

95-5813-01-00-C 2.1 Installation and Upgrade Guide
3HE 05618 AAAA TQZZA 01 User Guide
20100426
3HE 05720 AAAA TQZZA 01 Statistics Management Guide
3HE05721AAABTQZZA01 Parameter Guide
20100609 1
3HE05722AAABTQZZA OSS Interface Developer Guide
3HE 05933 AAAA TQZZA Scripts and Templates Developer Guide
3HE 05723 AAAA TQZZA Troubleshooting Guide
3HE05724AAABTQZZA System Architecture Guide
3HE 05725 AAAA TQZZA Maintenance Guide
3HE 06261 AAAA TQZZA LTE ePC User Guide
3HE 06072 AAAD TQZZA Integration Guide
3HE 06107 AAAE TQZZA Glossary
3HE 06262 AAAC TQZZA LTE RAN User Guide
3HE 06263 AAAC LTE Parameter Reference
3HE 06264 AAAC TQZZA LTE Alarms Reference
3HE 06265 AAAA TQZZA 3GPP OSS Developer Guide

To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:

https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

8950 SAM

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 8950 Services Activation Manager (SAM) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 8950 SAM 19-19

Changes in the 8950 SAM to support LTE 19-21
For further information 19-22

About the 8950 SAM

What is the 8950 SAM?
The Alcatel-Lucent 8950 Services Activation Manager (SAM) software is a
workflow-enabled provisioning OSS that provides automated flow-through service
activation and provisions services quickly and cost-effectively over multivendor,
multi-domain networks (IMS, wireless, DSL).
8950 SAM software lowers provisioning costs while enabling quick and flexible
introduction of revenue-generating new services such as DSL, 2G, 3G, IMS subscriber
and infrastructure provisioning, voicemail, SMS, etc. The flow-through provisioning
process enables services management for multiple systems and subscribers accurately and
without human intervention.

Role of the 8950 SAM

The 8950 SAM provides the features needed to automate and streamline service
provisioning within service provider networks. The intuitive user interface and innovative
workflow manger of the 8950 SAM make it possible to implement customized business
logic and manage the provisioning process end-to-end.

Advantages of the 8950 SAM

The 8950 SAM offers service providers a flexible software solution to activate
subscribers and provision infrastructure faster, better, and less expensively. It supports
service activation needs by integrating and controlling complex business and operations
processes for service provisioning, activation, and confirmation.
8950 SAM business benefits include:
• Increased profitability with cost-effective provisioning of advanced services across
your multivendor, multi-technology network.
• The ability to rapidly introduce new applications and service bundles to maximize
revenue and respond to competitive offerings.
• The ability to provision services faster and more economically, reducing OPEX.

Use of the 8950 SAM in IMS

The 8950 SAM supports provisioning for IMS services.
The 8950 SAM:
• Creates work items that coordinate the information and resources to provision
services.
• Triggers workflows that contain the appropriate sequence of manual and automated
steps to provision new services.
• Tracks the progress of each work item through its workflows.

Changes in the 8950 SAM to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the 8950 SAM when it is used in the IMS in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

8950 SAM in LTE

The 8950 SAM can coordinate provisioning for LTE subscribers by communicating with
8650 SDM/HSS, 5780 DSC (PCRF function) and optionally, a device management
system to perform various actions for the subscription in the network, such as Add,
Delete, Modify and Verify. One input stream to 8950 SAM can be configured to send the
appropriate messages to the downstream elements.

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 8950 SAM, refer to the 8950 SAM
(Services Activation Manager) User’s Guide, 190-418-001.

9153 Operations and Maintenance Center For

Radio (OMC-R)

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operations and Maintenance Center For
Radio (OMC-R) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the OMC-R 19-23

Advantages 19-24
For further information 19-25

About the OMC-R

What is the 9153 OMC-R?
In the GSM world, the OMC or Operation and Maintenance Center is defined as a system
responsible for operation and maintenance of a given set of network equipment.
In compliance with the GSM specifications, the Alcatel-Lucent 9153 Operation &
Maintenance Center for Radio Part (OMC-R) is the product used to perform Element
Management and Sub-Network Management on the following BSS network subsystems:
• The whole set of BSSs, that is, BSCs, BTSs, TCs, and transmission systems
• GPRS Multi-BSS Fast packet Server (MFS), that is, the BSS part of the GPRS
equipment
The 9153 OMC-R is a management system based on one or several UNIX servers
connected with a number of user terminals via Ethernet-LAN or WAN (depending on the
network configuration) and with a number of BSCs and MFSs that have to be managed.

Role of the 9153 OMC-R

A single 9153 OMC-R configuration can supervise multiple BSSs (the BSCs with all
related BTSs), BSSs connected to different MSCs depending on the chosen configuration,
and multiple GPRS MFSs. Moreover, the OMC-R provides the capability to be connected
to a Regional or Network Management Center (NMC) via a vendor independent Q3 BSS
mediation interface or via any available external interfaces.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 19-23
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
OAM&P products About the OMC-R
9153 Operations and Maintenance Center For Radio
(OMC-R)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Features of the 9153 OMC-R include:
• Hardware plug-and-play capability
• Wide choice of transmission options, including X.25, LAN, WAN, and others;
distance and transmission support are not an issue
• Access to network information with data on all network nodes displayed through
hierarchical views
• Powerful online documentation, using hypertext links and navigation technology
• Fault, configuration, performance, and security management
• Open architecture, in line with TMN principles and standards recommendations
(M.3,100, X.7xx and GSM 12.20), means easy interfaces to network management
centers and other systems via a comprehensive set of interfaces, including Q3
• In addition to these interfaces, Alcatel-Lucent offers a complete set of postprocessing
tools for network optimization
• You can run an entire region made up of 30,000 TRXs or 6,000 cells

Advantages
Advantages of the 9153 OMC-R
Advantages of the 9153 OMC-R include:
• Advantages of the 9153 OMC-R include:
• Various management features provide clear, comprehensive, customized, and
real-time information on network faults, performance, configuration, and security
• Manages an entire region composed of thousands of cells
• Operators save time and money on network monitoring
• Detection: graphic synthesis view, Fault localization, Alarm counters, and Alarm
severity assignment
• Tracking: alarm views with sort and filter, alarm reservation, and events/alarms
logging
• Resolution: alarm acknowledgment, contextual access to maintenance actions, and
fault correction
• Post Analysis: alarm history, evolution of events, and alarm metrics
• Real-time diagnosis of resources: usage state on demand
• Radio configuration management: online change of radio parameters from the
supervised configuration view, Offline tuning session of radio parameters
(Provisioning Radio Configuration), massive logical configuration update, cell
templates, GPRS/EDGE service handling, and radio configuration import/export

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent OMC-R, see 9153 OMC R Product
Description, 3DC 21076 0005 TQZZA.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the OMC-R. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “OMC-R”.

9253/9254 OMC-RAN

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Two configurations
Two configurations of the OMC-RAN are available: 9253 OMC-RAN and 9254
OMC-RAN. There are capacity differences between the 9253 OMC-RAN and the 9254
OMC-RAN. However, there is no difference in functionality between the two
configurations.

Both can be used

Both the 9253 OMC-RAN and the 9254 OMC-RAN can be used with the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution. To indicate that, the term “9253/9254 OMC-RAN” is used
throughout this document, to represent both configurations.

Contents

About the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN 19-27

Hardware description 19-27
Software 19-28
Connections to other network elements 19-28
User interfaces 19-28
For more information 19-28

About the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN

What is the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN?
The 9253 Operations and Maintenance Center Radio Access Network (9253/9254
OMC-RAN) is a comprehensive graphical user interface (GUI)-based Operations,
Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P) platform that provides
enhanced, state-of-the-art OAM&P capabilities for Alcatel-Lucent 3G1X and EV-DO
networks.

Role of the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN

In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN carries out
the following functions:
• Provides the Graphic User Interface (GUI) used to manage the CDMA BTS in 3G
networks
• Provides the fault, configuration, and performance management interfaces for other
EV-DO components in the 3G network
• Provides 3G network elements' fault, configuration, and state information to SAM
overviews and allows access to OMC-RAN from those views
• Provides 3G Networks fault management information via North Bound Interface to
SAM for consolidation of all alarms in single stream

Hardware description
Hardware description
The OMC-RAN Solution is available as either a 9253 OMC-RAN or a 9254 OMC-RAN
Compact.

Software
Software description
The OMC-RAN server runs the Solaris operating system and the OMC-RAN application.
For CDMA applications, a new OMC-RAN release is required along with each new
eHRPD release.

Connections to other network elements

Use of IP operations network
The 9253/9254 OMC-RAN uses the service provider’s existing Internet Protocol (IP)
operations network to communicate with monitoring entities such as the Network
Operations Center (NOC), client terminals such as PCs and workstations, and the 9271
EV-DO RNC APs.

User interfaces
User interfaces
The primary user interface on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN is a point and click GUI
interface known as the OMC-RAN GUI. The 9253/9254 OMC-RAN also supports a rich
variety of other interfaces. For more information on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN see the
documentation listed at the end of this topic.

For more information

For more information
For more information on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN, see the following documents and
classes.

Table 19-2 Documentation on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN

Document Number Document Title

401-380-086 OMC-RAN System Installation
401-380-091 OMC-RAN Object Description
401-380-092 OMC-RAN Command Line Interface

Document Number Document Title

401-380-835 OMC-RAN Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and
Provisioning
401-662-113 User Interface Guide

Table 19-3 Training on the 9253/9254 OMC-RAN

Class number Title of class

CL5530AC and CL5530AW CDMA Network Operations & Maintenance Controller
Radio Access Network (OMC-RAN) Overview
CL5530B Flexent Wireless Networks Operations and Maintenance
Radio Access Network (OMC-RAN) Operations,
Administration and Maintenance (OA&M)

To sign up for training, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:

https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

9256 OMP

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9256 Operations and Management Platform (OMP) as used in
the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9256 OMP 19-30

For further information 19-32

About the 9256 OMP

What is the 9256 OMP?
The Alcatel-Lucent 9256 Operations and Management Platform (OMP) is the next
generation Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P)
platform for Alcatel-Lucent CDMA Radio Access Network. The 9256 OMP provides a
cost-effective Element Management System (EMS) platform to perform critical OA&M
functionalities, including: Configuration Management, Service Measurement, and Fault
Management of the ECP, DCS, RNC, and cell sites. It also provides generic retrofit and
software update automation. The 9256 OMP is necessary for the Alcatel-Lucent-provided
CDMA RAN network.

Role of the 9256 OMP

The 9256 Operations and Management Platform (OMP) is a required, adjunct, standalone
processor that serves as a user interface and general OA&M processing platform for
Alcatel-Lucent CDMA network elements. The 9256 OMP also hosts special tools such as
Software Update Automation (SUA) for performing retrofits and software updates,
service measurement collection, and so forth.
The 9256 OMP can be used to monitor many functional areas of the 3G1X and 1xEV-DO
Network, including the:
• 9290 MM-Based Access Manager
• 9290 MMC-Based Access Manager
• 9281 Packet Switch

Advantages of the 9256 OMP

The 9256 Operations and Management Platform offers efficient management of CDMA
Radio Access Network elements for continued operations, maintenance, and performance
monitoring of the network.
Some advantages of the 9256 OMP include:
• Performs generic retrofit and software update automation support for the whole
network
• Allows local emergency access with Technician Interface Command Line Interface,
Status Display Page, and Recent Change and Verify interfaces
• Performs database backup and restore
• Collects and stores
• Provides cut-through access to Packet Switch (digital access and cross connect
switch) via Supplemental Trunkline workstation and Recent Change and Verify
interface
• Allows direct connection to Executive Cellular Processor

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 9256 OMP, see CDMA Network
CDMA2000 3G1X and 1xEV-DO Network Overview, 401-610-102.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9256 OMP. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “9256 OMP”.

9353 WMS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9353 WMS as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 9353 WMS 19-33

Changes in the 9353 WMS to support LTE 19-34
For further information 19-35

About the 9353 WMS

What is the 9353 WMS?
The 9353 Wireless Management System (WMS) delivers an integrated UMTS
management platform through which all NEs are monitored and controlled. The 9353
WMS provides the complete end-to-end management solution for UMTS networks. The
WMS manages the UTRAN part of the UMTS network.

Advantages of the 9353 WMS

Advantages of the 9353 WMS include:
• Provides the operator full autonomy with a self-sufficient set of capabilities, including
specific know-how in best-practices for Alcatel-Lucent network planning, building,
operating, and maintenance.
• Is designed for insuring carrier-grade network behavior across ends of the
Alcatel-Lucent Wireless solution, contributing in the areas of configuration control,
patching and upgrade, recovery, and permanent key network services availability
control.
• Preserves the operator’s existing OSS investments.

Hardware
The WMS solution is delivered on a scalable hardware platform designed to grow with
the rollout of UMTS services. The management functions are hosted by Sun servers and
associated storage arrays. A PC or workstation provides the client support for W-CDMA
network management.

Software
For a description of the software on the WMS, see the W-CDMA Alcatel-Lucent 9353
Management System Overview, NN-20500-031.

User interfaces
For information on 9353 WMS user interfaces, see the Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Management
System - User Guide, NN-20500-032.

Changes in the 9353 WMS to support LTE

Use of the 9353 WMS in a combined GSM and LTE network
When an Alcatel-Lucent LTE network is integrated with an Alcatel-Lucent GSM wireless
network, the 9353 WMS continues to be used for OAM&P on the W-CDMA portion of
the network.

Nothing changes
Nothing changes for the 9353 WMS when it is used in conjunction with a LTE network.
The 9353 WMS only interfaces with the W-CDMA network elements.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent 9353 WMS, go to the following url:
https://support.alcatel-lucent.com
Note: All Alcatel-Lucent W-CDMA customer documentation starts with the numbers
“93”. To find all the documentation for the W-CDMA Solution, look under
“UMTS/W-CDMA Solutions”.
Select the Product Index and then search for “9353 WMS”.
See the W-CDMA Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Management System Overview, NN-20500-031
and the Alcatel-Lucent 9353 Management System - User Guide, NN-20500-032.

Training
To find training on the 9353 WMS, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search for “9353 WMS”.

9452 WPS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent 9452 Wireless Provisioning System (WPS) as
used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9452 WPS 19-36

For further information 19-38

About the 9452 WPS

What is the 9452 WPS?
The Alcatel-Lucent 9452 Wireless Provisioning System (WPS) allows network
administrators to configure, change and optimize parameters of the W-CDMA access
network. Configuration management of mobile networks is a complex and tedious task
and this provisioning system has been specifically designed to cope with this complexity.
The system is a Java® based solution running on Microsoft Windows®-based desktops. It
includes a generic engine providing a wide range of configuration management
capabilities.

Role of the 9452 WPS

The 9452 WPS has been uniquely designed with the ability to handle and manage
network access objects and components with ease. It uses XML work orders to provide
the flexibility to enable multiple users, working concurrently, to configure the entire
network (or a subset / or single object only if required).
The 9452 WPS system works by loading a reference snapshot in an XML format and
incrementally modifying this view by generating XML work-orders containing create,
delete, and modify unitary actions that increment on the reference network view.

Advantages of the 9452 WPS

The 9452 WPS provides the following advantages:
• Market leader - Recognized by the market place as a leading product in its space.
With its large set of configuration management functionalities, high capacity, and
performance, it enables network administrators to configure and optimize
W-CDMA/HSPA networks quickly in an assisted and reliable manner.
• Capacity - Able to cope with the configuration of access W-CDMA networks
managed by up to two different regional operational centers. Up to 12000 NodeBs can
be managed.
• Revenue Generation - Allows rapid configuration and optimization of W-CDMA
access networks. It accelerates the deployment of new services and the revenues
associated with them.

Use of the 9452 WPS in LTE Network

The 9452 Wireless Provisioning System (WPS) is a high-performance kernel that
provides support to design and configure Alcatel-Lucent LTE networks based on specific
network recommendations. The 9452 WPS offers a centralized view and configuration of
all LTE network elements (Es) and parameters.
The 9452 WPS kernel-based applications can be used for configuration at every stage of
LTE management including:
• Data engineering of a new network.
• Data engineering for network expansion and additional density.
• Data engineering for network optimization.
• Data engineering for upgrade provisioning.
The 9452 WPS manages configuration data coming from various sources and the file
format used is CM XML.

For further information

For documentation
For a detailed description of the Alcatel-Lucent 9452 WPS, see 9452 Wireless
Provisioning System. (WPS) - User Guide, 418-000-201.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9452 WPS. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “9452 WPS”.

9958 WTA

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9958 WTA as it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.

Contents

About the 9958 WTA 19-39

Changes in the 9958 WTA to support LTE 19-41
For further information 19-41

About the 9958 WTA

What is the 9958 WTA?
The 9958 Wireless Trace Analyzer (9958 WTA) (formerly known as eDAT) is a PC
client-based application that enables rapid troubleshooting of subscriber problems by
producing detailed end-to-end analysis of calls. The 9958 WTA enables operators to
address the challenge of diagnosing and troubleshooting complex issues via call trace
data, thereby eliminating the need for costly analyzers and probes to be temporarily
installed on multiple network interfaces.

How it works
The 9958 WTA provides postprocessing of Call Trace data provided by Alcatel-Lucent
LTE network elements. The 9958 WTA supports tracing the entire call signaling from
inception to completion on the eNodeB and MME.

History
Prior to this release, the 9958 WTA product has been used internally by Alcatel-Lucent
service teams and for trials.

First commercial release

The first commercial release of the 9958 WTA product is occurring in the LE3.0 time
frame, and is intended for use with LE3.0 LTE networks.

Advantages
The 9958 WTA efficiently addresses common problems such as identifying the reasons
for subscriber authentication failures, and very complex ones requiring detailed protocol
layers message decoding. The 9958 WTA is also extremely helpful for troubleshooting
the behavior of new devices, or for performing in-depth analysis of call traces following a
subscriber complaint. In addition, as the 9958 WTA can combine trace analysis from
multiple network elements, complex time-intensive manual correlation of traditional
probe-based traces is avoided.

Unique software-based approach

The centralized, comprehensive and software-based approach of the 9958 WTA provides
many benefits for the service provider. For example,
• There is no need to deploy several analyzers over the different network element
interfaces, which results in significant CAPEX savings.
• The 9958 WTA ensures aggregation of the different trace elements from multiple
NEs, helping understand the overall, end-to-end message sequence.
• Trace acquisition and analysis can be triggered from the Network Operation Center
(NOC) without sending technical staff to different locations, thereby helping to reduce
OPEX.
• Since traces can be configured and analyzed from the NOC, where additional
information is also available from other important sources such as the 9959 NPO,
operators can more quickly identify fixes and optimizations.
• Trace activation can be handled in the different modes defined by the 3GPP
specifications (signaling-based or management-based activations). This allows, for
example, the trace activation to be propagated by a given MME to multiple eNodeBs
involved in the investigated call.

Software
WTA is a stand-alone software application, which can be run on a Windows platform.
The 9958 WTA uses the Reality Services Platform Satellite Agent software running on
each of the appropriate nodes to access the call trace data.

Changes in the 9958 WTA to support LTE

No change
There is no change in the functionality of the 9958 WTA when the 9958 WTA is used in
support of LTE.

For further information

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers a class on the 9958 WTA. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “9958 WTA”.

9959 NPO

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the 9959 NPO with PCMD option as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the 9959 NPO 19-42

Hardware 19-44
Software 19-44
Changes in the 9959 NPO to support LTE 19-44
For further information 19-44

About the 9959 NPO

What is the 9959 NPO?
The 9959 Network Performance Optimizer (9959 NPO) is the Alcatel-Lucent
multi-standard performance management system. The 9959 NPO is available for
GSM/EDGE, W-CDMA/HSPA and LTE radio access technologies. The 9959 NPO allows
mobile service providers to monitor and optimize the performance of the radio access part
of their wireless networks.

How it works
The 9959 NPO uses a powerful database containing data from the 2G, 3G and/or 4G
EMSs in the network. The 9959 NPO imports into this database performance
measurements and calculated indicators as well as radio parameters, planned data,
topology information, inventory, alarms, and logs. This enables the operator to define
indicators combining all data sources.

Used with additional PCMD module

In the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, the 9959 NPO is used with an additional
PCMD module. Adding the PCMD module to the 9959 NPO provides additional
granularity to speed up finding and solving key problems.

How it works
When the PCMD module is added to the 9959 NPO, PCMD data is sent from the eNodeB
to the MME and then to the 5620 SAM. The 9959 NPO then retrieves the information
from the 5620 SAM.

Advantages
The primary benefit of the 9959 NPO is to consolidate into a single tool a combined view
of performance measurements, topology data and configuration information of the
cellular network.
In addition, the 9959 NPO delivers a rich tool set enabling QoS diagnostics, correlation of
performance and configuration, and QoS tuning based on network performance
collection.
The 9959 NPO also delivers advanced reporting functions on network QoS across
multi-standard wireless 2G-3G-LTE technologies.

Unique design
The 9959 NPO is based on a unique combination of an intuitive but sophisticated user
interface, multiple data sources, and a Geographical Information System. Because of
these attributes the 9959 NPO significantly increases the efficiency of a service provider's
QoS monitoring, troubleshooting and optimization activities.

Hardware
Hardware description
The 9959 NPO has a distributed architecture on HP servers (running Linux) plus
terminals.

Software
Software
The 9959 NPO has a multi-user client-server architecture and relies on the Oracle
database for storing performance data.

Changes in the 9959 NPO to support LTE

No changes
No changes are required in the 9959 NPO to support LTE.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the 9959 NPO go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for “9959 NPO”.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

For documentation
Overview documents for the 9959 include:
• 9959 NPO Customer Product Overview
• 9959 Network Performance Optimizer Feature Planning Guide

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the 9959 NPO. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “NPO”.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-44 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
OAM&P products For further information
9959 NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The 9459 NPO and 9959 NPO are the same product. From LE3.0 onward, the
name 9959 NPO is used even though some databases (and training classes) may still
contain the term 9459 NPO.

NEM

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Network Element Manager (NEM) as used in the
Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the NEM 19-46

Changes in the NEM to support LTE 19-47
For further information 19-47

About the NEM

What is the NEM?
The Network Element Manager (NEM) is an application that provides OA&M functions
for the 9412 eNodeB.

Role
Think of the NEM as the Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT) for the 9412 eNodeB.
The NEM is needed (in addition to the 5620 SAM) to configure certain equipment-related
parameters, to direct the 9412 eNodeB to ping another network element (for
troubleshooting), and to support the 9412 eNodeB restore procedure.

How it works
The NEM is an application that runs on a PC.

Benefit
The NEM offers direct access to the 9412 eNodeB.

Changes in the NEM to support LTE

No changes
No changes are required in the NEM to support LTE.

For further information

User Guide
For information on the NEM, see the eNodeB Network Element Manager (NEM) User
Guide, 418-000-390.

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers information on the NEM in the eNodeB Maintenance classes. For a
listing of these classes, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:
https://training alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search on “NEM” or search on
“eNodeB Maintenance”.

OMC-CN

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Alcatel-Lucent OMC-CN as used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About the OMC-CN 19-48

Changes in OMC-CN to support LTE 19-50
For further information 19-50

About the OMC-CN

What is the OMC-CN?
The Operations and Maintenance Center - Core Network (OMC-CN), supports the
network elements that comprise the Core Network for both wireline and wireless
applications. The Core Network refers to the set of network elements used for the
switching and signaling portion of a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) network. These
elements also offer features to subscribers, both residential and business.
OMC-CN acts as an interface between the Network Management System (NMS) and the
Network Elements (NEs). These NEs can be geographically dispersed over multiple
regions and can still be managed remotely from a central facility using OMC-CN.

Role of the OMC-CN

OMC-CN's role is to support the network elements that comprise the Core Network for
both wireline and wireless applications.
OMC-CN delivers the functionalities identified at the Element Management Layer (EML)
of the Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P). An
important distinction of OMC-CN is that it supports multiple network element types. That
is, OMC-CN is used as the Element Management System (EMS) for the Core Network
elements.

Use of OMC-CN in LTE Network

OMC-CN manages the 9380 3G MSC (9380 WCS) network element in the GSM/UMTS
network. During LTE network coverage buildup stage, the 9380 3G MSC provides
voice/SMS fallback to circuit core for LTE-capable UEs. OMC-CN provides the element
management layer for 9380 3G MSC call server in such GSM/UMTS and LTE coverage
areas.

Changes in OMC-CN to support LTE

Purpose
This section describes any changes in the OMC-CN when it is used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

OMC-CN in LTE
There is no change required for OMC-CN to support LTE network fallback coverage to
3G-MSC call server.

For further information

For documentation
For details on the Alcatel-Lucent OMC-CN documentation, see OLCS:
Manuals and Guides: (https://infoproducts.alcatel-lucent.com/aces/cgi-bin/
dbaccessproddoc.cgi.edit?entryId=1-0000000001245&doctype=DOC)
Release Notes: (https://infoproducts.alcatel-lucent.com/aces/cgi-bin/dbaccessproddoc.
cgi.edit?entryId=1-0000000001245&doctype=RLNT)

Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on the OMC-CN. For a listing of these classes, go to
Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url: https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/
Web/Main and search on the keyword “OMC-CN”.

SMT

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Server Management Tool (SMT) as used in the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

The SMT 19-51

How it works 19-51
Changes in the SMT to support LTE 19-52
For further information 19-52

The SMT
What is the SMT?
The Server Management Tool (SMT) is the management platform for the 8950 AAA
server.

How it works
What does the SMT do?
The SMT is an Element Management System (EMS) application that is used to configure
and manage all aspects of the 8950 AAA. The SMT is a stand-alone application that may
be run on the same computer as the AAA, or on a different computer.

Changes in the SMT to support LTE

Purpose
There are not changes in the SMT when the SMT is used as part of the Alcatel-Lucent
LTE End-to-End Solution.

For further information

For documentation
For information on the 8950 AAA, including information on the SMT, see “Accessing
and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site” (p. 21-11).

TSIS

Overview
Purpose
This section describes the Troubleshooting and Statistical Interface System (TSIS) as
used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

About TSIS 19-53

Changes in the TSIS to support LTE 19-55
For further information 19-56

About TSIS
What is TSIS?
The Troubleshooting and Statistical Interface (TSIS) provides a robust web-based
Graphical User Interface (GUI) for troubleshooting, monitoring, and provisioning the
5110 Short Message Service Center (SMSC). TSIS is a stand-alone component that can
be configured to run either on the 5110 SMSC platform or on a stand-alone server. When
running on a stand alone server, TSIS allows operators to manage all 5110 SMSCs in
their network from a single platform.

Included with 5110 SMSC

TSIS is included with the 5110 SMSC and needed to accomplish many SMSC-specific
OA&M capabilities.

Troubleshooting assistance
The TSIS provides tools and information to assist in tracking down and resolving 5110
SMSC message delivery or service problems, including the following:
• Message submission and review pending and completed messages
• Details of past delivery attempts for messages
• One-click subscriber information
• Tracing
• Billing Call Detail Record (CDR) record review
• Port Status and Control
• Platform information such as Initialization (INIT) process, Real Time Data Base
(RTDB), SS7 link status, SS7 Stream Connection Transport Layer (SCTP) link status,
Mate Update Status, and software versions
• SPA information, such as Service Package Application (SPA) status, RTDB
connection status, Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) data view status,
and patches

Provisioning assistance
The TSIS provides provisioning assistance for the 5110 SMSC, including the following:
• SUBDB RTDB (including directory number (DN), Mobile Identification Number
(MIN), Cellular Office Service (COS), Rating, Signature, Copy, Forward, and Send
Blocked Notification)
• Subscriber Blocklists, Subscriber White Lists, Global White List
• Destination Routing
• Notification Forwarding
• Message Service Center (MSC) Table (MSC Point Code or Global Title Address
[GTA])
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-54 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
OAM&P products About TSIS
TSIS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Broadcast List Groups and Members
• Banner Categories, and Banners
TSIS provisioning also supports Short Message Peer-to-Peer (SMPP) multiplex port
status, and rebuilding the SMPP Multiplex Table. It also supports bulk provisioning of the
Destination Routing tables, and the Subscriber Database (SUBDB) RTDB.

Hardware
The TSIS software package runs on the same hardware as the 5110 SMSC.

Software
TSIS is a stand-alone component that can be configured to run either on the SMSC
platform or on a stand-alone server.

Connections to other network elements

The TSIS has no connections to other network elements (apart from the 5110 SMSC).

User interfaces
The Troubleshooting and Statistical Interface (TSIS) supports the following two user
interfaces:
• A robust web-based Graphical User Interface (GUI)
• A character-based Text Interface with limited functionality

Changes in the TSIS to support LTE

No changes
No changes are required in the TSIS to support LTE.

For further information

For documentation
For documentation on the TSIS go to the Alcatel-Lucent Online Customer Support
(OLCS) Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation) and search for “5110 SMSC”. TSIS is written up within the 5110 SMSC
documentation.
For information on navigating through the OLCS site, see “Accessing and navigating the
OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Overview
Purpose
This chapter lists LTE interfaces. Note that some of these interfaces are not used in the
current the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution.

Contents

IP connectivity 20-1
Reference table of interfaces 20-2

IP connectivity
Either IPv4 or IPv6
The IP connectivity between network elements can be either IPv4 or IPv6, though dual
stack is not supported in LE3.0 by RAN and EPC elements.
Note: IPSec over IPv6 is not possible in LE3.0 since IPSec is not supported on the
7750 SR security gateway.

IPv6 for OAM and Telecom traffic

The service provider can, however, deploy IPv6 for OA&M and Telecom traffic within
the service provider's transport network. Deploying IPv6 helps eliminate the need for
IPv4 addresses for the thousands of eNodeBs that will be deployed in the network.

Graphical view of LTE interfaces

For a graphical view of all LTE interfaces used in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution, see Figure 12-1, “Network elements and interfaces in the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution” (p. 12-3).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 20-1
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE interfaces Reference table of interfaces

Reference table of interfaces

Reference table
Note: This list of interfaces is provided for reference purposes. Some of these
interfaces are not used in the current release of the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End
Solution.
Table 20-1 LTE Network Interfaces and Protocols

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
A, Ac(Cntrl), MSC<->BSS BSSAP 43.051
Au(User) 48.xxx-Series
A1 PS <->3G1x BS Proprietary (runs on top A.S0014-0
of UDP) (3gpp2)
A10/A11' HS Gateway <-> RNC 3GPP2 X.0087 A.S0017-0
(3gpp2)
A13 RNC <-> RNC 3GPP2 X.0087 A.S0007-A
(3gpp2)
Abis BSC <-> BTS TDM for traffic LAPD for 48.5x-Series
BTS supervision signaling
and synchronization.
Ater TC <-> BSC/MFS BTAP Proprietary
C MSC Server <-> HSS/HLR MAP 23.078
GMSC <-> HSS/HLR (CAMEL)
OCS <-> HSS/HLR 29.002
CAP OCS <-> MSC CAP 23.078
29.078
CPRI Radio Equip Ctrl<-> BBU <-> Radio Interface CPRI
RRU Specification
Cx x-CSCF <-> HSS Diameter 29.228
29.229
D MSC/VLR <-> HSS/HLR MAP 23.078
(CAMEL)
29.002
1 1
D /Gr 3GPP Server <-> HLR 23.234

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
Ga SGSN <-> OFCS (CGF) GTP’ 32.295
S-GW (CDG) <-> OFCS (CGF)
P-GW (CDG) <-> OFCS (CGF)
OFCS (CDF <-> CGF)
Gb SGSN <-> BSS BSSGP 48.014
48.016
48.018
Gi GGSN <-> Packet Data Networks Diameter 20.061
29.274
Gn-C/S3 SGSN<-> MME GTPv1-c 29.274
Gn/Gp SGSN <-> GGSN UDP/IP GTP/V1 29.060
29.274
Gn-U GGSN <-> RNC GTPU 23.060
GGSN <-> SC-TDMA RNC
Gr SGSN <-> HLR MAP 23.060
MME <-> HSS/HLR 29.002
29.305
Gs MSC/VLR <-> SGSN SCCP 29.008
29.016
29.018
29.118
Gx PCEF <-> PCRF/H-PCRF/V-PCRF Diameter 23.203
PCRF <-> P-GW 29.212
Gxa Trusted non-3GPP IP Access <-> Diameter 23.203
PCRF/V-PCRF 29.21x-Series
HS Gateway <-> PCRF
Gxc S-GW <-> PCRF/V-PCRF Used only with S5/S8 23.203
PMIP
Gy/Ro OCS <-> PCEF Diameter 32.240
OCS <-> P-GW/GGSN 32.251
OCS <-> S/I-CSCF 32.29x-Series
RFC 4006
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 20-3
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
LTE interfaces Reference table of interfaces

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
Gz OFCS <-> PCEF Diameter 32.240
OFCS (CDF) <-> P-GW 32.295
OFCF(CDF) <-> S-GW 32.299
OFCF(CDF) <-> P/S/I-CSCF
Iub RNC <-> NodeB NBAP 25.43x-Series
SC-TDMA RNC <-> SC-TDMA
NodeB
Iu-CSc RNC <-> MSC RANAP/SCCP 25.413
SC-TDMA RNC <-> MSC
Iu-CSu RNC <-> MGW Iu-up/AAL2 or RTP 25.410
SC-TDMA RNC <-> MGW 25.415
Iu-PS SGSN <-> BSS RANAP 25.41-Series
SGSN <-> RNS
SGSN <-> SC-TDMA RNS
Iur RNC <-> RNC RNSAP 25.42x-Series
SC-TDMA RNC <-> SC-TDMA
RNC
M1 MBMS-GW <-> eNB M1 36.441
36.445
25.446
M2 MCE <-> eNB M2AP 36.441
36.442
36.443
M3 MCE <-> MME M3AP 36.441
36.442
36.444
Mc (G)MSC Server <-> CS-MGW H.248 29.232

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
Rf OFCS(CDF) <-> HS Gateway Diameter 32.225
OFCS(CDF) <-> TAS 32.240
OFCS(CDF) <-> P/S/I-CSCF 32.251
OFCS(CDF) <-> P-GW 32.260
32.299
RFC 4006
Rf/Ga OFCS(CDF) <-> S-GW Diameter / GTP' 32.225
32.240
32.251
32.295
32.299
RFC 4006
Ro OCS <-> SGSN Diameter 32.240
OCS <-> TAS 32.260
OCS <-> P/S/I-CSCF 32.299
Rx PCRF <-> Application Function Diameter 23.203
29.214
S1-MME MME <-> E-UTRAN S1-AP Access Stratum 23.401
(AS) Protocol 24.301
36.41x-Series
S1-U S-GW <-> E-UTRAN GTP-U 29.274
36.41x-Series
S2a Trusted Non-3GPP IP Access <-> PMIPv6 24.304
S-GW/P-GW 29.274 (GTP)
HS Gateway <-> P-GW 29.275 (PMIP)
S2b Untrusted Non-3GPP Access PMIPV6 29.275
(WLAN) <-> P-GW 33.402
S4 SGSN <-> S-GW GTPU 23.401
29.274

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
S5(non-roaming)/ S-GW <-> P-GW GTP 23.060 (GTPv1)
S8(roaming) 29.274 (GTPv2)
29.275 (PMIP)
S6a MME <-> HSS Diameter 23.401
29.272
S6b PDN-GW <-> 3GPP AAA Diameter 29.273
Server/Proxy
S6d SGSN <-> HSS Diameter 23.060
29.272
S9 PCRF <-> V-PCRF Diameter 23.203
23.215
23.402
29.125
29.215
S10 MME <-> MME GTPv2-c 23.401
29.274
S11 MME <-> S-GW GTP 29.274
S12 S-GW <-> UTRAN GTP-U 29.274
S-GW <-> SC-TDMA UTRAN
S13 MME <-> EIR Diameter 29.272
S16 SGSN <-> SGSN GTPv2-C 23.060
29.274
S101 HRDP AN <-> MME S101-AP 23.402
29.276
C.S0087-0
(3GPP2)
S102 3GPP2 1xCS IWS <-> MME UDP Over IP 23.216(SRVCC)
23.272(CSFB)
29.277
A.S0008-C

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
SGi PDN-GW <-> Packet Data Diameter, Radius 29.061
Networks
SGs MSC/VLR <-> MME SCTP SGs AP 23.272
29.118
Sh HSS <-> SIP AS or OSA SCS Diameter 23.228(Section
HSS <-> IP-SM-GS for SMSIP 4.2.4)
delivery 29.328
PCRF <-> HSS 29.329
Sp SPR <-> PCRF Not Specified 3GPP. ALU 23.203
uses Diameter 29.328
29.212 (Gx)
29.213 (Call Flows)
29.238
29.239
STa Trusted 3GPP Access <-> AAA Diameter 23.402
Server/Proxy 29.273
HS Gateway <-> AAA
Sv MSC Server <-> MME Sv AP 29.280
MSC Server <-> SGSN
Swa Untrusted Non-3GPP Access <-> Diameter 23.402
AAA Server/Proxy 29.273
SWm ePDG <-> AAA Server/Proxy Diameter 23.402
29.273
SWx HSS <-> 3GPP AAA Server Diameter 23.402
29.273
Um(Geran) MS<-> BSS GSM, GPRS Air Interface 25.xxx Series
44.xxx-Series
45.xxx-Series
Um(3gpp2) CDMA 1X UE <-> 3G1X BS
CDMA eHRPD UE <-> 1xEV-DO
BS

Reference Point End Points Protocol LTE Standards

Reference
Ut UE<-> AS HTTP(s), XCAP (XML 24.6xx- Series
Based) (Supp Svcs)
33.222 (security)
Uu (LTE) UE <-> E-UTRAN Air Interface 36.xxx-Series
Uu UE <-> RNS Air Interface 24.xxx-Series
UE <-> SC-TDMA RNS 25.xxx-Series
26.xxx-Series
Wf Untrusted non-3GPP access Diameter 23.234
(WLAN) <-> OPCS
Wo OCS <-> ePDG Diameter 23.234
X1_1 LIG <-> HSS SSH Proprietary
LIG <-> MME
LIG <-> P-GW
LIG <-> S-GW
LIG <-> P/S/I-CSCF
LIG <-> 3G MSC
X2(AN) eNB <-> eNB 36.42x-Series
X2 (LI) LIG <-> MME X2-AP, GTP-U Proprietary
LIG <-> P-GW
LIG <-> S-GW
LIG <-> P/S/I-CSCF
X3 LIG <-> MRF UDP Proprietary
LIG <-> P-GW
LIG <-> S-GW

Overview
Purpose
This chapter lists resources for further information on LTE and on the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.

Contents

Release Notes 21-2

Planning Hub site 21-2
Technical reading on LTE 21-3
Accessing and navigating the LTE Library 21-3
More about the LTE Library on OLCS 21-6
Accessing and navigating the OLCS web site 21-9
Accessing network element documentation through the Product Index 21-11
Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web site 21-11
List of LTE customer documentation 21-13
Alcatel-Lucent official web sites on LTE and LTE-related topics 21-19
Alcatel-Lucent training on LTE 21-20
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Services support for LTE 21-21
Tips for getting started with LTE Specifications 21-22
Glossary 21-26

Release Notes
Release Notes document
The Release Notes explain what particular product releases are included in a Solution
release.
A Solution release notes document is available, at the following site:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/)
To access the Release Notes, choose a Release and then click on the Release Notes. For a
picture showing this, see “Release Notes and manuals” (p. 21-6).

Planning Hub site

Planning Hub Site
An LTE Planning Hub website has been created to provide planning information and
release notes to the customer.

To access the site

To access the LTE Planning Hub website, carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url and log in:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/)
• Select an LTE release
• Select LTE x Manuals and Guides, where x is the LTE release you are working
with
• Select LTE Tools
• Select Planning Hub

Technical reading on LTE

Books for additional reading
The following books give a good overview of LTE and related topics:
• Sesia, Stefania, Toufik, Issam and Baker, Matthew, LTE - The UMTS Long Term
Evolution - From Theory to Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2009, ISBN
978-0-470-69716-0
• Lescuyer, Pierre and Lucidarme, Thierry, Evolved Packet System (EPS) The LTE and
SAE Evolution of 3G UMTS
• Agilent Technologies, edited by Rumney, Moray, LTE and the Evolution to 4G
Wireless Design and Measurement Challenges

Accessing and navigating the LTE Library

What is the LTE Library?
The LTE Library is a complete set of LTE-related customer documentation, all in one
place to help the user.

Benefits
Benefits of the LTE Library include the following:
• A complete set of Solution-level documents that provide a framework for all the
network pieces
• A complete set of documentation for all network elements used in the Solution
• A separate site for each LTE Solution release
• Capability to search across all LTE-related documents

Release numbers may vary

Some customer documentation may have release numbers that don't match the current
LTE release. For information on what other releases map to the current LTE release, go to
the Release Notes, which are at the following url:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/)
To access the Release Notes, choose a Release and then click on the Release Notes. For a
picture showing this, see “Release Notes and manuals” (p. 21-6).

Figure 21-1 Solution-level and core LTE customer documentation

Dedicated site
LTE Solution documents are available from OLCS Services Collaboration at the
following dedicated site: https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte. This site
contains the solution-level documents and links to all the related LTE network element
documents (9471 MME, 5620 SAM, and so forth). The site is therefore “one-stop
shopping” for LTE documentation and software.
This topic describes the LTE documentation site on the online customer support (OLCS)
web site and tells how to use it.

LTE documentation site

To find the LTE documentation site, go to the following url:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte)

Limited to LTE customers

The LTE customer documentation site is restricted to LTE customers.

To find LTE documentation

To access documentation on the LTE Solution and on network elements used in LTE,
carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url:
(https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte)
• Choose an LTE release and click on it.
• Click on LTE LEx Manuals and Guides where x stands for the software release
• Click on the subsystem that the network element belongs to: for example, IMS or LTE
or 1xEV-DO.
Result: A list of customer documentation appears.
• Go to the box at the center in the top of the screen called “Model/Subgroup” and from
the drop-down select the network element you are interested in, for example, “9412
eNodeB”.
Result: A list appears of customer documentation for the network element you
selected.

More about the LTE Library on OLCS

Introduction
This topic gives tips for navigating with the OLCS LTE Library.

OLCS access
The LTE Solutions Documents and Software services collaboration area provides
one-stop shopping for solution and network element resources.

Figure 21-2 OLCS access

Release Notes and manuals

Choose a release to access the appropriate documentation.

Figure 21-3 Release Notes and manuals

Figure 21-4 Selecting a document in the OLCS LTE Library list

Note: The automatic mapping mentioned in the figure means that when you start at
the solution level (LE2.1 for example) and then go to MME or SAM or DSC, the
correct NE versions correlating to LE2.1 are automatically displayed. If you use the
drop-down box, you will see all available releases of the NE software.

Accessing and navigating the OLCS web site

Introduction
The online customer support (OLCS) web site contains documentation and other
resources to help Alcatel-Lucent customers. This topic describes the OLCS web site and
tells how to use it.

Registration benefits
Depending on your service level as outlined in your customer contract, you can enjoy the
following benefits as a registered user:
• Create, view, edit, delete, and share your product lists.
• Receive 24/7 technical support service to help you operate and maintain your
communications network at peak performance.
• Keep current on relevant news and events with customized alerts.
• Review a library of technical documents, case studies, white papers, catalogs, industry
intelligence, and expert articles to help advance your research and business practices.
The level of benefits to which you may be entitled is determined by the customer contract
for your company or organization.
If your company or organization is a registered business partner, you can use the
following options:
• Gain access to powerful marketing tools that help you make the most of your
Alcatel-Lucent products and solutions.
• Enhance the cooperation and efficiency of your team by sharing documents and ideas
in the collaboration work space.
• Create, view, edit, delete, and share your product lists.
• Draw on our extensive library of case studies, white papers, catalogs, and expert
articles to advance your research and work.

How the site is designed

The “My Customer Support” portal is the umbrella portal to all of the underlying content
and tools. Product-specific content is organized by product. You can also gain access to
content and tools by going directly to each of the underlying applications.

Navigating on OLCS
The following primary ways to navigate are provided on OLCS.
• Jump to Content Page list
This option is the primary means to navigate between “My Customer Support” home
and the underlying applications or among the applications without returning home.
• Technical Content for portlet
This option allows easy access to product-specific content without navigating deeper
into the product pages.
• My Products
This option takes you to the My Products page, the access to both product-specific
content and any other available applications. The names of products for which your
company has service agreements or warranties are displayed on this page. If your
company has purchased a number of products from Alcatel-Lucent, and you wish to
shorten the list to only those products that you are responsible for, select Manage My
Products.
• Quick access portlets
These portlets provide easy access from the home page to heavily used applications
and useful support information. For example, the portlets provide quick access to the
“CARES” system and the “ask AL Knowledgebase”.

Technical support information

To locate technical support telephone numbers and e-mail contact information for your
area, use the Product Technical Support, Phone and E-mail Contact Information
drop-down menu.

Accessing network element documentation through the

Product Index
Product Index page
OLCS has a product index page that can be used to search for documentation on a
particular network element (for example, on the 9471 MME). To reach the product index
page, go to the following url:
(https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=Documentation)

Accessing and navigating IMS documentation on the OLCS web

site
Introduction
This topic describes the IMS documentation site on the online customer support (OLCS)
web site and tells how to use it.

About OLCS
The OLCS web site is part of the Alcatel-Lucent Customer and Business Partner Portals
(http://support.alcatel-lucent.com). The web site is designed mainly for registered
customers and business partners.
For a detailed overview of OLCS and instructions on its use, see “Accessing and
navigating the OLCS web site” (p. 21-9).

Limited to IMS customers

The IMS customer documentation site is restricted to IMS customers.

To find IMS Solution documentation

To access general documentation on the IMS Solution, for example, the product
description, carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url:
(https://infoproducts.alcatel-lucent.com/aces/cgi-bin/dbaccessproddoc.cgi.edit?
entryId=1-0000000001901&doctype=DOC)
• From the drop-down list to the right of the Model/Subgroup filter, select “IMS
Solution-General”
Result: A list of IMS Solution-level documentation appears.
• To select the product description document, scroll down to number 275-000-000, IP
Multimedia Subsystem Release x Technical Description (where x stands for a software
release), and click on the word “pdf” to the left of the title of the document.

To find IMS documentation on a network element

To find the IMS documentation for a particular IMS network element, for example, the
5420 CTS, carry out the following steps:
• Go to the following url:
(https://infoproducts.alcatel-lucent.com/aces/cgi-bin/dbaccessproddoc.cgi.edit?
entryId=1-0000000001901&doctype=DOC)
• From the drop-down list to the right of the Model/Subgroup filter, select “5420
CTS”
Result: A list of IMS documentation for the 5420 CTS appears.

Product Index page

OLCS has a product index page that can be used to search for documentation on a
particular network element. To reach the product index page, go to the following url:
url to Product Index (https://support.alcatel-lucent.com/portal/productIndex.do?path=
Documentation)

List of LTE customer documentation

Partial list
See Table 21-1, “LTE End-to-End Solution Documentation Library” (p. 21-13) for a
partial list of the available customer documentation on the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution.
Table 21-1 LTE End-to-End Solution Documentation Library

Document Document Title

Number
LTE Solution
418-111-000 LTE End-to-End Solution Overview
418-111-001 LTE End-to-End Solution OAM&P
ATPL [O. LTE Network Capacity Monitoring and Engineering
Lavoillotte]
418-111-005 LTE End-to-End Solution Release Notes
418-111-006 LTE End-to-End Solution Software Upgrade
418-111-008 LTE End-to-End Solution Call Flows with Performance Measurements
418-111-009 LTE End-to-End Solution PCMD Reference Guide
418-111-011 LTE End-to-End Spare Parts
418-111-012 LTE End-to-End Solution Glossary
LTE 9958 WTA Guides
418-112-001 9958 Wireless Trace Analyzer (WTA) for LTE Installation and User Guide
418-112-002 9958 Wireless Trace Analyzer (WTA) for W-CDMA Installation and User Guide
418-112-005 9958 WTA Release Notes for LTE
418-112-015 9958 WTA Release Notes for W-CDMA
CDMA - eBTS, eRNC
401-614-322 1xEV-DO Air Interface Performance Monitoring Tool
401-614-104 1xEV-DO Base Station Operation, Administration, and Maintenance
401-614-325 1xEV-DO Configuration Management Bulk Provisioning Guide
401-614-413 1xEV-DO Feature Provisioning Guide
401-614-101 1xEV-DO Radio Access System Planning and Implementation Guide
401-614-321 1xEV-DO Radio Access System Retrofit Procedures
401-614-102 1xEV-DO Radio Network Controller Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
(OA&M)

Document Document Title

Number
401-614-107 1xEV-DO Security Features
401-614-326 1xEV-DO Service Measurements
401-610-165 1xEV-DO Service Measurements Flowcharts
401-614-350 1xEV-DO Audits Guide
401-610-055 Input Messages - CDMA Networks
401-610-057 Output Messages - CDMA Networks
401-610-166 Status Display Pages (SDPs) Reference Guide
ePC - 5780 DSC
3HE 06269 AAAA User Guide
3HE 06285 AAAA Planning, Installation and Upgrade Guide
3HE 06533 AAAA Integration Guide
3HE 06518 AAAA Policy Management Use Cases
3HE0 6579 AAAA Release notes
TQZZA
ePC - 5620 SAM Core
3HE 05717 00xx 5620 8.0 Rx Release Notice
TQZZA
3HE 05718 AAxx 5620 Installation and Upgrade Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05719 AAxx 5620 User Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05720 AAxx 5620 Statistics Management Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05721 AAxx 5620 Parameter Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05722 AAxx 5620 OSS Interface Developer Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05723 AAxx 5620 Troubleshooting Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05724 AAxx 5620 System Architecture Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05725 AAxx 5620 Maintenance Guide
TQZZA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
21-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Resources List of LTE customer documentation

Document Document Title

Number
3HE 05916 AAxx 5620 Planning Guide
TQZZA 01
3HE 05933 AAxx 5620 Scripts and Templates Developer Guide
TQZZA
3HE 05985 AAAA 5620 Network Element Compatibility Guide
TQZZA
3HE 06054 AAxx 5620 Release Description
TQZZA
3HE 06072 AAxx 5620 Integration Guide
TQZZA
3HE 06107 AAxx 5620 SAM Glossary
TQZZA
RAN - 5620 SAM LTE
3HE 06261 AAAA LTE ePC User Guide
TQZZA 01
3HE 06262 AAAA LTE RAN User Guide
TQZZA 01
3HE 06263 AAAA LTE Parameter Reference
TQZZA 01
3HE 06264 AAAA LTE Alarms Reference
TQZZA 01
3HE 06265 AAAA 3GPP OSS Developer Guide
TQZZA 01
3HE 06394 AAxx CNBI 3GPP Interface Compliance Statements
TQZZA
ePC - 9471 MME
418-111-200 9471 MME Technical Description
418-111-201 9471 MME Operations, Administration and Maintenance
418-111-205 9471 MME Release Notes
418-111-206 9471 MME Software Update
418-111-207 9471 MME Configuration Management
418-111-208 9471 MME Alarm Dictionary
418-111-209 9471 MME Observation Counters

Document Document Title

Number
418-111-210 9471 MME Site Preparation
418-111-250 9471 MME Chassis-only Site Preparation
31093 LPUG MME Guide
ePC - 7750 SR (also supports S-GW Mobile Gateway)
93-0070-06-02 7750 SR OS Basic System Configuration Guide
93-0071-06-02 7750 SR OS System Management Guide
93-0072-06-02 7750 SR OS Interface Configuration Guide
93-0073-06-02 7750 SR OS Router Configuration Guide
93-0074-06-02 7750 SR OS Routing Protocols Guide
93-0075-06-02 7750 SR OS MPLS Guide
93-0076-06-02 7750 SR OS Services Guide
93-0077-06-02 7750 SR OS Quality of Service Guide
93-0098-05-02 7750 SR OS Triple Play Guide
93-0181-03-02 7750 SR OS OAM and Diagnostics Guide
93-0184-03-02 7750 SR OS Integrated Services Adapter Guide
93-0252-01-01 SR/ESS Video Integrated Services Adapter Guide (existing)
93-0252-01-02 SR/ESS Video Integrated Services Adapter Guide (new)
7750 SR MG ISM Installation Guide
93-0299 7750 SR OS MG Basic System Configuration Guide
93-0300 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway System Management Guide
93-0301 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Interface Configuration Guide
93-0302 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Router Configuration Guide
93-0303 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Routing Protocols Guide
93-0304 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway MPLS Guide
93-0305 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Services Guide
93-0306 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway Quality of Service Guide
93-0317 7750 SR OS Mobile Gateway OAM and Diagnostics Guide
LTE RAN Concept Guides
LTE/DCL/APP/031078 FDD eNodeB LTE Parameters User Guide for LA3.0
418-000-005 RAN Release Notes

Document Document Title

Number
418-000-010 RAN Customer Documentation Overview
418-000-011 RAN Terminology Overview
418-000-012 RAN Overview
418-000-014 RAN Release Operational Impact (ROI) Technical Description
418-000-015 RAN Release Operational Impact (ROI) Reference Guide
418-000-134 RAN Customer License Manager User Guide
418-000-140_ATT OAM operations for RRH Redundancy via Antennae Cross-connect
LTE RAN Reference Guides
418-000-032 RAN Parameters Reference Guide
418-000-034 RAN Alarms and Events Reference Guide
418-000-035 RAN Counters Reference Guide
LTE 9452 WPS Guides
418-000-200 9452 WPS Software Installation
418-000-201 9452 WPS User Guide
LTE 9959 NPO Guides
418-000-124 9959 NPO Server and Client PC Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-230 9959 NPO eNodeB and MME Indicators
3BK 17446 5100 NPO Introduction
TQZZA
3BK 17446 2110 NPO PCMD User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 2111 NPO WCT User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5110 NPO Analysis Desktop User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5111 NPO Platform User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5112 NPO Administration User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5113 NPO Unavailability User Guide
TQZZA

Document Document Title

Number
3BK 17446 5114 NPO Remote Inventory User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5116 NPO Diagnosis Development User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5117 NPO WEB Client User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5118 NPO WEB Publishing User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5119 NPO Export Interface User Guide
PCZZA
3BK 17446 5120 NPO Alerters SNMP Interface User Guide
TQZZA
3BK 17446 5142 NPO Security Guide
PCZZA
3BK 17446 8120 NPO User Administration Handbook
PCZZA
LTE 9400 eNodeB Sub-system Guides
418-000-403 9926 BBU Technical Description
418-000-404 9926 BBU Maintenance Guide
418-000-410 9412 Compact eNodeB Technical Description
418-000-411 9412 Compact eNodeB Maintenance Guide
418-000-418_ATT 9412 Compact Outdoor Baseband Type 2 Cabinet Site Prep
418-000-419_ATT 9412 Compact Outdoor Baseband Type 2 Cabinet
418-000-420 9442 RRH Technical Description
418-000-421 9442 RRH Maintenance Guide
418-000-390 9400 eNodeB NEM User Guide
LTE 9926 BBU Manuals
06-6181 9926 BBU Site Specification
45-6258 9926 BBU Product Safety Installation Manual
LTE 9412 Compact eNodeB Manuals
418-000-412 9412 Compact eNodeB Indoor Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-414 9412 Compact eNodeB Outdoor Site Preparation Guidelines

Document Document Title

Number
418-000-416 9412 Compact eNodeB Indoor Rack Mount Site Preparation Guidelines
LTE 9442 RRH Manuals
NOTE: In this document, the 9442 RRH is called “LTE RRH 2x Product Family”
418-000-422 9442 RRH 2600 MHz Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-424 9442 RRH 700 MHz Lower Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-426 9442 RRH AWS Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-428 9442 RRH 700 MHz Upper Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-430 9442 RRH 800 MHz Upper Site Preparation Guidelines
418-000-440_ATT 9442 RRH 1Antenna Cross-Connected Site Preparation Guidelines
3rd Party Components
Documentation provided via Starent Support Site only
IMS Solution
See IMS Solution Documentation Library for list of NE documents
W-CDMA
See W-CDMA Documentation Library for list of NE documents

Alcatel-Lucent official web sites on LTE and LTE-related topics

Alcatel-Lucent LTE web site
http://www-lte.alcatel-lucent.com/#/home/ecosystem

LTE Solution customer documentation web site

LTE Solution customer documents are available from OLCS Services Collaboration at the
following dedicated site: https://services.support.alcatel-lucent.com/services/lte/. This site
contains the solution-level documents and links to all the related LTE network element
documents (9471 MME, 5620 SAM, and so forth).

High leverage networks web site

http://www2.alcatel-lucent.com/hln/

Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Backhaul Solution web site

To see this site, go to the following url:
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/wps/portal/!ut/p/kcxml/04_
Sj9SPykssy0xPLMnMz0vM0Y_QjzKLd4w3dnTUL8h2VAQAvhWwcA!!?LMSG_
CABINET=Solution_Product_Catalog&LMSG_CONTENT_FILE=Solutions/Solution2_
Detail_000021.xml)

Alcatel-Lucent training on LTE

To reach the training web site
To access the Alcatel-Lucent training web site, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the
following link:
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main

For more about the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution

For more about the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, see the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Solution LE2.0 Overview class, TMO21020 (instructor-led) and TMO21020W
(web-based).

For additional training

For additional training on LTE, the following courses are recommended:
• TMO21028W - eHRPD Technical Overview
• TMO21024 - Alcatel-Lucent LTE 9471 Mobility Management Entity version LM1.0
Technical Overview
• TMO21025 - Alcatel-Lucent LTE 9471 Mobility Management Entity version LM1.0
Operations and Maintenance
• TMO21026 - Alcatel-Lucent LTE ePC Overview
• TMO21026 – Alcatel-Lucent LTE ePC Technical Overview
• TMO18213 – 9400 LTE RAN Solution Description
• TMO18214 – 9400 LTE RAN Radio Principles

Other classes
To see a complete listing of LTE-related courses, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at
https://training.alcatel-lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main and search using the word “LTE”.

Alcatel-Lucent LTE Services support for LTE

Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent offers a wide variety of LTE Services to support service providers who are
evolving to LTE. For more information on the many types of services available, see “LTE
Services” (p. 2-13).

Tips for getting started with LTE Specifications

Introduction
This topic gives tips for getting started with standards for the Evolved Packet System
(EPS) and an overview of the standards themselves.

Reminder: “LTE” is not the official name

Technically speaking, the new network and the associated standards commonly referred
to as” LTE” are named the Evolved Packet System (EPS) and the name “LTE” only refers
to the radio access component of the new network. Though the name “LTE” is now
widely associated with the entire new network and is commonly used to refer to the
whole of the new network, the standards use the name EPS, not LTE, except when
referring to the radio access component of the new network.

Divided into stages

3GPP specifications are classified as Stage 1, Stage 2 or Stage 3.

Stage 1 specifications
Stage 1 specifications define service level requirements and normally capture the needs of
operators for a certain feature to be part of the 3GPP system. Reading Stage 1
specifications is normally essential for an engineer in product development, while it could
be beneficial for a product manager or a marketing person willing to understand market
requirements formally accepted by 3GPP to drive the specification of the EPS.
Stage 1 specifications are numbered like this: 3G TS 21.xyz or 3G TS 22.xyz where xyz are
digits identifying the particular specification.

Stage 1 specification for the ePS

The stage 1 specification for the ePS is 3G TS 22.278.

PS domain requirements apply to ePS

Requirements applicable to the PS domain of 3GPP system are largely applicable to the
ePS. These requirements are defined in 3G TS 22.101.

Stage 2 specifications
Stage 2 specifications define the architecture of the system. These specifications normally
include the definition of network functional entities and their role in the architecture, the
interfaces interconnecting them as well as message flows describing how these interfaces

Stage 2 specification for the ePS

The Stage 2 specification for the ePS is described in 3G TS 23.401. The Stage 2
specification for the ePS sets standards for systems based on GPRS tunnelling Protocol
(GTP). 3G TS 23.402 outlines the operation of the system for interworking with non
3GPP accesses – including CDMA. In the Stage 2 specification Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP)
was used.

How to connect to the EPC without LTE access

The 3G TS 23.060 standard explains how 2G/3G 3GPP accesses could be connected to
the evolved Packet Core even without any LTE access being deployed.

How LTE supports voice services

Several Stage 2 standards outline how voice services are supported in LTE. 3G TS 23.216,
“Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC),” defines the way a voice call that started
as VoIP in LTE can be continued over a legacy cellular access in the CS domain (that is,
as a normal CS GSM, UMTS or 1X-RTT call). 3G TS 23.272, “Circuit Switched (CS)
fallback in Evolved Packet System (EPS), Stage 2,” defines how to place a voice call on
legacy CS systems and use LTE only for Broadband wireless data.

Stage 2 specifications on QoS

To understand the way applications interact with the ePS to deliver the necessary Quality
of Service (QoS), and how QoS is handled in PMIP based systems, read 3G TS 23.203 on
the “Policy and charging control architecture”.

Stage 3 specifications
Stage 3 specifications define protocols used over the interfaces identified by Stage 2
specifications according to the behavior of the network element that was defined in the
Stage 2 specifications. The numbering of these specifications follows roughly this logic:
specifications are numbered as 3G TS 24.xyz if they relate to terminal to network
signalling protocols, or 3G TS 29.xyx if they relate to protocols between network
elements.

Table 21-2 Stage 3 specification documents for the ePS

Specification Title
TS 24.301 Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) protocol for Evolved Packet System (EPS);
Stage 3
TS 24.302 Access to the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) via non-3GPP access
networks; Stage 3
TS 24.303 Mobility management based on Dual-Stack Mobile IPv6; Stage 3
TS 24.304 Mobility management based on Mobile IPv4; User Equipment (UE) -
foreign agent interface; Stage 3
TS 29.274 General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Evolved GPRS Tunnelling
Protocol (eGTP) for EPS
TS 29.275 PMIP based Mobility and Tunnelling protocols
TS 29.276 Optimized Handover Procedures and Protocols between EUTRAN Access
and cdma2000 HRPD Access
TS 29.277 Optimized Handover Procedures and Protocols between EUTRAN Access
and 1xRTT Access

Security
In general, security specifications are numbered as 3G TS 33.xyz. Key security
specifications for the EPS are:

Table 21-3 Security specifications for the ePS

Specification Title
TS 33.401 3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE); Security architecture
TS 33.402 3GPP System Architecture Evolution (SAE)

OA&M

Table 21-4 OA&M specifications for the ePS

Specification Title
TS 425 Telecommunication management; Performance Management (PM);
Performance measurements Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
Network (E-UTRAN)

Specification Title
TS 32.426 Telecommunication management; Performance Management (PM);
Performance measurements Evolved Packet Core (EPC) network
TS 32.450 Telecommunication management; Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN):
Definitions
TS 32.451 Telecommunication management; Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN):
Requirements
TS 32.500 Telecommunication management; Self-Organizing Networks (SON);
Concepts and requirements
TS 32.501 Telecommunication management; Self-Organizing Networks (SON);
Self-establishment of eNodeBs; Concepts and requirements
TS 32.502 Telecommunication management; Self-Organizing Networks (SON);
Self-establishment of eNodeBs; Stage 2
TS 32.511 Telecommunication management; Self-Organizing Networks (SON);
Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR) management; Concepts and
requirements
TS 32.521 Telecommunication management; Self-Organizing Networks (SON);
Self-optimization and self-healing; Concepts and requirements
TS 32.751 Telecommunication management; Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Network
Resource Model (NRM) Integration Reference Point (IRP); Requirements
TS 32.752 Telecommunication management; Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Network
Resource Model (NRM) Integration Reference Point (IRP): Information
Service (IS)
TS 32.753 Telecommunication management; Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Network
Resource Model (NRM) Integration Reference Point (IRP): Common
Object Request Broker Architecture (CORBA) Solution Set (SS)
TS 32.755 Telecommunication management; Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Network
Resource Model (NRM) Integration Reference Point (IRP): Bulk CM
eXtensible Markup Language (XML) file format definition
32.761 Telecommunication management; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
Access Network (E-UTRAN) Network Resource Model (NRM) Integration
Reference Point (IRP); Requirements
TS 32.762 Telecommunication management; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
Access Network (E-UTRAN) Network Resource Model (NRM) Integration
Reference Point (IRP): Information Service (IS)

Specification Title
TS 32.763 Telecommunication management; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
Access Network (E-UTRAN) Network Resource Model (NRM) Integration
Reference Point (IRP): Common Object Request Broker Architecture
(CORBA) Solution Set (SS)
TS 32.765 Telecommunication management; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
Access Network (E-UTRAN) Network Resource Model (NRM) Integration
Reference Point (IRP): Bulk CM eXtensible Markup Language (XML) file
format definition

Charging specifications
Charging specifications are still in the study phase.

Now defined in 3GPP

From release 8 onwards, LTE is defined in the 3GPP standards.

How to access
The LTE specifications documents are updated periodically and can be found at:
http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/specs/archive/36_series/.

Glossary
Glossary
For an extensive glossary of LTE terms and telecommunications-related terms, go to the
LTE End-to-End Solution Glossary, 418-111-012.

Project release naming conventions

Introduction
This appendix explains the conventions used in Alcatel-Lucent LTE project release
naming.

Conventions
The list of current project releases includes the following:
• LEx.x – End-to-End LTE Release
• LSx.x – Solution Product Release - EPC
• LMx.x – LTE MME
• LAx.x – LTE Access, eNodeB

Explanation
Alcatel- Lucent’s product release naming conventions are shown in this appendix. LE is
used for the end to end solution. LS, LM, and LA are used for the solution, MME,
eNodeB, and voice interworking components of the network, respectively. For product
release dates, contact your Account Representative.

Load conventions for the other network elements

Other network elements used within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE End-to-End Solution, such
as the SGW and the PGW, have their own load numbering conventions. For a complete
list of all the loads for all the network elements used within the Alcatel-Lucent LTE
End-to-End Solution, see the LTE End-to-End Solution Release Notes. For information on
how to access the LTE End-to-End Solution Release Notes, see “Release Notes” (p. 21-2).

Overview
Purpose
The key to controlling the costs of an LTE network is to control the cost of the backhaul.
The topics in this appendix describe the Mobile Backhaul Solution, Alcatel-Lucent's
answer for the twin problems of increasing demand for data transport and the large cost of
transport media.

Contents

Need for the Mobile Backhaul Solution B-2

About the Mobile Backhaul Solution B-2
Mobile Backhaul Solution architecture B-4
For help with your Mobile Backhaul Solution B-6
Training B-7
For further information B-7

Need for the Mobile Backhaul Solution

Need for the Mobile Backhaul Solution
As fourth generation cell sites are rolled out in support of Long Term Evolution (LTE)
services, and the increase in mobile data services continues unabated, it is expected that
average bandwidth requirements will increase to tens of Mb/s per site. To keep pace with
this growth, service providers need an end-to-end architecture — from cell site to core —
that supports a variety of network evolution alternatives and service provider
deployments.
To meet the explosively growing demand for enhanced mobile broadband services,
service providers need a new way to deliver increased bandwidth at lower cost while
providing the reliability and quality of experience of traditional wired networks.

About the Mobile Backhaul Solution

What is the Mobile Backhaul Solution?
The Alcatel-Lucent Mobile Backhaul Solution is a product offering developed by
Alcatel-Lucent that provides the industry's first and most comprehensive framework for
mobile transport evolution to all-IP.

What does the Mobile Backhaul Solution do?

The Mobile Backhaul Solution integrates multiple mobile transport technologies
including IP/Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS), Optical, Microwave, Digital
Subscriber Line (DSL) and Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Network (GPON) into an
end-to-end network architecture with more intelligence, flexibility, simplicity and
cost-effectiveness.

How it works
The Mobile Backhaul Solution supports the efficient, end-to-end mobile transport of
existing TDM-based and next generation packet-based mobile technologies
simultaneously over any media (including fiber, copper, and wireless transport) providing
flexible evolution paths for any last mile access. The Mobile Backhaul Solution enables
3GPP2 and 3GPP wireless network providers to transform and scale their networks,
leveraging existing infrastructure investments while evolving to all-IP networking at their
individual business pace and with the level of QoS required.

Support for All Mobile Services

The Mobile Backhaul Solution offers support for all types of mobile services. With the
Mobile Backhaul Solution, a service provider can do all of the following:
• Offer new mobile broadband services profitably: deliver voice, video, multimedia and
data services with high reliability, availability, and guaranteed QoS
• Support 2G, 3G, WiMAX and LTE services
Deliver triple play (voice, data and video) over fixed and mobile networks for seamless
delivery of all services

Service Awareness features

The Mobile Backhaul Solution provides the following in wireless networks:
• Service-aware access nodes that provide traffic prioritization in support of multiple
classes of service.
• Service aware packet transport for larger numbers of simultaneous users
• Service driven adaptive modulation, which provides air link bandwidth optimization
• Guaranteed Quality of Experience with end-to-end QoS management in real-time

Other benefits
Other benefits provided by Mobile Backhaul Solution include the following:
• Graceful introduction of LTE with the Mobile Backhaul Solution backhaul
components previously deployed for CDMA/1xEVDO or GSM/UMTS
• Seamless convergence of backhaul/backbone networks
• Support of flexible eNodeB access alternatives to Metro Ethernet network
• Flexible Ethernet backhaul alternatives supporting leased/owned strategies
• IP OAM and IP Management
• Industry leading integrated end-to-end management of both wireless and wireline to
simplify operations and reduce operating expenditures (OPEX)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-3
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Mobile Backhaul Solution About the Mobile Backhaul Solution

Mobile Backhaul Solution architecture

Mobile Backhaul Solution architecture
The following figure shows the architecture of the Mobile Backhaul Solution.

Figure B-1 Combined network management provided by the Mobile Backhaul

Solution

For help with your Mobile Backhaul Solution

Alcatel-Lucent can help
Alcatel-Lucent has a backhaul solution that provides a variety of ways to set up and
maximize a service provider's Backhaul Part of the Transport Network.

For help with design and implementation

Drawing on the expertise of Alcatel-Lucent in backhaul and traffic modeling, a member
of the Alcatel-Lucent Services team can put together a customized LTE backhaul solution
to fit the unique needs of a service provider network.
Alcatel-Lucent services offered include planning, design, and optimization for the
following parts
• Cell site terminating equipment
• Backhaul access network architecture, topology, and equipment
• Aggregation node placement and equipment
• Backhaul aggregation network architecture, topology and equipment
• Multiple Service Operator (MSO) aggregation terminating equipment
To contact the Alcatel-Lucent Services organization, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account
Executive.

For help managing and reducing ongoing costs

Reducing the cost and complexity of customer backhaul networks once they are installed
is essential to a customer's success with LTE. For information on Alcatel-Lucent's
solution for optimizing and reducing costs in customer IP networks, see Appendix B,
“Mobile Backhaul Solution”.

Training
Training
Alcatel-Lucent offers classes on IP Backhaul and Ethernet Backhaul. For a listing of these
classes, go to Alcatel-Lucent University at the following url:: https://training.alcatel-
lucent.com/Saba/Web/Main.

For further information

For further information
For further information about the Mobile Backhaul Solution, go to the following url
(http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/wps/portal/!ut/p/kcxml/04_
Sj9SPykssy0xPLMnMz0vM0Y_QjzKLd4w3dnTUL8h2VAQAvhWwcA!!?LMSG_
CABINET=Solution_Product_Catalog&LMSG_CONTENT_FILE=Solutions/Solution2_
Detail_000021.xml)
or contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Executive.

Overview
Purpose
This appendix gives background information defining the user plane and control plane
and explains how the user plane and control plane are shown in diagrams throughout this
document.

Contents

User plane and control plane defined C-1

User plane and control plane defined

Introduction
This write-up defines the terms user plane and control plane and explains how they are
shown in the following LTE network diagrams and throughout this document.

Figure C-1 Control plane and user plane as shown in network diagrams

Blue dashed lines

The blue dashed lines in the network diagram shown here refer to the control plane.

What is the control plane?

The control plane (also called control function or control path) is a portion of a channel or
protocol that carries signaling and control data. The signaling is used to establish, modify
and clear a call. Traditionally, the signaling can be either SIP signaling or ISUP signaling.
The SIP would be carried on a separate IP connection from the bearer functions on the
user plane. The same is true for ISUP signaling, where the signaling is on a separate
circuit from the user plane.
For LTE, however, the control function is always SIP signaling, never ISUP.

Solid red line

The solid red line in the network diagram shown here refers to the user plane.

What is the user plane?

The user plane (data plane) is the portion of a channel or protocol that carriers user data
packets. In traditional circuit-based wireless networks, the user plane would carry voice.
The user plane also performs the bearer function. The user plane is also sometimes known
as the bearer plane.
For LTE, however, since LTE does not handle voice traffic, the user plane contains pure
data (non-voice) traffic.

What is the bearer function?

The bearer function is the function that performs any action that can be applied to a user
plane, such as inserting a tone or announcement or establishing a conference connection.

Separate network elements

The control plane and user plane are typically separated in an IP network and often
handled by separate network elements. This is true within the LTE EPC.
The EPC separates the control plane from the user plane (called data plane in the
following diagram). The control plane provides scalable, secure dynamic mobility and
connection management. The control plane also provides network-wide, real-time policy
control. The user (data) plane provides high aggregate throughput (over 100 Gbps) for
high bandwidth on-demand services. The separation of control and user planes allows
each element to be optimized for its function and to be scaled independently. The MME
provides control plane functions and is optimized for signaling. The SGW provides user
(data) plane functions and is optimized to provide data (bearer) services.

Revisions to this document

Introduction
Listed here are the revisions to this document that were made in previous releases.

New material and changes in this issue

This issue of this document is for LE3.0. A complete list of the changes and new material
for LE3.0 in this document is given in the Reason for Revision in the “About this
document” chapter. Click on “Reason for reissue” (p. xxxv) to be taken to that list.

Numerics defined, 19-12 provides centralized solution,

112 calls 10-6
hardware, 19-13, 19-13
handling off, 18-24 purpose of, 10-2
interfaces, 19-14
1300 XMC software, 17-4
NEBS compliant, 19-13
about, 19-6 standards for, 10-6
one for all networks, 19-12
advantages, 19-7 training, 17-6, 19-15
software, 19-13
and 8650 SDM HSS, 17-17 1357 ULIS Graphical User
1357 LIG
Interface
defined, 19-6 advantages, 17-4
defined, 17-5
documentation, 19-8 configurations available, 17-4
1357 Unified Lawful Interception
role, 19-6 connections to the network, Suite
training, 19-8 17-5 See: 1357 ULIS

use in LTE Network, 19-7 defined, 17-3 1360 Centralized Operations

hardware, 17-4, 17-4 Manager
1310 OMC-P
interfaces, 17-5, 17-5 1360 COM
advantages, 19-10
See: 1360 COM
defined, 19-9 multiple may be needed, 17-3
1360 COM
documentation, 19-11 NEBS compliant, 17-4
defined, 19-11
role, 19-9 software, 17-4, 17-4
1xEVDO Base Station
training, 19-11 user interfaces, 17-5 See: 922x 1xEVDO BS
use of, in IMS, 19-10 1357 ULIS 2G network
1310 Operations and Management advantages of, 10-5 compared to LTE network,
Console – Plus defined, 10-2 1-27
See: 1310 OMC-P 2x
for further information, 10-6
1357 IMC defined, 13-28
functions of, 10-3
advantages, 19-13 3G Mobile Switching Center
how it works, 10-3
configurations available, 19-13 See: 9380 3G MSC
information collected, 10-3
connections to the network,
19-14
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-1
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

defined, 1-12 use of OFDMA, 1-18 defined, 19-14

Equipment Engineering, 3-10 use of SC-FDMA, 1-20 Handoff Interface 2

Equipment Installation, 3-15 used in LTE, 13-33, 13-42 defined, 19-14

Equipment Removal, 3-15 Field Integration Handoff Interface 3

Ethernet Backhaul defined, 3-16 defined, 17-5

defined, 14-9 finding customer documentation, HI 1

21-9
eUTRAN defined, 19-14
Fixed and Mobile Multimedia, 3-8
contains eNodeB, 1-31 HI 2
Frequency Division Duplexing defined, 19-14
defined, 1-31, 1-31, 1-31, 2-8
(FDD)
security, 11-10 See: FDD HI 3

evolution summary functional entity defined, 17-5

for 3GPP to LTE, 5-5 defined, 1-3, 9-4 High Leverage Network and IP
Transformation, 3-7
for 3GPP2 to LTE, 5-4 .............................................................
high leverage networks
evolved Base Transceiver Station G Ga interface, 17-19
(eBTS) defined, 1-8
GGSN
See: eBTS examples of, 1-40
See: 7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)
evolved NodeB for further information, 1-8,
GGSN function
See: eNodeB 1-41
on the 7750 SR, 15-19
Evolved Packet Core need for, 1-8
See: EPC
revenue opportunities, 1-40

defined, 15-59, 15-59 18-7 Installation Services

for further information, 15-61 network elements, 18-1 types offered, 3-15
hardware, 15-60 role, 18-5 Installation Staging, 3-15
network connections, 15-60 role of, with LTE, 2-11 Instant Enhanced Charging
specifications, 18-5 Collection Function (IeCCF)
role of, 15-59
See: 8615 IeCCF (OFCS)
selection of, by 9271 eRNC, training, 18-6
Integration Services
16-4 IMS and Applications
defined, 3-16
software, 15-60 defined, 1-36
types offered, 3-16
user interfaces, 15-61 IMS Centralized Service (ICS)
See: ICS Inter Radio Access Technology
HSS
See: IRAT
defined, 9-15, 17-12 IMS Centralized Services (ICS),
7-4 Inter-Operability Testing program
Hybrid network elements, 16-1
IMS documentation band availability testing, 6-8
defined, 16-1
accessing, 21-11 benefits of, 6-5
why they exist, 16-2
for an IMS network element, UE testing, 6-9
hyper-availability 21-12 Intercept Access Point (IAP)
characteristics of, 9-10 restricted to IMS customers, See: IAP
defined, 9-10 21-12 Intercept-related information (IRI)
where to find, 21-12 See: IRI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

InterOperability Testing (IOT) IPv6 LDAP interface, 17-16

See: IOT legacy networks
benefit of, 20-1
Interworking designed for voice traffic, 1-7
for OAM and Telecom traffic,
as used in this document, 4-4 20-1 flattening revenue, 1-7
defined, 4-4 support for, 20-1 need to cut costs, 1-9, 1-9
IOT IRAT need to reduce complexity, 1-9
benefits of, 6-4 as used in the Solution, 4-4 need to save space, 1-9
both UEs and chipsets, 6-4 defined, 4-4 reducing carbon footprint, 1-10
commitment to, 6-5 IRI LIG
defined, 6-4 defined, 10-3 See: 1357 LIG
See: 1357 LIG
how it works, 6-4 ISC
See: 5450 ISC P/S/I-CSCF defined, 9-15
need for, 6-3
............................................................. liteRadio
IOT process, 6-7
compared to RRHs, 2-28
IOT testing J jitter
compared to traditional cell
confidentiality of, 6-5 minimizing, 9-5
tower equipment, 2-28
IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) .............................................................
defined, 2-28
See: IMS
K key
how it works, 2-28
IP network
defined, 11-11 used in Converged RAN, 2-28
benefits, 1-25
local routing
IP Session Controller (ISC)
See: 5450 ISC P/S/I-CSCF supported by 7705 SAR, 4-8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent LTE Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-13
418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0 Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

increasing throughput, 1-18 how to access, 21-4, 21-5, call flow, 4-8
21-19
innovations, 1-16 data-only configuration, 4-6
LTE documentation
key innovations, 1-17 defined, 4-5, 4-8
accessing, 21-3
Multiple antenna techniques, how it works, 4-8
1-23 LTE documentation site, 21-5
voice and data configuration,
need for, 1-6, 1-7 LTE ecosystem 4-7

new network components, 1-29 support for, 6-4 when to use, 4-5

no circuit-switched traffic, LTE Interworking with 3GPP LTE Network Transformation and
1-25 Network Deployment Option Migration Service, 3-22

one network, not two, 1-26 about, 4-14 LTE Product Validation and
Acceptance Service, 3-22
provides improved QoS, 1-26 defined, 4-14
LTE project, 1-13
quality improvements, 1-26 how it works, 4-17
LTE project release naming
removal of RNC, 1-31 interfaces, 4-17
conventions, A-1
standards committees, 1-13 major components, 4-15
LTE RRH 2x Product Family
types of interworking, 4-16
about, 13-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

areas of focus, 2-18 OCM manages 9380 3G MSC, 19-49

defined, 2-16 defined, 13-43 role, 19-48

how it works, 2-17 training, 19-50

OneBTS CPRI Module PCMD Pre-Launch RF Optimization, 3-13

See: OCM pre-R8
defined, 13-23, 13-39, 19-43
Operation and OSS/BSS defined, 4-17
Transformation, 3-7 how data is collected, 19-43
PCRF presence information
Operation Services
defined, 9-15 standards for, 9-5
defined, 3-23
PCRF Services blade Video Communications
types offered, 3-23
Service, 9-17
Operations and Maintenance configuration, 15-9
Presence Server
Center - Core Network software, 15-10
(OMC-CN) defined, 9-13
See: OMC-CN Per Call (or Connection)
Measurement Data presence server
Operations and Maintenance See: PCMD defined, 18-17
Center for Radio Part
See: 9153 OMC-R Per Call (or Connection) Presence Server
Measurement Data (PCMD) See: 5410 PS/XDMS
Operations and Maintenance See: PCMD
Center Radio Access Network presence-enabled
See: 9253/9254 OMC-RAN Per Call Measurement Data
defined, 9-9
See: PCMD
Operations and Management Product Capacity Growth
Console – Plus Personal Digital Assistants
See: 1310 OMC-P (PDAs), 6-2 defined, 3-17

Operations and Management PGW product index

Platform See: 7750 SR (PGW/GGSN)
for documentation, 21-11
See: 9256 OMP PGW function
Product Index
Operations Readiness plan, 3-11 on the 7750 SR, 15-19
for documentation, how to use,
21-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-18 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

R-OCM connections, 13-43

SAR Server Management Tool Serving Gateway (SGW)

See: 7705 SAR See SMT, 19-51 defined, 1-34
SC-FDMA Service Aggregation Router (SAR) Serving GPRS Support Node
basics of, 1-20 See: 7705 SAR (SGSN)
See: 7500 SGSN
defined, 1-20 Service Aware Manager (SAM)
See: 5620 SAM SGs interface
scalable networks See: 8950 SAM
defined, 8-4
defined, 1-9 Service Centralization, 7-4, 7-11
For further information, 8-5
SCs defined, 7-22
SGSN
already developed, 2-17 service providers See: 7500 SGSN
defined, 2-17 challenges faced, 1-10 SGW
SDM HSS See: 7750 SR (SGW)
pressures on, 1-6
See: 650 SDM HSS Short Message Service
See: 8650 SDM HSS Service Router (SR)
See: SMS
See: 7750 SR
security Short Message Service Center
Service Router Serving Gateway
control plane, 11-4 See: 5110 SMSC
See: 7750 SR (SGW)
standards, 11-7 simultaneous registration on two
Services
networks, 7-18
standards, for LTE, 11-2 Analysis help available, 3-9
Simultaneous Voice and LTE
two types needed, 11-1 Consulting help available, 3-7 See: SVLTE
user plane, 11-6 Deployment help available, Single Radio Voice Call
Security Architecture Design, 3-12 3-14 Continuity
Design help available, 3-13 See: SR-VCC
security assessment
Installation help available, SIOP Services, 3-9
defined, 3-12
3-15 site acquisition
steps in performing, 3-12
Integration help available, 3-16 evaluation of candidate sites,
Security Enabler Integration, 3-19
3-10
Managing Services, 3-24
Migration help available, 3-19 Site Consolidation, 3-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-20 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011
Index

components of, 10-4 benefits, 9-8 Video Communications Service

See: participation by buddy list
need for, 10-6
non-LTE users defined, 18-17
UNI
capabilities, 9-8 video over LTE, 9-2
defined, 14-10
client, 9-13 defined, 9-4
Unified Lawful Interception Suite
complies with standards, 9-6 need for, 9-5
See: 1357 ULIS
defined, 9-7 standards for, 9-5
uplink
how it works, 9-16 video with Video Communications
defined, 1-20
how SVLTE UEs are used, Service
User Equipment (UE)
9-12 approaches for, 9-6
defined, 6-2
impacts, 9-18 VitalQIP ENUM/DNS
user plane
impacts of, 9-12 advantages, 18-46
defined, C-3
limitations, 9-17 changes in, to support LTE,
security for, 11-6
need for IMS, 9-14 18-48

See VoLTE, 7-9 delay and jitter, 7-10 WTA

See: 9958 WTA
Voice over LTE using Generic enhancements required, 7-11
.............................................................
Access
Greenfield applications, 7-26
See VoLGA, 7-4 X X2 interface
how it works, 7-10
voice services aggregation of, 14-4
network impacts, 7-16
over data-only LTE Network, XDM server
often confused with Voice with
4-6 defined, 18-17
LTE, 7-3
voice with LTE, 7-1 XDMS Server
support for Number Portability,
approaches, 7-3 10-9 See: 5410 PS/XDMS

Voice with LTE TTY/TTD Support, 10-10

comparison of approaches, UE impacts, 7-16
7-27
use of existing common core
defined, 7-3 network elements, 7-15
voice with LTE use of existing IMS network
elements, 7-11
features to be supported, 7-4
.............................................................
in-handset approach, 7-4
in-network approaches, 7-3 W walled garden

Voice with LTE defined, 1-11

migration path for, 7-25 what's new

migration, information about, in this document, xxxv

7-24 Wireless Management System
often confused with VoLTE, (WMS)
7-3 See: 9353 WMS
Wireless Provisioning System
See: 9452 WPS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Alcatel-Lucent LTE
Use pursuant to applicable agreements 418-111-000LE3.0 Release LE3.0
Issue 1 July 2011

RCA - Power Transistor Applications Manual (OCR)
80% (5)
RCA - Power Transistor Applications Manual (OCR)
288 pages
Relay Setting Calculation
90% (30)
Relay Setting Calculation
3 pages
1850 TSS 320 1850 TSS 160 R 4 1 Ce
No ratings yet
1850 TSS 320 1850 TSS 160 R 4 1 Ce
1,772 pages
Driver Door Module Pinouts
No ratings yet
Driver Door Module Pinouts
5 pages
TMO18214 - V5.0 SG Rel10 Ed1
No ratings yet
TMO18214 - V5.0 SG Rel10 Ed1
430 pages
TMO18315 - V7.0 SG ENLR13.3L Ed1
No ratings yet
TMO18315 - V7.0 SG ENLR13.3L Ed1
952 pages
15 11 2010 Tecnologia Banda Ancha Inalambrica LTE ALCATEL LUCENT PERU
No ratings yet
15 11 2010 Tecnologia Banda Ancha Inalambrica LTE ALCATEL LUCENT PERU
20 pages
TMO18074V3.0 SG LR13.G Ed2
No ratings yet
TMO18074V3.0 SG LR13.G Ed2
208 pages
LR14W - V1 - UMTS Access Network - Feature Planning Guide LR14
0% (1)
LR14W - V1 - UMTS Access Network - Feature Planning Guide LR14
72 pages
Alcatel-Lucent Long Term Evolution (LTE) Radio Access Network (RAN)
No ratings yet
Alcatel-Lucent Long Term Evolution (LTE) Radio Access Network (RAN)
56 pages
CE - TMO18373 - V2.0-SG - LTE 9400 E2E Solution Architecture
No ratings yet
CE - TMO18373 - V2.0-SG - LTE 9400 E2E Solution Architecture
303 pages
LA4.0 LTE RAN Technical Overview PDF
0% (1)
LA4.0 LTE RAN Technical Overview PDF
211 pages
LTE eUTRAN Technical Overview
No ratings yet
LTE eUTRAN Technical Overview
272 pages
7750 SR 9.0 Product Overview CE
No ratings yet
7750 SR 9.0 Product Overview CE
54 pages
7750 SR 9.0 Product Overview
No ratings yet
7750 SR 9.0 Product Overview
54 pages
Alcatel-Lucent 9353: Title Page
No ratings yet
Alcatel-Lucent 9353: Title Page
30 pages
LTE Overview
No ratings yet
LTE Overview
41 pages
LTE Solutions From NEC: Long Term Evolution
No ratings yet
LTE Solutions From NEC: Long Term Evolution
8 pages
TER36055 - V3.0 SG Ed1 CE PDF
No ratings yet
TER36055 - V3.0 SG Ed1 CE PDF
914 pages
LTE Brochure - ALU
No ratings yet
LTE Brochure - ALU
8 pages
Alcatel-Lucent Ultimate Wireless Broadband Solution
No ratings yet
Alcatel-Lucent Ultimate Wireless Broadband Solution
8 pages
2g Wcdma To Lte June2009
No ratings yet
2g Wcdma To Lte June2009
6 pages
Turn-Up and Comissioning R32
No ratings yet
Turn-Up and Comissioning R32
214 pages
TMO18075 - V3.0-SG-Ed1.0 B12 LR13 ALU Light Radio Cabinet
No ratings yet
TMO18075 - V3.0-SG-Ed1.0 B12 LR13 ALU Light Radio Cabinet
32 pages
Alcatel-Lucent 1850: Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160) - Release 3.2.1A
No ratings yet
Alcatel-Lucent 1850: Transport Service Switch (TSS-320/160) - Release 3.2.1A
187 pages
TVM54064 - 7510MG Rel.4.2 OAM - Com - CFG - Ed2 - Print - 3
No ratings yet
TVM54064 - 7510MG Rel.4.2 OAM - Com - CFG - Ed2 - Print - 3
34 pages
CE TMO18251 9300 NodeB UA07 Functional Description
No ratings yet
CE TMO18251 9300 NodeB UA07 Functional Description
108 pages
03 - LTE Dimensioning Guidelines - Indoor Link Budget - FDD - Ed1.1 - Internal
No ratings yet
03 - LTE Dimensioning Guidelines - Indoor Link Budget - FDD - Ed1.1 - Internal
52 pages
Tmo18255 - V2.0 SG Ua08 Ed1
No ratings yet
Tmo18255 - V2.0 SG Ua08 Ed1
588 pages
IHub Interface Guide
No ratings yet
IHub Interface Guide
66 pages
1a.5620 SAM (Service Aware Manager) R9.0 Fundamentals SG
No ratings yet
1a.5620 SAM (Service Aware Manager) R9.0 Fundamentals SG
299 pages
TLA2.1 LPUG 02.06 Volume 6 Mobility Approved Preliminary External
No ratings yet
TLA2.1 LPUG 02.06 Volume 6 Mobility Approved Preliminary External
266 pages
9YZ054810005RKZZA Vol1 9471 Wireless Mobility Manager WMM Alarm Dictionary, WM7.0.0
No ratings yet
9YZ054810005RKZZA Vol1 9471 Wireless Mobility Manager WMM Alarm Dictionary, WM7.0.0
376 pages
ALU Manual
No ratings yet
ALU Manual
886 pages
Motorola LTE: Beyond Mobile Broadband
No ratings yet
Motorola LTE: Beyond Mobile Broadband
4 pages
Feb2010 9471 MME R2 0 CPL
No ratings yet
Feb2010 9471 MME R2 0 CPL
54 pages
TWT42037 V3.0-SG-6.0-Ed1 LAB CE
No ratings yet
TWT42037 V3.0-SG-6.0-Ed1 LAB CE
47 pages
LTE Solution: Ing. Edgar Velarde
No ratings yet
LTE Solution: Ing. Edgar Velarde
14 pages
Passing On and Copying of This Document, Use and Communication of Its Contents Not Permitted Without Written Authorization From Alcatel-Lucent
No ratings yet
Passing On and Copying of This Document, Use and Communication of Its Contents Not Permitted Without Written Authorization From Alcatel-Lucent
282 pages
LTEDCLAPP030940LR14.1.L - V1 - LTE Network Capacity Monitoring and Engineering (LNCME) - LR14.1.L
No ratings yet
LTEDCLAPP030940LR14.1.L - V1 - LTE Network Capacity Monitoring and Engineering (LNCME) - LR14.1.L
438 pages
Alcatel MW Training
No ratings yet
Alcatel MW Training
464 pages
TER36057 7705 SAR R5.0 Product Overview - CE
No ratings yet
TER36057 7705 SAR R5.0 Product Overview - CE
148 pages
QOS Intro TMO18416 - V4.0-SG-Ed4
No ratings yet
QOS Intro TMO18416 - V4.0-SG-Ed4
330 pages
LTE (T) LA5.0 EUTRAN Technical Overview
No ratings yet
LTE (T) LA5.0 EUTRAN Technical Overview
258 pages
1b.5620 SAM (Service Aware Manager) R9.0 Fundamentals LG
No ratings yet
1b.5620 SAM (Service Aware Manager) R9.0 Fundamentals LG
189 pages
Installation Guide R3.1
No ratings yet
Installation Guide R3.1
192 pages
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS CPB
No ratings yet
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS CPB
148 pages
Activation of STSR X+Y For RRH and TRDU
No ratings yet
Activation of STSR X+Y For RRH and TRDU
88 pages
TWT42035 V3.0-SG-6.0-Ed1 LAB CE
No ratings yet
TWT42035 V3.0-SG-6.0-Ed1 LAB CE
9 pages
Principles of The WCDMA System
No ratings yet
Principles of The WCDMA System
36 pages
3HH-07197-AAAA-RJZZA-11-7302 FD HW Installation Manual R4 - X
No ratings yet
3HH-07197-AAAA-RJZZA-11-7302 FD HW Installation Manual R4 - X
386 pages
3KC29562AAAATQZZA - V1 - 1850 Transport Service Switch 5R (TSS-5R) Release 4.0 Installation and System Turn-Up Guide PDF
No ratings yet
3KC29562AAAATQZZA - V1 - 1850 Transport Service Switch 5R (TSS-5R) Release 4.0 Installation and System Turn-Up Guide PDF
234 pages
8DG61258GAAATBZZA Vol1 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch PSS Release 7.0 Commissioning and Power Balancing Too
No ratings yet
8DG61258GAAATBZZA Vol1 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch PSS Release 7.0 Commissioning and Power Balancing Too
156 pages
E-Book, An Engineer's Guide To The IoT PDF
100% (1)
E-Book, An Engineer's Guide To The IoT PDF
24 pages
Inverted-F Antenna Design For A PCB
No ratings yet
Inverted-F Antenna Design For A PCB
4 pages
Tas 5630 B
No ratings yet
Tas 5630 B
37 pages
Slyu036 PDF
No ratings yet
Slyu036 PDF
199 pages
EarningsInsight 032124
No ratings yet
EarningsInsight 032124
35 pages
Tek TDS5000B SM
No ratings yet
Tek TDS5000B SM
180 pages
Lab Report 1
No ratings yet
Lab Report 1
6 pages
EXD2010 EX200: Compact Ex D Electro-Hydraulic Positioning and Monitoring System
No ratings yet
EXD2010 EX200: Compact Ex D Electro-Hydraulic Positioning and Monitoring System
8 pages
Advanced MOSFET Structures and Processes For Sub-7 NM CMOS Technologies
100% (1)
Advanced MOSFET Structures and Processes For Sub-7 NM CMOS Technologies
74 pages
Electronics Old Module
100% (1)
Electronics Old Module
215 pages
Cellphone Based Remote Controller For Water Pump
No ratings yet
Cellphone Based Remote Controller For Water Pump
5 pages
Design and Simulation of Rectangular Microstrip Patch Antenna For 80 GHZ
No ratings yet
Design and Simulation of Rectangular Microstrip Patch Antenna For 80 GHZ
7 pages
End Fed Halfwave Antenna and Matching Unit For 40M by ZS1JHG
100% (1)
End Fed Halfwave Antenna and Matching Unit For 40M by ZS1JHG
4 pages
EE-609 Tut-1 Solutions
No ratings yet
EE-609 Tut-1 Solutions
5 pages
Real Time Vehicle Tracking System Using GSM and GP
No ratings yet
Real Time Vehicle Tracking System Using GSM and GP
6 pages
PHP UNIT-4 PART-2 (Sessions & File Handling)
No ratings yet
PHP UNIT-4 PART-2 (Sessions & File Handling)
21 pages
JAsolar (R) 60 255-275-1
No ratings yet
JAsolar (R) 60 255-275-1
2 pages
WWW - Mikrotik.co - Id: Teltonika RUT240 LTE Router
No ratings yet
WWW - Mikrotik.co - Id: Teltonika RUT240 LTE Router
4 pages
Ee222 LAB 4
No ratings yet
Ee222 LAB 4
9 pages
Speed Control of Universal Motor by Using SCR
100% (1)
Speed Control of Universal Motor by Using SCR
5 pages
80m Nvis Antenna
No ratings yet
80m Nvis Antenna
7 pages
MCB Rating Classes
100% (1)
MCB Rating Classes
4 pages
Power Amplifiers For Proportional Valves: Amplifier Cards
No ratings yet
Power Amplifiers For Proportional Valves: Amplifier Cards
5 pages
Books BARC
No ratings yet
Books BARC
2 pages
INOmax DSIR Plus 3x Pre-Use Card
No ratings yet
INOmax DSIR Plus 3x Pre-Use Card
2 pages
Manual HT-RT3
No ratings yet
Manual HT-RT3
104 pages
IC NT RD 1.1 New Features
No ratings yet
IC NT RD 1.1 New Features
5 pages